**/ f
: -903/9-82-004^,
oEPA
United Stotes
Erwironmento Protection
-gene,
Morch 1982
fuddle Ationtic Region 1C
6 1n ond Wainu' STreets
P-madeipnMO PA 19I06
User's Instructions for the
SHORTZ and LONGZ
Computer Programs
Volume I.
-------
EPA-903/9-82-004a
March 1982
USER'S INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE SHORTZ
AND LONGZ COMPUTER PROGRAMS
(VOLUME I)
by
Jay R. Bjorklund and James F. Bowers
EPA Contract No. 68-02-2547
Task Order No. 1
Project Officer
Alan J. Cimorelli
U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region III
Curtis Building
Sixth and Walnut Streets
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19106
H. E. Cramer company, inc.
UNIVERSITY OF UTAH RESEARCH PARK
POST OFFICE BOX 8049
SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84108
-------
DISCLAIMER
This report was furnished to the Environmental Protection Agency by H. E.
Cramer Company, Inc., University of Utah Research Park, P. 0. Box 8049,
Salt Lake City, Utah 84108, in fulfillment of Contract No. 68-02-2547, Task
Order No. 1. The contents of this report are reproduced herein as received
from H. E. Cramer Company, Inc. The opinions, findings, and conclusions
expressed are those of the authors and not necessarily those of the
Environmental Protection Agency.
11
-------
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We wish to acknowledge the important contributions to the prepara-
tion of this report made by our Project Officer, Mr. Alan J. Cimorelli of
the U. S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Region III, who provided us
with many helpful comments and suggestions. Also, we wish to thank Mr.
Gene Lourimore, our EPA Project Technical Coordinator at the EPA National
Computer Center, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina, for his assistance
in the installation of the SHORTZ and LONGZ programs on the EPA UNIVAC 1110
computer system.
In addition to the authors, other staff members of the H. E.
Cramer Company, Inc. made important contributions to the preparation of
this report. We are especially indebted to Mr. William Hargraves for his
assistance in writing and documenting the SHORTZ meteorological preprocessor
program. All technical illustrations in this report were prepared by Mr. Kay
Memmott. The report was typed by Ms. Sarah Barlow, Ms. Cherin Christensen,
Ms. Lori Siedenstrang and Ms. Bonnie Swanson.
ill
-------
CAUTIONARY NOTE TO THE SHORTZ/LONGZ USER
The SHORTZ and LONGZ computer programs were specifically written
for application on a UNIVAC 1110 (or other UNIVAC 1100 series) computer.
Both programs utilize random access mass storage and UNIVAC system
features. Thus, the SHORTZ and LONGZ programs cannot be executed without
modification on computer systems other than the UNIVAC 1100 series
computers. However, the SHORTZ and LONGZ programs can be modified by the
user for use on other, comparable computer systems (the IBM 360/370 series,
the CDC 6000 series, etc.) with mass storage capability.
The SHORTZ and LONGZ programs implement highly generalized dis-
persion models that are designed to address a wide variety of source and
topographic configurations. Although many of the dispersion model concepts
implicit in the SHORTZ and LONGZ programs are similar to the concepts of
other models based on the Gaussian plume formulation, several important
model concepts are unique to SHORTZ and LONGZ. Consequently, the user is
strongly urged to read all of the technical discussion contained in Section
2 before applying SHORTZ or LONGZ to any modeling problem. Failure to
adhere to the technical guidance provided in Section 2 can result in
serious misapplications of the SHORTZ and LONGZ programs.
iv
-------
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
HISTORY OF THE SHORTZ AND LONGZ COMPUTER PROGRAMS
The SHORTZ and LONGZ computerized atmospheric dispersion models
were originally developed and tested under Task Order No. 1 of EPA Contract
No. 68-02-1387 as part of the H. E. Cramer Company's dispersion model
analysis of the S0? air quality impact of emissions from the major sources
located in and adjacent to Allegheny County, Pennsylvania (Cramer, et al.,
1975). Under Task Order No. 1 of EPA Contract No. 68-05-2547, the H. E.
Cramer Company subsequently implemented the SHORTZ and LONGZ computer codes
on the EPA UNIVAC 1110 computer at Research Triangle Park, North Carolina,
conducted a seminar for EPA meteorologists on the use of the computerized
models and provided EPA with a report documenting the models (Bjorklund and
Bowers, 1979). Because EPA did not elect to publish the report by Bjorklund
and Bowers (1979) at the time of its completion, the H. E. Cramer Company
made the report and the SHORTZ and LONGZ computer codes available to the
general public at a nominal cost in December 1979. This report is an
updated version of the original report by Bjorklund and Bowers (1979). The
principal differences between this report and the 1979 report are: (1) the
addition of a new SHORTZ meteorological preprocessor program for use with
National Weather Service (NWS) surface and upper-air meteorological data
(see Appendix I), (2) the correction of minor coding errors in the SHORTZ
and LONGZ computer codes, and (3) the conversion of the SHORTZ and LONGZ
computer codes from FORTRAN V to UNIVAC ASCII FORTRAN.
CAPABILITIES OF THE SHORTZ AND LONGZ PROGRAMS
The SHORTZ and LONGZ computer programs are designed to calculate
the short-term and long-term ground-level pollutant concentrations produced
at a large number of receptors by emissions from multiple stack, building
and area sources. SHORTZ uses sequential short-term (usually hourly)
meteorological inputs to calculate concentrations for averaging times
v
-------
ranging from 1 hour to 1 year, while LONGZ uses statistical wind summaries
to calculate long-term (seasonal and/or annual) average concentrations.
Because SHORTZ and LONGZ implement the same basic dispersion model
concepts, the two programs in combination effectively constitute a single
generalized dispersion model. The SHORTZ and LONGZ programs are applicable
in areas of both flat and complex terrain, including areas where terrain
elevations exceed stack-top elevations. However, the majority of tests of
the two programs made using actual emissions, meteorological and air
quality data have been in urban and rural areas of complex terrain (see
Appendix H). The SHORTZ and LONGZ computer programs are written in FORTRAN
and are specifically designed for use on a UNIVAC 1110 (or higher UNIVAC
1100 series) computer. Both programs require a random-access mass storage
device. SHORTZ requires approximately 55,000 words of core and LONGZ
requires approximately 50,000 words of core.
Table I summarizes the major capabilities and options of the
SHORTZ program. SHORTZ accepts any combination of up to 300 stack, building
and area sources. The building source option is used to model the impact
of low-level emissions from building vents and roof monitors, while the
area source option is used to model the impact of either fugitive emissions
(for example, wind-blown particulates from an open storage pile) or urban
area source emissions (for example, emissions from home heating). The
building and area source options can also be used to represent line sources
(for example, emissions from roadways). The Cramer, jet^ al. (1975) stack-tip
downwash correction may be applied to all stack sources or to user-specified
stack sources, and the procedures suggested by Cramer, et^ al^. (1975) to
account for variations in terrain height over the receptor grid may be
applied to all source types. SHORTZ is capable of considering the effects
on particulate air quality of the gravitational settling and dry deposition
of large particles (diameters above about 20 micrometers).* Additionally,
*The procedures used by SHORTZ to account for the effects of gravitational
settling and dry deposition for particulates with appreciable settling
velocities are the same as those used by the Industrual Source Complex
(ISC) Dispersion Model (Bowers, et_ al_. , 1979) with the surface reflection
coefficient set equal to zero (JL.^. , all material that comes in contact
with the surface is assumed to be retained at the surface).
vi
-------
TABLE I
SUMMARY OF THE MAJOR CAPABILITIES AND OPTIONS
OF THE SHORTZ PROGRAM
Ground-level concentration for averaging times of 1 hour to 1 year
(maximum of four concentration averaging times in a single run).
Stack, building and area source options (accepts up to 300 sources
in any combination of source types).
Cramer, et^ al. (1975) stack-tip downwash correction as an option for
stack sources.
Cramer, _e_t _al. (1975) terrain-adjustment procedures for complex ter-
rain (terrain elevations both below and above emission heights).
Effects on ambient particulate concentrations of the gravitational
settling and dry deposition of large particles (flat terrain only).
Time-dependent exponential decay of pollutants.
Capability of varying all emissions parameters for each source on an
hour-by-hour basis.
Accepts up to 1,800 receptors.
Polar or Cartesian coordinate system for the regular receptor array
(if any).
Polar or Cartesian coordinate system for the discrete (arbitrarily
placed) receptors (if any).
Preprocessor program for National Weather Service (NWS) meteorological
data.
Capability of using onsite meteorological data, including turbulence
(wind fluctuation) measurements as direct inputs.
Capability of printing the concentrations calculated for each source
and/or for user-specified subsets of sources as well as for all
sources.
Capability of updating (adding to, deleting from or modifying) a
master source/concentration inventory computer tape.
VII
-------
SHORTZ can consider the effects on air quality of the time-dependent
exponential decay of pollutants (for example, the psuedo-first-order
transformation of S0_ to sulfates). For each source, the SHORTZ user may
hold all emissions parameters (pollutant emission rate, stack gas flow rate
and stack exit temperature) constant or vary any of the parameters on an
hour-by-hour basis. SHORTZ accepts a maximum of 1,800 receptors in either
a polar or a Cartesian coordinate system. This total includes the regular
receptor array (if any) and the discrete (arbitrarily placed) receptors (if
any). Although a SHORTZ meteorological processor program exists for use
with National Weather Service (NWS) data, SHORTZ is designed to use onsite
meteorological data to the maximum extent possible. If onsite measurements
of the standard deviations of the wind azimuth and elevation angles are
available, these measurements may be substituted for an estimate of the
Pasquill stability category and used as direct inputs to SHORTZ. The
SHORTZ optional print output includes tables of the concentrations calcu-
lated at all receptors for each source and/or for user-specified subsets of
sources as well as for all sources combined. The SHORTZ optional tape
output, which is similar to the LONGZ optional tape output, is discussed
below.
Table II summarizes the major capabilities and options of the
LONGZ program. In general, these capabilities and options are identical to
those of the SHORTZ program: The exceptions are: (1) LONGZ accepts up to
14,000 sources in any combination of source types, and (2) the LONGZ source
and meteorological inputs requirements differ from the SHORTZ source and
meteorological input requirements. For each source, the LONGZ user may
hold the pollutant emission rate constant or vary the emission rate by:
(1) season, (2) wind-speed and stability or time-of-day categories, and (3)
season, wind-speed and stability or time-of-day categories. LONGZ uses the
average stack gas flow rate and stack exit temperature for each stack
source. If NWS meteorological data are used with LONGZ, the principal
meteorological inputs are seasonal or annual STAR summaries. (A STAR
summary is a statistical tabulation of the joint frequency of occurrence of
Vlll
-------
TABLE II
SUMMARY OF THE MAJOR CAPABILITIES AND OPTIONS
OF THE LONGZ PROGRAM
Long-term (seasonal and/or annual) average concentrations.
Stack, building and area source options (accepts up to 14,000 sources
in any combination of source types).
Cramer, et_ a]L^. (1975) stack-tip downwash correction as an option for
stack sources.
Cramer, ^t_ aJ. (1975) terrain-adjustment procedures for complex
terrain (terrain elevations both below and above emission heights).
Effects on ambient particulate concentrations of the gravitational
settling and dry deposition of large particles (flat terrain only).
Time-dependent exponential decay of pollutants.
Capability of varying the emission rate for each source by season,
by the various combinations of wind-speed and stability or time-of-
day categories, or by season, wind-speed and stability or time-of-day
categories.
Accepts up to 1,800 receptors.
Polar or Cartesian coordinate system for the regular receptor array
(if any).
Polar or Cartesian coordinate system for the discrete (arbitrarily
placed) receptors (if any).
Capability of using National Climatic Center (NCC) statistical wind
summaries (STAR summaries) as meteorological inputs.
Capability of specifying the input format of statistical wind sum-
maries, including the number of wind-direction, wind-speed and
stability or time-of-day categories.
Capability of printing the concentrations calculated for each source
and/or for user-specified subsets of sources as well as for all
sources.
Capability of updating (adding to, deleting from or modifying) a
master source/concentration inventory tape.
IX
-------
wind-speed and wind-direction categories, classified according to the
Pasquill stability categories.) If onsite meteorological data are used
with LONGZ, the user may specify the input format of the statistical wind
summaries. For example, the LONGZ user may develop statistical wind
summaries for four time-of-day categories (night, morning, afternoon and
evening) and determine from the onsite data the median values of other
meteorological input parameters (mixing depths, wind-profile exponents,
etc.) for the various combinations of wind-speed and time-of-day
categories.
All input data and the results of all concentrations calculated by
SHORTZ and LONGZ for the averaging time of the input meteorological data
may be written to a master source/concentration inventory computer tape for
use in future update runs. In general, the SHORTZ meteorological input
parameters are hourly averages and the LONGZ meteorological input parameters
are seasonal or annual averages. The SHORTZ (LONGZ) master inventory tape
may be read by SHORTZ (LONGZ) in subsequent runs to produce concentration
tables not printed in the initial run and/or to update the source/concentra-
tion inventory contained on the tape. Sources may be added, deleted or
altered in update runs using card input for the affected sources. Concen-
tration calculations are then made by SHORTZ (LONGZ) for the affected
sources only to obtain an updated estimate of air quality impact without
repeating the model calculations for the unaffected sources.
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section Title Page
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS iii
CAUTIONARY NOTE TO THE SHORTZ/LONGZ USER iv
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY v
LIST OF TABLES xiv
LIST OF FIGURES xvi
MODEL OVERVIEW 1-1
1.1 Background and Purpose 1-1
1.2 General Description 1-2
1.3 System Description 1-3
1.3.1 The Short-Term Model Program SHORTZ 1-3
1.3.2 The Long-Term Model Program LONGZ 1-4
1.4 Summary of Input Data 1-7
1.4.1 The Short-Term Model Program SHORTZ 1-7
1.4.2 The Long-Term Model Program LONGZ 1-11
TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION OF THE SHORTZ AND LONGZ
COMPUTER PROGRAMS ' 2-1
2.1 Model Input Data 2-1
2.1.1 Meteorological Input Data 2-1
2.1.2 SHORTZ and LONGZ Source Input Data 2-20
2.2 Plume-Rise Formulas 2-24
2.3 The SHORTZ Dispersion Model Equations 2-27
2.3.1 Stack Emissions 2-27
2.3.2 Building Source Emissions 2-35
2.3.3 Area Source Emissions 2-37
2.3.4 Modification of the Stack, Building and
Area Source Models to Account for Gravi-
tational Settling 2-42
2.4 The LONGZ Dispersion Model Equations 2-44
2.4.1 Stack Emissions 2-44
2.4.2 Building Source Emissions 2-47
2.4.3 Area Source Emissions 2-47
2.4.4 Modification of the Stack, Building and
Area Source Models to Account for Gravi-
tational Settling 2-49
xi
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
Section Title Page
2.5 Application of SHORTZ and LONGZ in
Complex Terrain 2-50
2.6 Example Problem 2-58
2.6.1 Example SHORTZ Problem 2-58
2.6.2 Example LONGZ Problem 2-64
3 USER'S INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE SHORT-TERM (SHORTZ)
MODEL PROGRAM 3-1
3.1 Summary of Program Options, Data Require-
ments and Output 3-1
3.1.1 Summary of SHORTZ Program Option 3-1
3.1.2 Data Input Requirements 3-5
3.1.3 Output Information 3-36
3.2 User's Instructions for the SHORTZ Program 3-37
3.2.1 Program Description 3-37
3.2.2 Control Language and Data Deck Setup 3-40
3.2.3 Input Data Description 3-48
3.2.4 Program Output Data Description 3-75
3.2.5 Program Run Time, Page and Tape Output
Estimates " 3-97
3.2.6 Program Diagnostic Messages 3-103
4 USER'S INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE LONG-TERM (LONGZ)
MODEL PROGRAM 4-1
4.1 Summary of Program Options, Data Require-
ments and Output 4-1
4.1.1 Summary of LONGZ Program Options 4-1
4.1.2 Data Input Requirements 4-5
4.1.3 Output Information 4-37
4.2 User's Instructions for the LONGZ Program 4-38
4.2.1 Program Description 4-38
4.2.2 Control Language and Data Deck Setup 4-41
4.2.3 Input Data Description 4-51
4.2.4 Program Output Data Description 4-81
4.2.5 Program Run Time, Page and Tape Output
Estimates 4-110
4.2.6 Program Diagnostic Messages 4-114
5 REFERENCES 5-1
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
VOLUME II
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Appendix Title
A COMPLETE FORTRAN LISTING OF THE SHORT-TERM MODEL
(SHORTZ) COMPUTER PROGRAM
B COMPLETE FORTRAN LISTING OF THE LONG-TERM MODEL
(LONGZ) COMPUTER PROGRAM
C EXAMPLE EXECUTION OF THE SHORT-TERM MODEL (SHORTZ)
COMPUTER PROGRAM
D EXAMPLE EXECUTION OF THE LONG-TERM MODEL (LONGZ)
COMPUTER PROGRAM
E CODING FORMS FOR CARD INPUT TO THE SHORT-TERM MODEL
(SHORTZ) COMPUTER PROGRAM
F CODING FORMS FOR CARD INPUT TO THE LONG-TERM MODEL
(LONGZ) COMPUTER PROGRAM
G DEVELOPMENT OF THE SEMI-EMPIRICAL CORRECTION FACTOR
FOR DOWNWASH EFFECTS ON PLUME RISE
H DEVELOPMENT AND TESTING OF THE CRAMER, _ET _AL. (1975)
COMPLEX TERRAIN DISPERSION MODELS
I THE SHORTZ METEOROLOGICAL PREPROCESSOR PROGRAM
xiii
-------
LIST OF TABLES
Number Title
2-1 Short-Term Meteorological Inputs Required by the
SHORTZ Program 2-3
2-2 SHORTZ and LONGZ Default Values for the Wind-
Profile Exponent 2-5
2-3 Default Values for Hourly Turbulent Intensities 2-5
2-4 Vertical Potential Temperature Gradients Suggested
for Humid and Arid Regions 2-13
2-5 Pasquill Stability Category as a Function of In-
solation and Wind speed 2-15
2-6 Insolation Categories 2-15
2-7 Tables of Meteorological Inputs Required by the
LONGZ Program 2-16
2-8 Pasquill Stability Categories Approximately Cor-
responding to the Combinations of Wind Speed and
Time of Day 2-19
2-9 Source Inputs Required by the SHORTZ and LONGZ
Programs 2-21
2-10 Stack and Emissions Data for the 4 January 1973
Air Pollution Episode at Logans Ferry 2-61
2-11 Meteorological Input Parameters for 4 January
1973 2-62
2-12 Non-Meteorological Inputs for the SHORTZ Example
Problem 2-63
2-13 Stack Parameters and Emissions Data for the
Hypothetical Aluminum Plant 2-67
2-14 Stack and Particulate Emissions Data for the
Hypothetical Aluminum Plant 2-68
2-15 Vertical Turbulent Intensities Used for All
Source Types in the Annual Concentration Calcu-
lations 2-70
2-16 Mixing-Layer Depths in Meters Used in the Annual
Concentration Calculations 2-71
xiv
-------
LIST OF TABLES (Continued)
Number Title Page
2-17 Ambient Air Temperatures Used in the Annual Average
Concentration Calculations 2-73
2-18 Vertical Potential Temperature Gradients in Degrees
Kelvin Per Meter Used in the Annual Average Concen-
tration Calculations 2-73
2-19 Wind-Profile Exponents Used in the Annual Average
Concentration Calculations 2-74
2-20 Coordinates of Discrete Receptors Placed Around the
Property Boundary of the Hypothetical Aluminum
Plant 2-75
3-1 Meteorological Data Input Options for SHORTZ 3-2
3-2 Dispersion-Model Options for SHORTZ 3-2.
3-3 SHORTZ Output Options 3-4
3-4 Default Values for the SHORTZ Meteorological
Parameters 3-27
3-5 SHORTZ Program Card Input Parameters Format and
Description 3-50
3-6 SHORTZ Input/Output Tape Format 3-94
3-7 SHORTZ Warning and Error Messages 3-104
4-1 Meteorological Data Input Options for LONGZ 4-2
4-2 Dispersion-Model Options for LONGZ 4-2
4-3 LONGZ Output Options 4-4
4-4 LONGZ Program Card Input Parameters, Format
and Description 4-53
4-5 Default Values for the LONGZ Meteorological
Parameters 4-78
4-6 LONGZ Input/Output Tape Format 4-107
4-7 LONGZ Warning and Error Messages 4-115
xv
-------
LIST OF FIGURES
Number Title Page
1-1 Schematic diagram of the short-term computer program
SHORTZ. 1-5
1-2 Schematic diagram of the long-term computer program
LONGZ. 1-6
2-1 Mixing depth interpolation schemes for urban
and rural areas. 2-10
2-2 Representation of a curved line source by multiple
area sources. 2-41
2-3 Mixing depth H*{z } used to determine whether the
stabilized plume is contained within the surface
mixing layer. 2-52
2-4 Effective mixing depth H'{z} assigned to receptors
for the concentration calculations. 2-54
2-5 Topographic map of the Springdale-Logans Ferry area. 2-59
2-6 Layout of a hypothetical aluminum reduction facility. 2-65
3-1 Input data deck setup for the SHORTZ program. 3-46
3-2 Example listing of input data for the calculation
of hourly, 3-hour and 24-hour ground-level concen-
tration. 3-77
3-3 Example listing of input sources used in the calcu-
lation of hourly, 3-hour and 24-hour ground-level
concentration. 3-80
3-4 Example listing of the hourly input data. 3-81
3-5 Example listing of a 1-hour ground-level concentra-
tion from a single source. 3-82
xvi
-------
LIST OF FIGURES (Continued)
Number Title Page
3-6 Example listing of 3-hour average ground-level con-
centration from a single source. 3-84
3-7 Example listing of 24-hour average ground-level
concentration from a single source 3-86
3-8 Example listing of 1-hour average ground-level
concentration from combined sources. 3-88
3-9 Example listing of 3-hour average ground-level con-
centration from combined sources. 3-90
3-10 Example listing of 24-hour average ground-level
concentration from combined sources. 3-92
4-1 Input data deck setup for the LONGZ program. 4-48
4-2 Example listing of input data for the calculation
of seasonal and annual ground-level concentration. 4-82
4-3 Example listing of input sources used in the cal-
culation of seasonal and annual ground-level
concentration. 4-95
4-4 Example listing of seasonal ground-level concen-
tration for the winter season due to a single source. 4-97
4-5 Example listing of annual ground-level concentration
due to a single source. 4-100
4-6 Example listing of seasonal ground-level concentration
for the winter season from combined sources. 4-102
4-7 Example listing of annual ground-level concentration
from combined sources. 4-105
xvi i
-------
(This Page Intentionally Blank)
xviii
-------
SECTION 1
MODEL OVERVIEW
1.1 BACKGROUND AND PURPOSE
The SHORTZ and LONGZ computer programs implement the short-term
and long-term dispersion models described by Cramer, Geary and Bowers
(1975), which were first used in a study for the U. S. Environmental
Protection Agency (EPA) , Region III of the air quality impact of SO,.,
emissions from 107 major stationary sources located in and adjacent to
Allegheny County, Pennsylvania. The principal difference between these
dispersion models and similar models previously developed by the H. E.
Cramer Company, Inc. is the inclusion of new procedures to account for the
effects of variations in terrain height over the receptor grid. The SHORTZ
and LONGZ computer codes provide the user with the capability to calculate
ground-level concentrations produced by a large number of sources at a
large number of receptors and to identify the contribution of each source
or group of sources to the total concentration calculated for each receptor.
Thus, the SHORTZ and LONGZ programs are ideally suited for urban-wide
modeling studies, and for all studies involving single or multiple sources
located in areas of complex terrain. Although the SHORTZ and LONGZ programs
have been used extensively during the past several years in air quality
impact studies, detailed documentation and instructions for executing the
programs were not made available until December 1979 (Bjorklund and Bowers
(1979). The principal differences between this report and the 1979 report
are: (1) the addition of a new SHORTZ meteorological preprocessor program
for use with National Weather Service (NWS) surface and and upper-air
meteorological data (see Appendix I), (2) the correction of minor coding
errors in the SHORTZ and LONGZ computer codes, and (3) the conversion of
the SHORTZ and LONGZ computer codes from FORTRAN V to UNIVAC ASCII FORTRAN.
The purpose of this report is to provide complete documentation
for the SHORTZ and LONGZ computer programs and the SHORTZ meteorological
preprocessor program. A detailed description of the dispersion model
1-1
-------
equations contained in the two programs is given in Section 2. Addition-
ally, Section 2 gives technical guidance on the application of SHORTZ and
LONGZ that is based on the H. E. Cramer Company's experience in using the
programs in a wide variety of studies during the last six years. Instruc-
tions for executing the SHORTZ and LONGZ programs are given in Sections 3
and 4, respectively. Program listings, input data coding forms and example
problems are given in the appendices.
We point out that the current versions of the SHORTZ and LONGZ
programs described in this report contain some options and features that
have been added to the original programs used by Cramer, et al. (1975) in
the Allegheny County S0? study in order to facilitate their use. However,
these additions are peripheral to the main programs containing the basic
dispersion-modeling techniques which are the same as those used in the 1975
Allegheny County SO. study.
1.2 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The SHORTZ and LONGZ computer programs are written in FORTRAN and
are specifically designed for use on a UNIVAC 1110 computer. Both programs
require a random-access mass storage device because both programs auto-
matically assign and allocate mass storage. SHORTZ requires approximately
55,000 words of core and LONGZ requires approximately 50,000 words of core.
SHORTZ accepts a maximum of 300 sources and 1,800 receptors, while LONGZ
accepts a maximum of 14,000 sources and 1,800 receptors. However, in both
programs, the user may increase the limit on the number of sources and
decrease the limit on the number of receptors, or vice versa.
The SHORTZ program is designed to use sequential hourly source
and meteorological data to calculate ground-level concentration patterns
for averaging times of 1 hour to 1 year. Similarly, the LONGZ program is
designed to use statistical wind summaries to calculate seasonal and/or
annual concentration patterns. Although the SHORTZ program may be used for
1-2
-------
either short-term or long-term air quality impact analyses, the most effi-
cient procedure is to use SHORTZ to assess short-term impacts and LONGZ to
assess long-term impacts.
The SHORTZ and LONGZ computer programs are consistent in all
dispersion-model assumptions. Both programs accept the following source
types: stack, area and building source emissions. (A building source is
defined as a building with emissions at low exit velocity and with minimal
thermal buoyancy from vents or short stacks located on or immediately ad-
jacent to the building.) The area source equation in both programs is
based on the equation for a continuous and finite crosswind line source.
Vertical plume dimensions in both SHORTZ and LONGZ and lateral plume dimen-
sions in SHORTZ are calculated by using turbulent intensities in simple
power law expressions that include the effects of the initial source dimen-
sions. The method of image sources is used to account for reflections at
the ground surface and at the top of the surface mixing layer. The two
programs use the Briggs (1971; 1972) plume-rise equations, modified to
include the effects of downwash in the lee of the stack during periods when
the wind speed equals or exceeds the stack exit velocity. A wind-profile
exponent law is used to account for the variation with height of the wind
speed. The effects of gravitational settling and dry deposition on ambient
particulate concentrations for particulates with appreciable gravitational
settling velocities (diameters greater than about 20 micrometers) are con-
sidered using techniques developed by Cramer, e_t jil. (1972). When SHORTZ
and LONGZ are applied in complex terrain, the plume axis is assumed to
remain at the plume stabilization height and the plume is allowed to mix to
the ground as long as the stabilization height is within the surface mixing
layer.
1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
1.3.1 The Short-Term Model Program SHORTZ
1-3
-------
Figure 1-1 is a schematic diagram of the short-term model
program SHORTZ. As shown by the figure, program control parameters and
source data are input by card deck. Meteorological data may be input by
a card deck or by the disk file generated by the SHORTZ meteorological
preprocessor program described in Appendix I. In general, sequential
hourly meteorological data are input to SHORTZ. However, the program will
accept any chronologically-ordered, short-term meteorological data. For
example, if meteorological data recorded at 3-hour intervals by the National
Climatic Center (NCC) are used to develop SHORTZ meteorological inputs, the
program will assume that the meteorological inputs represent a 3-hour
averaging time. As an option, SHORTZ will store on a master magnetic tape
inventory all input data and the results of all concentrations calculated
for the assumed averaging time of the input meteorological data. This tape
may be read by SHORTZ in subsequent runs to produce concentration tables
not printed in the initial run and/or to update the source/concentration
inventory on the tape. Sources may be added, deleted or altered in update
runs using card input for the affected sources. Concentration calculations
are then made for the affected sources only and the concentrations calculated
for each source are resummed to obtain an updated estimate of the concentra-
tion produced at each receptor by all sources. The SHORTZ optional print
output consists of tables of program control parameters, receptor data,
source data, meteorological data and the ground-level concentrations
calculated for user-specified sources or groups of sources.
1.3.2 The Long-Term Model Program LONGZ
Figure 1-2 is a schematic diagram of the long-term model
program LONGZ. As shown by the figure, program control parameters,
receptor data, source data and meteorological data are input by card
deck. As in the case of SHORTZ, the LONGZ program will, on option,
generate a master magnetic tape inventory containing all input data and
the results of all concentration calculations. This tape may be read by
LONGZ in subsequent runs to produce concentration tables not printed in
the initial run and/or to update the source/concentration inventory on
1-4
-------
f
Program Control
Parameters
Receptor Data
(X, Y, Z)
Source
Data
f Meteorological
Data
Input
Source/
Concentration
Inventory
SHORTZ
Short-Term
Model
Program
N-Hour Average
Ground-Level
Concentration
Output
Source/
Concentration
Inventory
FIGURE 1-1. Schematic diagram of the short-term computer program SHORTZ.
1-5
-------
Program Control
Parameters
Receptor Data
(X, Y, Z)
Source
Data
Meteorological
Input
Source/
Concentration
Inventory
LONGZ
Long-Term
Model
Program
Seasonal and/or
Annual Average
Ground-Level
Concentration
Output
Source/
Concentration
Inventory
FIGURE 1-2. Schematic diagram of the long-term computer program LONGZ.
1-6
-------
the tape. The LONGZ and SHORTZ master tape inventory options are especially
useful in evaluating compliance with the Prevention of Significant Deterior-
ation (PSD) Regulations when new sources are added and/or existing sources
are modified. The LONGZ optional print output consists of tables of program
control parameters, receptor data, source data, meteorological data and
seasonal and/or annual average ground-level concentrations calculated for
user-specified sources or groups of sources.
1.4 SUMMARY OF INPUT DATA
1.4.1 The Short-Term Model Program SHORTZ
The input data requirements for the short-term model program
SHORTZ consist of four categories of data:
Meteorological data
Source data
Receptor data
Program control parameters
Each category is discussed below.
a. Meteorolgical Data Meteorological inputs required by the
SHORTZ program include short-term (1-hour average, 2-hour average, 3-hour
average, etc.) values of the wind direction, wind speed, ambient air tem-
perature, lateral and vertical turbulent intensities, depth of the surface
mixing layer, wind-profile exponent and vertical potential temperature
gradient. The program will automaticaly assign wind-profile exponents, and
turbulent intensities if the Pasquill stability category is input. However,
the user is urged to review the default values for these parameters to
ensure that they are representative of the area being modeled. The number
of hours for which concentration calculations can be made ranges from 1 to
8,784 (i_._e_- > up to every hour of a 366-day year).
1-7
-------
b. Source Data. The SHORTZ program accepts three source
types: stack, area and building; line sources are simulated by multiple
area or building sources. For each source, source data requirements
include the source location with respect to a user-specified origin, the
source elevation (if terrain effects are to be included in the model
calculations) and the pollutant emission rate. For each stack, additional
source data requirements include the stack inner radius, the stack
volumetric emission rate (_i.^. > the actual stack gas flow rate) and the
stack exit temperature. The horizontal dimensions and effective emission
height are required for each area source or building source. If the
calculations are to consider particulates with appreciable gravitational
settling velocities (particulates with diameters greater than about 20
micrometers), requisite inputs for each source also include the mass
fraction of particulates in each gravitational-settling velocity category
as well as the settling velocity of each settling-velocity category.
Because industrial pollutant emissions are often highly variable, the
emission rate for each source and the exit temperature and volumetric
emission rate for each stack may be held constant or changed along with
each set of meteorological inputs. For example, if 1-hour average
meteorological data are input, a different emission rate can be assigned to
each source for each hour.
c. Receptor Data. The SHORTZ program uses either a polar
(r,6) or Cartesian (X,Y) coordinate system. Receptor locations in the
Cartesian coordinate system may be given as Universal Transverse Mercator
(UTM) coordinates or as X (east-west) and Y (north-south) coordinates with
respect to a user-defined origin. Discrete receptor points corresponding
to the locations of air quality monitors, elevated terrain or other points
of interest may also be used with either coordinate system. If the user
wishes to use a polar coordinate system in calculations for sources whose
locations are entered in UTM coordinates, the user must specify the X and Y
UTM coordinates of the desired origin for the polar system. If terrain
effects are to be included in the model calculations, the terrain elevation
at each receptor point is also required.
1-8
-------
d. Program Control Parameters and Options. The SHORTZ pro-
gram allows the user to select from a number of model options. The
program control parameters for these options are discussed in detail in
Section 3.2.3. The available options include:
Receptor Grid System Option Selects a Cartesian or a
polar receptor grid system
Discrete Receptor Option Allows the user to arbitrar-
ily place a receptor at any point using either a Carte-
sian or a polar coordinate system
Receptor Terrain Elevation Option Allows the user to
specify an elevation for each receptor (level terrain is
assumed if this option is not exercised)
Tape Output Option Directs the program to output all
input data and the results of all concentration calcula-
tions to magnetic tape
Tape Input Option Directs the program to input from
magnetic tape all input data from a previous run and the
results of all concentration calculations made during the
previous run
Print Input Data Option Directs the program to print
program control parameters, source data and receptor
data; the user may also direct the program to print the
meteorological input data
Output Tables Option Specifies up to three averaging
times in addition to the averaging time of the input
meteorological data for concentration output tables
1-9
-------
Size Options Allow the user to specify the number of
sources input via data card, the sizes of the X- and
Y- axes of receptors (if used), the number of discrete
receptor points (if used) and the number of hours in the
meteorological input data
Combined Sources Options Allow the user the option of
specifying, by source number, multiple sets of sources to
use in forming combined sources output or the option of
using all sources in forming combined sources output
Units Option Allows the user the option of specifying
the input emissions units and/or output concentration
units
Variable Emission Rate Option - Allows the user to assign
a constant pollutant emission rate for each source or to
assign a new emission rate along with each set of short-
term (1-hour average, 2-hour average, etc.) meteoro-
logical input parameters
Print Unit Option Allows the user to direct the print
output to any output unit
Tape Unit Option Allows the user to select the logical
unit numbers of the input and output magnetic tapes
Turbulent Intensities Option Allows the user to enter
different turbulent intensities for stacks and for area
and building sources
1-10
-------
Rural/Urban Mode Option If the Turbulent Intensities
Option is not used, directs the program to use the
Cramer, et al. (1975) rural or urban turbulent intensities
corresponding to the Pasquill stability categories as
default values for all source types
1.4.2 The Long-Term Model Program LONGZ
The input data requirements for the long-term model program
LONGZ consist of four categories of data:
Meteorological data
Source data
Receptor data
Program control parameters
Each of these data categories is discussed separately in the following
paragraphs.
a. Meteorological Data. Seasonal or annual statistical wind
summaries are the principal meteorological inputs to the LONGZ program.
In general, these wind summaries are STAR summaries (tabulations of the
joint frequency of occurrence of wind-speed and wind-direction categories,
classified according to the Pasquill stability categories) with a maximum
of six stability categories (A through F). However, LONGZ is also
designed to use tabulations of the joint frequency of occurrence of
wind-speed and wind-direction categories, subdivided into four time-of-
day categories (night, morning, afternoon and evening). Additional
LONGZ meteorological data requirements include seasonal average maximum
and minimum ambient air temperatures and seasonal median early morning
and afternoon mixing depths.
b. Source Data. The LONGZ source data requirements are the
same as those given in Section l.A.l.b for the SHORTZ program.
1-11
-------
c. Receptor Data. The LONGZ receptor data requirements are
the same as those given in Section 1.4.1.C for the SHORTZ program.
d. Program Control Parameters and Options. The LONGZ program
allows the user to select from a number of model and logic options. The
program control parameters for these options are discussed in detail in
Section 4.2.3. The available options include:
Receptor Grid System Option Selects a Cartesian or
polar receptor grid system
Discrete Receptor Option Allows the user to place a
receptor at any point using either a Cartesian or polar
coordinate system
Receptor Terrain Elevation Option Allows the user to
specify an elevation for each receptor (level terrain is
assumed by the program if this option is not exercised)
Tape Input/Output Option Directs the program to input
and/or output results of all concentration calculations,
source data and meteorological data from and/or to magnetic
tape
Print Input Option Directs the program to print program
control parameters, source data, receptor data and meteoro-
logical data
Print Seasonal/Annual Results Option Directs the
program to print seasonal and/or annual concentrations,
where seasons are normally defined as winter, spring,
summer and fall
1-12
-------
Print Unit Option Allows the user optionally to direct
the print output to any output device
Tape Unit Option Allows the user optionally to select
the logical unit numbers used for up to three input and
output magnetic tapes
Size Options Allow the user to specify the number of
sources input via data card, the sizes of the X- and Y-
axes of receptors (if used), the number of discrete receptor
points (if used), the number of seasons (or annual only) in
the meteorological input data, and the number of wind-
speed, Pasquill stability (or time-of-day) and wind-
direction categories in the input meteorological data
Combined Sources Options Allow the user to specify, by
source number, multiple sets of sources to be used in
forming combined sources output or to specify that all
sources should be used in forming combined sources output
Units Option Allows the user to specify the input
emissions units and/or output concentration units
Variable Emissions Option Allows the user to assign a
different emission rate to each seasonal cr annual combi-
nation of wind-speed and Pasquill stability categories or
of wind-speed and time-of-day categories (season is
either winter, spring, summer, fall or annual only)
Turbulent Intensities Option allows the user to enter
different turbulent intensities for stacks and for area
and building sources
1-13
-------
Rural/Urban Mode Option If the Turbulent Intensities
Option is not used, directs the program to use the Cramer,
e_t _al. (1975) rural or urban turbulent intensities cor-
responding to the Pasquill stability categories as default
values for all source types
1-14
-------
SECTION 2
TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION OF THE SHORTZ AND LONGZ COMPUTER PROGRAMS
This section contains a detailed technical discussion of the
SHORTZ and LONGZ computer programs as well as guidance on the application
of the programs. For example, Section 2.1 discusses the program input
parameters and provides suggestions on how to develop these parameters.
Similarly, Section 2.5 discusses the complex terrain adjustment procedures
and provides guidance on the application of SHORTZ and LONGZ in complex
terrain. Because of the numerous technical options provided by the SHORTZ
and LONGZ programs3 the user is strongly urged to read all of Section 2
before applying SHORTZ or LONGZ to any modeling program.
The general technical guidance contained in this section on the
application of the SHORTZ and LONGZ programs is based on the H. E. Cramer
Company's experience in performing dispersion-modeling studies using both
of these programs and their predecessors. Because each application tends
to present a unique combination of source, meteorological and site factors,
the specific SHORTZ and LONGZ modeling procedures are best determined on a
case-by-case basis after careful consideration of factors such as the
representativeness of the available meteorological data, the types of
sources to be modeled and the topography of the area. Thus, full utili-
zation of the capabilities of the SHORTZ and LONGZ programs requires that
the user have a fundamental knowledge of the concepts of atmospheric
turbulence, transport and diffusion.
2.1 MODEL INPUT DATA
2.1.1 Meteorological Input Data
2.1.1.1 SHORTZ Meteorological Input Data
2-1
-------
Table 2-1 lists the short-term meteorological input parameters
required by the SHORTZ program. In general, the short-term meteorological
inputs are for an averaging time of 1 hour. However, data averaged over
other time intervals (for example, 2-hour average data) may also be used.
The SHORTZ meteorological inputs include the mean wind speed measured at
height z above the ground, the wind direction (direction from which the
wind is blowing), the wind-profile exponent, the standard deviation of the
wind-direction angle or lateral turbulent intensity a* the standard devia-
A
tion of the wind-elevation angle or vertical turbulent intensity a' the
Jut
ambient air temperature, the depth of the surface mixing layer and the ver-
tical potential temperature gradient. Wind speed, wind direction and am-
bient air temperature are included in airport surface weather observations
and in most meteorological tower observations. Additionally, some tower
data include measurements of the turbulent intensities. The remainder of
the meteorological inputs in Table 2-1 must be developed by the user or by
the SHORTZ meteorological preprocessor program contained in Appendix I.
This program is specifically designed for use with National Weather Service
(NWS) surface and upper-air meteorological data. If representative onsite
meteorological measurements are available, we recommend that the SHORTZ
meteorological inputs be developed from the onsite measurements (or from
a combination of onsite and NWS measurements) rather than from the NWS
data. Guidance on the development of SHORTZ meteorological inputs from
onsite meteorological measurements is given in the following paragraphs.
Wind-Profile Exponents
SHORTZ assumes that the variation with height of the wind speed
in the surface mixing layer is described by a wind-profile exponent law
(see Section 2.3). Wind-profile exponents may be calculated from upper-
air wind data or from multi-level tower wind data using the logarithmic
least-squares regression equation (Brownlee, 1965):
N / \/N \/N \
In u. )
(2-1)
N / \t
1?1(l. J
1 N
- ( £ in z.
X 1=1
Y
2-2
-------
TABLE 2-1
SHORT-TERM METEOROLOGICAL INPUTS REQUIRED
BY THE SHORTZ PROGRAM
Parameter
Definition
UR
DD
H
m
9z
Mean wind speed (m/sec) at height
value for ZR is 6.1 m)
Mean wind direction (deg) at height
(default
Wind-profile exponent (default values assigned on
the basis of wind speed and Pasquill stability cat-
egory)
Wind azimuth-angle standard deviation in radians
(default values assigned on the basis of the
Pasquill stability category)
Wind elevation-angle standard deviation in radians
(default values assigned on the basis of the
Pasquill stability category)
Ambient air temperature (°K)
Depth of surface mixing layer (m)
Vertical potential temperature gradient (°K/m)
2-3
-------
where p is the wind-profile exponent, u. is the mean wind speed measured
at height z., and the summation is over the N values of u and z. The
wind-profile exponent can be expected to vary from about 0.1 for unstable
conditions to about 0.4 for very stable conditions.
In the absence of data to calculate wind-profile exponents, the
SHORTZ user may elect to use the program default values, which are assigned
on the basis of the wind speed and the Pasquill stability category. Table
2-2 lists the wind-profile exponent default values contained in both the
SHORTZ and LONGZ programs. These exponents are principally based on the
results obtained by Cramer, et al. (1972) for Dugway Proving Ground, Utah
and are consistent with the results obtained by DeMarrais (1959) at Brook-
haven National Laboratory. The wind-profile exponents developed for a
number of locations by Touma (1977) also support the use of the wind-
profile exponents given in Table 2-2. We point out that the entries in
Table 2-2 marked with asterisks represent combinations of wind-speed and
stability categories that are not allowed to occur according to the Turner
(1964) definitions of the Pasquill stability categories. Default values of
the wind-profile exponent for these combinations are provided so that the
program can be used with other definitions of the Pasquill stability
categories which allow these combinations to occur.
Vertical Turbulent Intensities
The equation used by SHORTZ for the standard deviation of the
vertical concentration distribution or vertical dispersion coefficient a
directly relates a to the vertical turbulent intensity a' (standard
Z lit
deviation of the wind elevation angle in radians) at the effective release
height. In the absence of onsite measurements of a' (also equivalent to
lli
the standard deviation of the vertical velocity fluctuations a divided
w
by the mean wind speed u), the default values for a' listed in Table 2-3
are used by both the SHORTZ and LONGZ programs. The a' values for rural
LJ
areas are based in part on the measurements of Luna and Church (1972) and
2-4
-------
TABLE 2-2
SHORTZ AND LONGZ DEFAULT VALUES
FOR THE WIND-PROFILE EXPONENT
Pasquill
Stability
Category
A
B
C
D
E
F
Wind Speed (m/sec)
0-1.5
0.10
0.15
0.20
0.25
0.30*
0.40
1.6-3.0
0.10
0.10
0.15
0.20
0.25
0.30
3.1-5.1
0.10*
0.10
0.10
0.15
0.20
0.20*
5.2-8.2
0.10*
0.10*
0.10
0.10
0.15*
0.15*
8.3-10.8
0.10*
0.10*
0.10
0.10
0.10*
0.10*
> 10.8
0.10*
0.10*
0.10
0.10
0.10*
0.10*
*These combinations of wind-speed and Pasquill stability categories cannot
occur according to the Turner (1964) definitions of the Pasquill stability
categories.
TABLE 2-3
DEFAULT VALUES FOR HOURLY TURBULENT INTENSITIES
Pasquill
Stability
Category
A
B
C
D
E
F
OE (rad)
Rural
Areas
0.1745
0.1080
0.0735
0.0465
0.0350
0.0235
Urban
Areas
0.1745
0.1745
0.1080
0.0735
0.0465
0.0465
OA (rad)
Rural
Areas
0.2495
0.1544
0.1051
0.0665
0.0501
0.0336
Urban
Areas
0.2495
0.2495
0.1544
0.1051
0.0665
0.0665
2-5
-------
are consistent with the a' values implicit in the vertical expansion
L
curves presented by Pasquill (1961). In order to accounts for the effects
of surface roughness elements and heat sources, the default a' values for
E
urban areas are for the stability category one step more unstable than the
indicated stability category. Although both SHORTZ and LONGZ are designed
to accept separate turbulent intensities for stacks and for area and
building sources, we recommend that only one set of turbulent intensities
be used in model calculations for multiple sources with different release
heights. The reasons for this recommendation are given below in the
discussion of lateral turbulent intensities.
Lateral Turbulent Intensities
The equation used by SHORTZ for the standard deviation of the
lateral concentration distribution or lateral dispersion coefficient c
y
is a simple power-law expression that directly relates a to the lateral
turbulent intensity a' (standard deviation of the wind azimuth angle in
A
radians) for the averaging tine of the input meteorological data. In the
absence of onsite measurements of a', the default values for the hourly
lateral turbulent intensity given in Table 2-3 are used by the SHORTZ
program. In accord with the measurements of Luna and Church (1972) and
others, the default turbulent intensities assume that o' and a' are
A. £
approximately equivalent for a 10-minute averaging time at heights above
the surface of 100 meters or more and that the t law of Osipov (1972)
and others can be used to extend a' to longer averaging times. That is,
the 1-hour a' values in Table 2-3 were obtained by multiplying the
1/5
corresponding a' values by 1.43 (6 ). Similarly, 2-hour a' values
1/5
may be obtained by multiplying the corresponding a' values by 1.64 (12 ).
Li
Cramer (1976) and others have suggested that the appropriate
turbulent intensities for use in diffusion model calculations are the
turbulent intensities at the effective release height. Because turbulent
intensities are rarely measured at the effective release height, Cramer
2-6
-------
(1976) also gives simple empirical expressions for the height dependence of
the turbulent intensities. The SHORTZ and LONGZ computer programs are
designed to account in part for the height variation of turbulent intensi-
ties by allowing the user to assign separate values to the upper-level
(stack) and lower-level (building and area) sources. However, in the case
of multiple sources with different emission heights, we recommend that a
single set of turbulent intensities be used for all sources for two reasons.
First, lateral plume expansion is independent of emission height at downwind
distances where the plume has become uniformly mixed in the vertical.
Second, it has been our experience that the turbulent intensities in Table
2-3 are representative of mean values within the surface mixing layer. It
is important to note that the turbulent intensities given in Table 2-3 for
rural and urban areas are the values suggested by Cramer, et al. (1975) as
part of the Allegheny County SCL study.
In order to execute the SHORTZ program in a rural or urban mode
when no onsite turbulence measurements are available, tiie user must input
appropriate turbulent intensities. As noted above, the turbulent intensi-
ties given in Table 2-3 for rural areas are generally assumed to apply for
all source types in rural areas. Similarly, the turbulent intensities for
urban areas are usually assumed to apply for all source types in urban
areas (note that the E and F stability categories are effectively
combined in the urban mode). In rural areas of complex or rolling terrain,
the urban turbulent intensities in Table 2-3 may be more representative
than the rural turbulent intensities because of the effects of terrain
roughness or mechanical turbulence.
Mixing Depths
The height of the top of the surface mixing layer is defined as
the height at which the vertical turbulent intensity is of the order of
0.01 or smaller. This definition of the height of the top of the surface
mixing layer as a function of the vertical turbulent intensity differs
2-7
-------
significantly from the definition of the mixing height as a function of
thermal stratification alone. For example, the mixing heights generated by
the meteorological preprocessor program for the Single Source (CRSTER)
Model (EPA, 1977) are not appropriate for use with SHORTZ because they are
based on thernal stratification alone and do not address mechanical turbu-
lence. Because measurements of the vertical profile of the intensity of
turbulence are not generally available, the depth of the surface mixing
layer is usually estimated from vertical wind and temperature profiles or
from acoustic radar data. In the simplest case, the base of an elevated
inversion layer is taken to be the top of the surface mixing layer. It is
important to recognize that, with a surface-based inversion, the depth of
the surface mixing layer is greater than zero because of the presence of
surface roughness elements and, in industrial or urban areas, the presence
of heat sources (see Pasquill, 1974, p. 379).
We re commend that the SHORTZ user examine the vertical profiles
of wind speed, wind direction, temperature and dew point temperature or
humidity to estimate the depth of the surface mixing layer. In the case of
a surface-based inversion with no obvious indicator of the top of the
mixing layer, one approach is to use Equation (5) in the paper by Benkley
and Schulman (1979) to calculate the mechanical component of the mixing
depth. (Equation (2-2) below is based on the equation suggested by Benkley
and Schulnian.) A second, less objective, approach is to set the minimum
mixing depth equal to about 2.5 times the average height of the largest
roughness elements (trees, buildings, etc.) in the area of concern. In
this approach, the roughness elements of the source itself and/or of the
urban area can thus be used to infer the minimum mixing depth attributable
to mechanical turbulence. Following this procedure, a typical minimum
mixing depth in the vicinity of a large industrial source complex or in an
urban area is on the order of 100 meters.
The hypothesis that the minimum depth of the surface mixing layer
extends to" about 2 to 2.5 times the height of the surface roughness elements
2-8
-------
in the area is based upon the concept that the region of disturbed air flow
extends to about 2 to 2.5 times the height of the obstruction to air flox-7.
According to the Technical Support Document for Determination of Good
Engineering Practice Stack Height (EPA, 1978 p. 7), this rule "... was
probably originally deduced by Sir David Brunt from W. R. Morgan's study of
the height of disturbances over a ridge in connection with an investigation
into the disaster of an airship." The EPA document also notes that, "No
matter what the origins of the rule may be, it can be called a reasonable
working rule that is extensively referenced and generally supported by
scientific literature." In addition to the wind tunnel studies of the
disturbances of the air flow by model buildings and terrain cited in the
EPA document, wind tunnel studies of the air flow within and above model
crops also indicate that the disturbed flow extends to about twice the
height of the canopy (for example, see Plate and Ouraishi, 1965, p. 404).
It is important to note that the minimum mixing depth within a deep valley
with down-valley winds is determined by the height of the roughness elements
within the valley and not by the height of the valley walls because the air
flow tends to follow the grain of the terrain and does not cross ridge
lines.
If mixing depths are obtained from upper-air soundings made less
frequently than at 1-hour intervals, an interpolation procedure is required
to obtain mixing depths for the intervening hours. Also, we recognize that
some SHORTZ users may wish to use sequential hourly surface weather observa-
tions with twice-daily mixing depths obtained using the Holzworth (1972)
procedures to calculate ground-level concentrations for every hour of the
year. Because it is impractical to develop manually the hourly meteorolo-
gical inputs for each hour in a year, we have developed a SHORTZ meteorolo-
gical preprocessor program (see Appendix I) which is similar to the meteorolo-
gical preprocessor program for the standardized short-term dispersion
models of the U. S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), but which is
also consistent with the model concepts upon which the SHORTZ and LONGZ
programs are based. Figure 2-1 illustrates the mixing depth interpolation
schemes used by the preprocessor program for urban and rural areas. The
2-9
-------
1
«*. I
CO \
§ '
L
i
. \ V:
!
i
c^
z
2
CM
00
c
H
w -a
« c
a QJ
^ eu
P.
H <
m
l-i 0)
3 a)
s-i ca
T3
c e
CO CO
M
^v 60
0) Q
C P
H p.
-a o
H CO
^-1 CO
o cu
to a
cfl Q)
r-l
!-i CO
60
co o
Q) r-t
X O
a a>
u j=
c t»
a) cu
o co
C
H
X
H
S
I
CM
w
Pi
o
2-10
-------
urban scheme, which is shown by the solid line, is based on Holzworth early
morning (H (min)) and afternoon (H (max)) mixing depths. The early
m m
morning mixing depth is assumed to apply from sunset plus 2 hours (SS+2) on
the preceding day until sunrise (SR); mixing depths for the hours between
sunrise and 1600 local standard time (LST), when the afternoon mixing depth
is assumed to apply, are obtained by linear interpolation; and mixing
depths for the hours between 1600 LST and sunset plus 2 hours, when the
early morning mixing depth for the following day is assumed to apply, are
also obtained by linear interpolation. The rural mixing depth interpolation
scheme, which is shown by the dashed line in Figure 2-1, is identical to
the urban scheme except that a rural nighttime mixing depth H is substi-
tuted for the Holzworth early morning mixing depth. Based on the suggestions
of Benkley and Schulman (1979) for calculating the mechanical component of
the mixing depth, H in meters is given by
mn
H
mn
a u : a u < H (min)
n n m
H (min) ; a u > H (min)
m n m
(2-2)
where u is the mean wind speed in meters per second (measured at or near a
height of 10 meters) during the hours between sunset plus 2 hours on the
preceding day and sunrise, and the constant a is a function of the local
roughness length z . A typical value for a is 100, the default value used
in the SHORTZ meteorological preprocessor program. Based on the validation
study described by Benkley and Schulamn (1979), site-specific values of a
can be calculated from their Equation (5) with the constant 0.185 replaced
by 0.133. Inspection of Equation (2-2) and Figure 2-1 shows that rural
mixing depth is never allowed to exceed the urban mixing depth.
Vertical Potential Temperature Gradients
The SHORTZ program does not contain any default values for the
vertical potential temperature gradient, which is given by
2-11
-------
(°K/m) = (°K/m) + 0.01 (2-3)
where 9T/8z is the vertical temperature gradient. The vertical temperature
gradient, and hence the vertical potential temperature gradient, may be
estimated from rawinsonde or tower data. However, the user is cautioned
that temperature gradients obtained from tower measurements frequently are
not representative of the average temperature gradients through the surface
mixing layer. On the basis of the Turner (1964) and Pasquill (1961)
definitions of the Pasquill stability categories, the measurements of Luna
and Church (1972), and the previous experience of the H. E. Cramer Company,
we suggest the use of the vertical potential temperature gradients in Table
2-4 for humid regions (for example, southwestern Pennsylvania) and for arid
regions (for example, southeastern Utah). (The vertical potential tempera-
ture gradients in Table 2-4 are used by the SHORTZ meteorological preproces-
sor program described in Appendix I.) We point out that, if adequate
onsite data are available, the onsite measurements of the vertical poten-
tial temperature gradient should be used in preference to the values
given in Table 2-4.
Pasquill Stability Categories
The SHORTZ program precludes the need for specifying discrete
stability categories by using direct turbulence measurements (c* and a') to
& lit
calculate plume growth. If onsite measurements of only a' or a' are
A £»
available, the second turbulence parameter can be estimated from the
approximate relationship that the hourly a' value is 1.43 times the cor-
A
responding hourly a" value (see the above discussion of lateral turbulent
Ei
intensities). If no direct turbulence measurements are available, it is
necessary to relate turbulent intensities and some of the other SHORTZ
inputs to objectively determined stability categories. Consequently, the
H. E. Cramer company has developed sets of SHORTZ inputs, listed in Tables
2-12
-------
TABLE 2-4
VERTICAL POTENTIAL TEMPERATURE GRADIENTS SUGGESTED
FOR HUMID AJND ARID REGIONS
Pasquill
Stability
Category
Wind Speed (m/sec)
0-1.5
1.6-3.0
3.1-5.1
5.2-8.2
8.3-10.8
> 10.8
(a) Humid Regions
A
B
C
D
E
F
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.015
0.030*
0.035
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.010
0.020
0.025
0.000*
0.000
0.000
0.005
0.015
0.015*
0.000*
0.000*
0.000
0.003
0.010*
0.010*
0.000*
0.000*
0.000
0.003
0.003*
0.003*
0.000*
0.000*
0.000
0.003
0.003*
0.003*
(b) Arid Regions
A
B
C
D
E
F
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.020
0.030*
0.040
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.010
0.020
0.030
0.000*
0.000
0.000
0.005
0.010
0.020*
0.000*
0.000*
0.000
0.000
0.005*
0.010*
0.000*
0.000*
0.000
0.000
0.000*
0.005*
0.000*
0.000*
0.000
0.000
0.000*
0.000*
*These combinations of wind-speed and Pasquill stability categories cannot
occur according to the Turner (1964) definitions of the Pasquill stability
categories.
2-13
-------
2-2 through 2-4, that correspond to the Pasquill stability categories as
defined by Turner (1964). Because the SHORTZ inputs in Tables 2-2 through
2-4 are based on the Turner definitions of the Pasquill stability categories,
the use of any other scheme to determine the Pasquill stability category
may lead to erroneous SHORTZ inputs.
Tables 2-5 and 2-6 summarize the Turner (1964) definitions of
the Pasquill stability categories. The wind speeds in Table 2-5 are in
knots because airport surface wind speeds are reported to the nearest
knot by the NWS, and Turner's classification is based on this convention.
The thermal stratifications represented by the various Pasquill stability
categories are:
A - Extremely unstable
B - Unstable
C - Slightly unstable
D - Neutral
E - Stable
F - Very stable
2.1.1.2 LONGZ Meteorological Input Data
Table 2-7 lists the tables of meteorological inputs required
by the LONGZ program. These inputs include seasonal or annual statistical
wind summaries; the average wind speed in each wind-speed category; the
wind-profile exponent, vertical turbulent intensity and vertical potential
temperature gradient for each combination of wind-speed and stability or
time-of-day categories; and the average ambient air temperature and
2-14
-------
TABLE 2-5
PASQUILL STABILITY CATEGORY AS A FUNCTION
OF INSOLATION AND WIND SPEED
Wind
Speed
(knots)
0, 1
2, 3
4, 5
6
7
8, 9
10
11
1 12
Insolation Index
4
A
A
A
B
B
B
C
C
C
3
A
B
B
B
B
C
C
C
D
2
B
B
C
C
C
C
D
D
D
1
C
C
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
0
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
-1
F
F
E
E
D
D
D
D
D
-2
F
F
F
F
E
E
E
D
D
TABLE 2-6
INSOLATION CATEGORIES
Insolation Category
Insolation Index
Strong
Moderate
Slight
Weak
Overcast < 7000 feet (day or night)
Cloud Cover > 4/10 (night)
Cloud Cover <_ 4/10 (night)
2-15
4
3
2
1
0
-1
-2
-------
TABLE 2-7
TABLES OF METEOROLOGICAL INPUTS
REQUIRED BY THE LONGZ PROGRAM
Parameter/Table
Definition
fi,j,k,£
i.k
Ta:k,£
(H)t
H
m,i,k,£
Frequency distribution of wind-speed and
wind-direction categories by stability or
time-of-day categories for the i season
Mean wind speed (m/sec) at height ZR for the
i1-" wind-speed category (default values
assume the standard STAR summary wind-speed
categories)
Wind-profile exponent for the i'n wind-speed
category and k^ stability or time-of-day
category (default values assigned on the
basis of wind speed and Pasquill stability
category)
Standard deviation of the wind-elevation
angle in radians for the ith wind-speed
category and kc^ stability or time-of-day
category (default values assigned on the
basis of the Pasquill stability category)
Ambient air temperature (°K) for the k
bility or time-of-day category and £
th
sta-
season
Vertical potential temperature gradient (°K/m)
for the ifc" wind-speed category and kfc^ sta-
bility or time-of-day category
Median surface mixing depth (m) for the i
wind-speed category, ktn stability or time-
of-day category and &th season
2-16
-------
median mixing depth for each seasonal or annual combination of wind-
speed and stability or time-of-day categories. The LONGZ default values
for the wind-profile exponents and the vertical turbulent intensities
are the same as those given for the SHORTZ program in Tables 2-2 and
2-3, respectively. Additionally, the default values for the mean wind
speed in each wind-speed category correspond to the standard wind-speed
categories used by the National Climatic Center's STAR computer program.
With these exceptions, all LONGZ meteorological inputs must be entered
by the user. These are two general approaches for developing the tables
of LONGZ meteorological inputs, depending on whether STAR or time-of-day
wind summaries are used. Each approach is briefly discussed below.
LONGZ is designed to accept STAR summaries with six Pasquill
stability categories (A through F) or five stability categories (A through
E with the E and F categories combined). If sufficient onsite data are
available, the user may follow procedures similar to those discussed in
Section 2.1.1.1 to develop median vertical turbulent intensities, wind-
profile exponents, mixing depths and vertical potential temperature
gradients as well as average ambient air temperatures for use in the
model calculations. In the absence of onsite measurements, the inputs
given in Tables 2-2 through 2-4 may be used to assign all meteorological
inputs except the mixing depths and ambient air temperatures. In the
case of an urban area, we suggest that the tabulations of daily observa-
tions of the depth of the surface mixing layer, developed using the
Holzworth (1972) procedures, be analyzed in order to determine seasonal
median early morning and afternoon mixing depths for each wind-speed
category. We also suggest that the resulting median afternoon mixing
depths be assigned to the A, B and C stability categories; the median
early morning mixing depths be assigned to the E and F stability cate-
gories; and the averages of the early morning and afternoon mixing
depths be assigned to the D stability category. Similar procedures are
recommended for assigning mixing depths in rural areas except that the
early morning mixing depths for the E and F stability categories should
2-17
-------
probably be redefined as 2.5 times the height of the largest surface
roughness elements in the area or be calculated for each wind-speed cate-
gory using Equation (2-2). Finally, we suggest for both rural and urban
areas that the seasonal average daily maximum temperatures be assigned
to the unstable (A, B and C) categories, the seasonal average daily
minimum temperatures be assigned to the stable (E and F) categories, and
the seasonal average temperatures be assigned to the neutral D category.
The four time-of-day categories that may be used by LONGZ as
a substitute for the Pasquill stability categories are defined as
follows:
Morning - Sunrise plus 1 hour to sunrise plus 5
hours
Afternoon - Sunrise plus 5 hours to sunset minus
1 hour
Evening - Sunset minus 1 hour to sunset plus 2 hours
Night - Sunset plus 2 hours to sunrise plus 1 hour
If sufficient onsite data are available, the LONGZ user should develop
median vertical turbulent intensities, wind-profile exponents, vertical
potential temperature gradients and mixing depths as well as average
ambient air temperatures that correspond to the various combinations of
wind-speed and time-of-day categories. In the absence of onsite measure-
ments, Table 2-8 gives the Pasquill stability categories that approximately
correspond to the various combinations of wind-speed and time-of-day
categories (Cramer and Bowers, 1976). On the basis of the relationships
between the Pasquill stability categories and the combinations of wind-
speed and stability categories given in Table 2-8 plus the inputs given
in Tables 2-2 through 2-4, the user may assign all meteorological inputs
except mixing depths and ambient air temperatures following the procedures
2-18
-------
TABLE 2-8
PASQUILL STABILITY CATEGORIES APPROXIMATELY
CORRESPONDING TO THE COMBINATIONS OF
WIND SPEED AND TIME OF DAY
Time
of
Day
Night
Morning
Afternoon
Evening
Wind Speed (m/sec)
0.0-1.5
E
C
B
E
1.6-3.0
E
D
B
E
3.1-5.1
E
D
C
D
5.2-8.2
D
D
C
D
8.3-10.8
D
D
D
D
> 10.8
D
D
D
D
2-19
-------
outlined above for STAR summaries. In urban areas, we recommend that
the Holzworth seasonal median early morning mixing depths be assigned to
the night time-of-day category; the seasonal median afternoon mixing
depths be assigned to the afternoon time-of-day category; and the averages
of the seasonal early morning and afternoon mixing depths be assigned
to the transition (morning and evening) periods. Similar procedures are
recommended for assigning mixing depths in rural areas except that 2.5
times the height of the largest surface roughness elements in the area
probably should be substituted for the early morning mixing depths with
surface wind speeds below about 5 meters per second. Alternately,
Equation (2-2) can be used with the mean wind speed in each wind-speed
category to calculate nighttime mixing depths. Finally, we recommend
that the seasonal average daily maximum temperatures be assigned to the
afternoon time-of-day category, the seasonal average daily minimum
temperature be assigned to the night time-of-day category, and the
seasonal average temperature be assigned to the transition categories.
2.1.2 SHORTZ and LONGZ Source Input Data
Table 2-9 lists the source input parameters required by the
SHORTZ and LONGZ computer programs. As shown by the table, there are
three source types: stack, building and area. Multiple area or building
sources are used to simulate line sources. Source parameters required
for each source type include the pollutant emission rate, the source
coordinates with respect to a user-specified origin and if terrain
effects are to be included in the calculations the elevation of the
source above mean sea level (MSL). Either Cartesian or polar coordinates
may be used to reference source locations. If the Universal Transverse
Mercator (UTM) coordinate system is used to define receptor locations,
UTM coordinates are also used to define source locations. The user may
enter a decay coefficient IJJ if the pollutant is depleted by any process
that can be described by time-dependent exponential decay. The parameters
tf> and V are only required if concentration calculations are being
IT oil
made for particulates with appreciable gravitational settling velocities
2-20
-------
TABLE 2-9
SOURCE INPUTS REQUIRED BY THE
SHORTZ AND LONGZ PROGRAMS
Parameter
Definition
Stacks
X, Y
h
V
v
sn
Building
Sources
X, Y
h
L
Pollutant emission rate (mass per unit time)
Pollutant decay coefficient (sec~^)
X and Y coordinates of the stack (m)
Elevation above mean sea level of the base of the
stack (m)
Stack height (m)
Actual volumetric emission rate (m-Vsec)
Stack exit temperature (°K)
Stack inner radius (m)
Mass fraction of particulates in the n settling-
velocity category
Gravitational settling velocity for particulates
in the n1- settling-velocity category (m/sec)
Same definition as for stacks
Same definition as for stacks
X and Y coordinates of the center of the building
(m)
Elevation above mean sea level of the base of the
building (m)
Building height (m)
Building length (m)
2-21
-------
TABLE 2-9 (Continued)
Parameter
Definition
Building
Sources
(Continued)
W
sn
Area
aources
X, Y
L
W
6
On
Building width (m)
Angle measured clockwise between north and the long
side of the building (deg)
Same definition as for stacks
Same definition as for stacks
Same definition as for stacks
Same definition as for stacks
X and Y coordinates of the center of the area source
(m)
Elevation above mean sea level of the area source
(m)
Characteristic vertical dimension of the area source
(m)
Length of the area source (m)
Width of the area source (m)
Angle measured clockwise between north and the long
side of the area source (deg)
Same definition as for stacks
Same definition as for stacks
2-22
-------
(diameters greater than about 20 micrometers). Particulate emissions
from each source may be divided by the user into a maximum of 20 gravi-
tational settling categories. SHORTZ emission rates may be held constant
or may be changed with each set of short-term meteorological inputs.
Similarly, LONGZ emission rates may be held constant or may be varied by
season or by the combinations of wind-speed and stability or time-of-day
categories.
Additional source input data requirements for stacks include
the physical stack height, the actual volumetric emission rate (product
of the stack exit velocity and the area of the emission point), the
stack inner radius and the stack exit temperature. As discussed in
Section 2.2, the stack radius is used to calculate the effects of stack-tip
downwash on buoyant plume rise. The stack radius for a source should be
set equal to zero if the user wishes to delete stack-tip downwash effects
from the model calculations. For an area source or a building source,
the dimensions of the source and the orientation of the source's long
side with respect to true north are entered in place of the stack exit
temperature, volumetric emission rate and radius. A building source is
defined as a building with emissions at low exit velocity and with
minimal thermal buoyancy from vents or short stacks located on or immedi-
ately adjacent to the building.
It is important to note that the length of a building or area
source should not be more than about twice the source's width because of
the procedures used by the SHORTZ and LONGZ programs to calculate concen-
trations for these source types. SHORTZ rotates the source through the
minimum angle that will make either the source's length or width normal
to the wind direction. On the other hand, LONGZ approximates a building
or area source by a circle with the same horizontal area as the source.
Consequently, if the length of a building or area source is more than
twice the width, the source should be divided into additional sources in
order to maintain computational accuracy. The best results are obtained
if sufficient subsources are used so that the length and width of each
subsource are approximately equal.
2-23
-------
2.2 PLUME-RISE FORMULAS
The plume-rise equations used by the SHORTZ and LONGZ computer
programs are based on the Briggs (1971; 1972) equations, modified on the
basis of the H. E. Cramer Company's experience in modeling stack emissions.
The plume-rise equations do not explicitly include momentum effects for
the following reasons: (1) Momentum effects on final plume rise for a
buoyant plume are negligible; (2) Momentum effects on final plume rise
for a buoyant plume are implicitly included in the empirical entrainment
coefficients; and (3) Non-buoyant emissions are usually associated with
building sources (see Section 2.3.2). The plume-rise equations used by
the SHORTZ and LONGZ programs also assume that final plume rise is
attained at the location of the stack. This assumption does not affect
the results of the calculations unless the stack is located in complex
terrain and a significant terrain feature is located within about ten
stack heights from the stack.
The effective stack height H of a buoyant plume is given by
the sum of the physical stack height h and the buoyant plume rise Ah.
For an adiabatic atmosphere (vertical potential temperature gradient
equal to zero) or an unstable atmosphere (vertical potential temperature
gradient less than zero), the buoyant plume rise is given by
where the expression in the brackets is from Briggs (1971; 1972) and
u{h} = the mean wind speed (m/sec) at the stack height h
y1 = the adiabatic entrainment coefficient ~ 0.6 (Briggs, 1972)
4 3
F = the buoyancy flux (m /sec )
(2-4)
2-24
-------
V
r =
w =
g =
T
the volumetric emission rate of the stack (m /sec)
IT r w
inner radius of stack (m)
stack exit velocity (m/sec)
2
the acceleration due to gravity (9.8 m/sec )
the ambient air temperature (°K)
the stack exit temperature (°K)
The factor f, which limits the plume rise as the mean wind speed at
stack height approaches or exceeds the stack exit velocity? is the Cramer
et al. (1975) stack-tip downwash correction and is defined by
f =
3w-3u{h> \
w
0
; u{h} < w/1.5
; w/1.5 < u{h} <
; u{h} > w
w
(2-5)
The correction factor f given by Equation (2-5) is intended
to account for the effects on buoyant plume rise of downwash in the lee
of the stack during periods when the wind speed at stack height is greater
than or equal to 0.67 times the stack exit velocity. In our opinioii,
the effects on plume rise of downwash in the lee of the stack are usually
more important than the effects of building wakes if the stack height to
building height ratio is greater than about 1.2 to 1.5. The rationale
for the semi-empirical correction factor f is outlined in Appendix G.
As explained in the appendix, it has been our experience that the cor-
rection factor f given by Equation (2-5) should not be used for stacks
2-25
-------
with Froude numbers less than 1.0 and that Equation (2-5) may not apply
for stacks with Froude numbers between 1.0 and 3.0. We have no basis
at present for predicting in advance whether a stack-tip downwash cor-
rection is needed for stacks with Froude numbers in the range 1.0 to 3.0.
The Froude number is given by Briggs (1969, p. 6) as
2
Fr - /T!T v (2-6)
where D is the stack inner diameter.
Inspection of Equation (2-4) shows that SHORTZ and LONGZ
assume that final plume rise under adiabatic or unstable conditions is
attained at a downwind distance of ten stack heights (lOh). Although
this distance to stabilization was originally proposed by Briggs (1969),
Briggs (1971) defined the distance to stabilization as 3.5x*, where x*
is a function of the buoyancy flux F. However, discussions between
Briggs and the H. E. Cramer Company during 1974 revealed that either the
lOh or the. 3.5x* approach provided essentially the same correspondence
between calculated and observed plume rises for the available stack data.
Additionally, we have obtained the best correspondence between calculated
and observed plume rises for tall stacks by assuming that the distance
to stabilization is lOh (see Bowers and Cramer, 1976). In his more
recent work, Briggs (1975) includes the friction velocity and the stack
height in determinations of the distance to stabilization, but notes
that lOh is a good approximation to this distance for most power plant
stacks. (It is important to recognize that the lOh distance to stabili-
zation used by SHORTZ and LONGZ may significantly underestimate buoyant
plume rise for some non-stack sources such as gas turbines.)
2-26
-------
The modified Briggs (1971; 1972) plume-rise equation used by
the SHORTZ and LONGZ programs for a stable atmosphere (vertical potential
temperature gradient greater than zero) is
Ahr
6F
u{h)
1/3
; TT u{h} S~1/2 <
1 - cos
/10S1/2h\\
\ G{h} //
1/3
lOh
u{h} S~1/2 > lOh
(2-7)
where
the stable entrainment coefficient ~ 0.66 (Briggs, 1972)
£ (sec'2)
-r = vertical potential temperature gradient (°K/m)
r\ ft
-r
oz
It should be noted that Equation (2-7) does not permit the calculated
stable rise Ah to exceed the adiabatic rise Ah^, as the atmosphere
approaches a neutral stratification (96/3z approaches zero). A proce-
dure of this type is also recommended by Briggs (1972).
2.3
THE SHORTZ DISPERSION MODEL EQUATIONS
2.3.1
Stack Emissions
The SHORTZ concentration model for stacks uses the steady-
state Gaussian plume equation for a continuous elevated source. For
each stack and each set of short-term meteorological inputs, the stack's
2-27
-------
coordinate system is placed at the ground surface at the base of the
stack. The x axis is positive in the downwind direction, the y axis is
crosswind (normal) to the x axis and the z axis extends vertically.
The fixed receptor locations are converted to each stack's coordinate
system for each short-term concentration calculation. The short-term
concentrations calculated for the various stacks at each receptor are
summed to obtain the total concentration produced at each receptor by
the combined stack emssions.
The short-term ground-level concentration at downwind distance
x and crosswind distance y is given by
X.(x,y} = TT g{Hf a a ^Vertical Term> {Lateral Term} {Decay Term} (2-8)
y z
where
Q = pollutant emission rate (mass per unit time)
K = scaling coefficient to convert calculated concentrations
to desired units (default value of 1x10^ for Q in g/sec
and concentration in
u{H} - mean wind speed (m/sec) at the plume stabilization height H
,0 := standard deviations (m) of the lateral and vertical concen-
^ Z tration distributions at downwind distance x (cr and a
V 2*
are also known as lateral and vertical dispersion coeffi-
cients)
The Vertical Term
The Vertical Term refers to the plume expansion in the vertical
or z direction and includes a multiple reflection term that limits cloud
2-28
-------
growth to the surface mixing layer. For gaseous pollutants and small par-
ticulates, the Vertical Term is given by
{Vertical Term} = < exp
(2-9)
+ exp
. /2i H - H
If m
)1
where H is the depth of the surface mixing layer. The exponential
in
terms in the series in Equation (2-9) rapidly approach zero near the
source. At the downwind distance where the exponential terms for i equal
3 exceed exp(-10), the plume has become approximately uniformly mixed
within the surface mixing layer. In order to reduce computer computa-
tion time without loss of accuracy, Equation (2-9) is changed to the
form
{Vertical Term)
2-n a
2H
m
(2-10)
beyond this point. Equation (2-10) changes the form of the vertical
concentration distribution from Gaussian to rectangular. If H exceeds
H , the Vertical Term is set equal to zero which results in a zero value
m
for the ground-level concentration.
The Lateral Term
The Lateral Term refers to the crosswind expansion of the
plume and is given by the expression
(Lateral Term}
exp -"2
(2-11)
-------
where y is the crosswind distance from the plume centerline to the point
at which concentration is calculated.
The Decay Term
The Decay Term, which accounts for the pollutant removal by
physical or chemical processes, is of the form
(Decay Term! = exp [- ty x/u{H}J (2-12)
J
where
41 = the washout coefficient A(sec ) for precipitation
scavenging
= ^ , where Tj/2 is the pollutant half life (sec) for
1/2 physical or chemical removal
= 0 for no depletion (^ is automatically set to zero by the
computer program unless otherwise specified)
The Dilution (Wind-Speed) Term
In the model calculations, the observed mean wind speed up
is adjusted from the measurement height z to the source height h for
K
plume-rise calculations and to the plume stabilization height H for the
concentration calculations by a wind-profile exponent law
u"(z} = U(ZR} (-^ \ (2-13)
Model assumptions about the variation with height of the wind speed in
complex terrain are outlined in Section 2.5.
2-30
-------
Downwind and Crosswind Distances
Both the SHORTZ and LONGZ programs use either a polar or a
Cartesian receptor grid as specified by the user. Additionally, either
polar or Cartesian coordinates may be used to define source locations for
either type of receptor grid. In the polar coordinate system, the radial
coordinate r of the point (r,6) is measured from the origin and the
angular coordinate 6 is measured clockwise from north. In the Cartesian
coordinate system, the X-axis is positive to the east and the Y-axis is
positive to the north. In the polar coordinate system, the X and Y coordi-
nates of a receptor or a source at the point (r, 6) are given by
X = r sin 6 (2-14)
Y = r cos 8 (2-15)
The Cartesian coordinate system is used by the SHORTZ and LONGZ
programs to calculate downwind and crosswind distances. Thus, receptor
and/or source locations entered in polar coordinates are first converted
to Cartesian coordinates using Equations (2-14) and (2-15). If the X
and Y coordinates of the source are X(S) and Y(S) and the X and
Y coordinates of the receptor are X(R) and Y(R), the downwind dis-
tance x to the receptor is given by
x = -(X(R) - X(S)) sin DD - (Y(R) - Y(S)) cos DD (2-16)
where DD is the direction from which the wind is blowing. Similarly,
the crosswind distance y to the receptor is given by
y = - (Y(R) - Y(S)) sin DD + (x(R) - X(S)) cos DD (2-17)
2-31
-------
Dispersion Coefficients
The dispersion coefficients used by both the SHORTZ and LONGZ
programs are often identified as "Cramer dispersion coefficients" because
they are the most recent versions (see Cramer, 1976) of the expressions
originally proposed by Cramer (1957). The "Cramer" Q and cr equations
y z
include the effects of initial source dimensions and directly relate
lateral and vertical plume spread to the lateral and vertical turbulent
intensities.
According to the derivation in the report by Cramer, et al.
(1972), the standard deviation of the lateral concentration distribution
a , which is used by SHORTZ only, is given by the expressions
a {x>
y
ry
xy -
a x
ry
a
(2-18)
a x
"^v^ -XK + V(I-°>
- "ry
x
ry
(2-19)
where
the standard deviation of the wind-direction angle or lateral
turbulent intensity in radians for the averaging time of
the input meteorological data
2-32
-------
x = the lateral virtual distance in meters (note that SHORTZ
^ does not permit x to be less than zero)
x = distance in meters over which rectilinear lateral plume
expansion occurs downwind from an ideal point source
a _ = the standard deviation of the lateral concentration dis-
yR
tribution at downwind distance x^ (m)
a = the lateral diffusion coefficient
On the basis of diffusion experiments conducted at Dugway Proving Ground,
Utah and elsewhere, x has a nominal value of about 50 meters (Cramer,
jit _al., 1972). Similarly, the lateral diffusion coefficient a (in our
terminology), which should not be confused with the lateral dispersion
coefficient O , has a nominal value of 0.9.
If x is set equal to zero Ot.e_. , a point source is assumed) ,
x is set equal to 50 meters, a is set equal to 0.9 and the lateral
turbulent intensities given for rural areas in Table 2-3 are entered in
Equation (2-18), the resulting 0" values are in very close agreement
with the corresponding values obtained from the Pasquill-Gifford curves
(Turner, 1969). We point out that Equation (2-18) does not explicitly
contain the effects of vertical wind-direction shear. Irwin (1979) and
others have proposed expressions for a that are similar in form to
Equation (2-18), but that yield much smaller a values beyond a few
kilometers if wind shear effects are not considered because a becomes
05 ^
proportional to x at and beyond 10 kilometers. (The Irwin a equation
explicitly provides for the inclusion of the effects of wind-direction
shear.) For continuous sources, the data on lateral dispersion in the
atmosphere reported by Draxler (1979) and others establish an approximate
0. 9
x distance dependence for a . For example, Bigg, et_ a^. (1978)
^ 09
report measured a values proportional to about x ' as far as 560
kilometers downwind from an isolated smelter. The fact that a is
0.9 05 ^
proportional to x * rather than x * may in part reflect the effects of
wind shear. Consequently, we recommend that a be set equal to 0.9 in
Equation (2-18) at all downwind distances.
2-33
-------
The equation for the vertical dispersion coefficient 0 used
z
by the SHORTZ and LONGZ programs is very similar to equations proposed
by Yamamoto and Yokoyama (1974) for stack emissions, by Irwin (1979) for
convectively unstable conditions and by Hanna, et al. (1977) for elevated
sources at short downwind distances. Following the derivation of
Cramer, tit al. (1972) and setting the vertical diffusion coefficient 3
equal to unity, the standard deviation of the vertical concentration
distribution is given by the expressions
az(x}
(2-20)
x
(2-21)
where
cC =
zR
zR
aE
the standard deviation of the wind elevation angle or
vertical turbulent intensity in radians
the standard deviation of the vertical concentration
distribution at downwind distance x., (m)
It is important to note that Equation (2-20) is not valid at long downwind
distances unless Equation (2-9) is used to restrict the plume within the
surface mixing layer.
Initial Plume Dimensions
Briggs (1972) notes that numerous observations of plumes near
the stack show that the plume radius is approximately equal to half the
2-34
-------
plume rise. The lateral and vertical virtual distances given respectively
by Equations (2-19) and (2-21) contain the lateral ( 0 and TT u{h}S 1/2 < lOh
lOh ; |^- > 0 and ir ufhls"1'2 > lOh
(2-23)
2.3.2
Building Source Emissions
A building source is defined as a building with emissions dis-
charged at low exit velocity and with minimal thermal buoyancy from vents
or short stacks located on or immediately adjacent to the building. The
SHORTZ and LONGZ programs assume that such low-level emissions are rapidly
distributed by the cavity circulation of the building wake and quickly
assume the dimensions of the building. Thus, a building source may also
be defined as a stack (vent) or group of stacks (vents) whose emissions
are always or almost always subject to building wake effects. Any stack
2-35
-------
with a stack height to building height ratio less than about 1.5 is a
potential building source and any stack with a stack height to building
height ratio less than about 1.2 is a probable building source. However,
emissions from a stack with a stack height to building height ratio less
than about 1.2, but with a high exit velocity, generally do not behave
as building source emissions except during periods when the wind speed
at stack height equals or exceeds the stack exit velocity. It follows
from the above discussion that in some cases it may be difficult to know
whether to model a stack (stacks) as a stack (stacks) or as a building
source. If the source is an existing source, visual observations of
plume behavior and/or air quality monitoring may be used to gain insight
into the appropriate modeling approach.
The building source model preserves the horizontal geometry of
the source, assumes no buoyant plume rise and enhances the initial rate
of dispersion. SHORTZ uses Equation (2-8) to calculate ground-level
concentrations for building sources. The standard deviation of the
lateral concentration distribution at the downwind edge of the source
a is defined by the building crosswind dimension y divided by 4.3
(a corresponds to a _. in Equation (2-19) with x_ 'equal to one-
yo yK K
half of the alongwind building length x ). Similarly, the standard
deviation of the vertical concentration distribution at the downwind
edge of the source a is defined by the building height divided by
zo
2.15 (a corresponds to a _ in Equation (2-21) with xw equal to
ZO ZK K
one-half of the alongwind building length x ). In the original versions
of SHORTZ and LONGZ used by Cramer, e_t al. (1975), the effective emission
height H was set equal to zero. However, on the basis of the wind
tunnel experiments described by Huber and Snyder (1976), the effective
emission height H is currently set equal to the building height h.
Although the original SHORTZ building source model was developed prior
to the Huber and Snyder (1976) experiments, the modified building source
model with H equal to h yields results that are in good agreement with
their data.
2-36
-------
It is important for the user to note that: (1) Concentrations
calculated within about 20 to 30 building heights of a building source
are subject to considerable uncertainty because of the uncertainties
about near-field building wake effects in the atmosphere; (2) The
length of a building source should not be more than about double the
width; and (3) Line sources may be simulated with multiple building
sources. Although Huber and Snyder (1976) provide techniques for calcu-
lating ground-level concentrations at downwind distances as short as
three building heights, recent tests of these procedures using field
data indicate that further research in the area of near-field building
wake effects is still required ('Bowers and Anderson, 1981). Section 2.1.2
explains why a long building should be subdivided into multiple building
sources with lengths less than or equal to twice their widths in order
to maintain computational accuracy. If possible, sufficient subsources
should be used so that the length and width are equal for each subsource.
A line source may be represented by multiple building sources with
widths equal to the width of the line source, "building heights" equal
to the effective emission height or heights of the line-source segments,
and lengths less than or equal to twice the width of the line source.
However, as discussed in Section 2.3.3, multiple area sources are generally
used to simulate line sources.
2.3.3 Area Source Emissions
In urban areas there are often numerous low-level sources of
pollutant emissions that individually have a negligible air quality
impact, but that in combination may have a significant impact. For
this type of emissions, the urban area is typically subdivided into a
regularly-spaced grid of area sources, and emissions within each area
source are assumed for modeling purposes to be uniformly distributed
over the source. A second type of area source is a specific area of
fugitive emissions such as a slag dump, an ore storage pile or a rail
line for open ore cars. The SHORTZ and LONGZ area source models are
designed for application to both types of area source emissions. The
2-37
-------
area source equation in both programs is based on the equation for a
continuous and finite crosswind line source, integrated over the along-
wind length of the source. Although a characteristic height scale h is
used to account for enhanced initial dispersion, the SHORTZ and LONGZ area
source models assume surface-based emissions.
The equation used by SHORTZ to calculate ground-level concen-
trations at downwind distance x from the edge of an area source is
given by the expression
X{x,y}
KQ
yfif u{h} a {x} y
z o
{Vertical Term}
where
Q =
'o =
h =
{Lateral Term) {Decay Term}
area source emission rate (mass per unit time)
crosswind source dimension (m)
the characteristic height of the area source (m)
(2-24)
The Decay Term is given by Equation (2-12) in Section 2.3.1 above. The
remaining terms are given below.
Vertical Term
The Vertical Term for an area source for gases and small particu-
lates is given by
{Vertical Term} = "
1+2
exp
2iH
m
a {x}
2
2 H
m
'6H
m
' 2
> 10
'6H
m
2 V a.
< 10
(2-25)
2-38
-------
Lateral Term
The Lateral Term is given by the expression
{Lateral Term} = 3 x£
(2-28)
2-39
-------
Concentrations Within an Area Source
The concentration within an area source due to the source's
own emissions is given by
X{x'}
IT u{h} x y
0^0
al (x1 + l) + h"
HVertical Term} (2-29)
J)
where
x1 = distance downwind from the upwind edge of the area source
(m)
The Vertical Term in Equation (2-29) is defined by Equation (2-25).
Note that the vertical dispersion coefficient a is contained in
Equation (2-29) (see Equation (2-28)).
Guidance on the Application of the Area Source Model
For the reasons given in Section 2.1.2 above, the length of an
individual area source should be less than or equal to twice the width of
the source and preferably should be approximately equal to the width.
Thus, multiple area sources are required to simulate the effects of emis-
sions from narrow area sources such as a rail line carrying uncovered
ore cars. Figure 2-2 illustrates the representation of a curved and
narrow area source (i_.e_. , a curved line source) by multiple area sources.
The length and width of each individual area source are set equal to the
width of the line source, and the characteristic height h of the area
source is set equal to the physical height of the source. For example,
the characteristic height for an ore pile is the height of the ore pile,
the characteristic height for a rail line carrying uncovered ore cars is
the height of the ore cars, and the characteristic height of an urban
area source simulating the effects of emissions from home heating is the
typical height of the homes in the area.
2-40
-------
CO
0)
0
O
03
It
01
to
-------
2.3.4 Modification of the Stack, Building and Area Source
Models to Account for Gravitational Settling
The dispersion of participates with appreciable gravitational
settling velocities (diameters greater than about 20 micrometers) differs
from that of gaseous pollutants and small particulates in that the larger
particulates are brought to the ground surface by the combined processes
of atmospheric turbulence and gravitational settling. Additionally,
gaseous pollutants and small particulates tend to be reflected from the
surface, while larger particulates that come in contact with the surface
may be completely or partially retained at the surface. In the SHORTZ
and LONGZ programs, gravitational settling is assumed to result in a
tilted plume with the plume axis inclined to the horizontal at an angle
given by arctan (V /u) , where V is the gravitational settling velocity.
The Vertical Term used by SHORTZ and LONGZ for particulates with appre-
ciable gravitational settling velocities corresponds to the Vertical Term
of the Industrial Source Complex (ISC) Dispersion Model (Bowers, _et_ al. ,
1979) with the surface reflection coefficient set equal to zero. That is,
all of the material that comes in contact with the surface is assumed to
be retained at the surface, an assumption that is likely to be invalid
if the lower bound on the particulate-size distribution is less than
about 20 micrometers. Consequently, the user may wish to make two
separate runs in order to consider the combined effects of gravitational
settling and dry deposition. In the first run, the fraction of particu-
lates with diameters less than 20 micrometers is modeled as a gaseous
pollutant. In the second run, the particulates with diameters above 20
micrometers are divided by the user into N gravitational settling-velocity
categories (the maximum value of N is 20) and concentrations are calculated
using the gravitational settling option. The results of the two runs
are then combined, either manually or by using the master tape inventory
(see Section 1.3.1), to obtain the total ground-level concentrations.
The ground-level concentration of particulates with appreci-
able gravitational settling velocities is given by Equation (2-8) or
Equation (2-24) with the Vertical Term defined as (Cramer, et_ al_.,
1972)
2-42
-------
{Vertical Term}
E
n=l
exp
H - V
sn
+ exp
2H - H + V x/u{H}'
m sn
0
(2-30)
where
the mass fraction of particulates with settling velocity
sn'
where V is in meters per second
sn v
H = the effective stack height for stack sources; the build-
ing height for building sources and zero for area sources
(m)
Use of Equation (2-30) requires a knowledge of both the particu-
late-size distribution and the density of the particulates emitted by
each source. The total particulate emissions for each source are sub-
divided by the user into a maximum of 20 categories and the gravita-
tional settling velocity is calculated for the mass-mean diameter of
each category. The mass-mean diameter is given by
d =
1/3
(2-31)
where d.. and d« are the lower and upper bounds of the particulate-size
category. (McDonald (1960) gives simple techniques for calculating the
gravitational settling velocity.) The user is cautioned that Equation
(2-30) assumes that the terrain is flat or gently rolling. Consequently.
the gravitational settling option cannot be used for sources located in
complex terrain without violating mass continuity.
2-43
-------
2.4 THE LONGZ DISPERSION MODEL EQUATIONS
The LONGZ computer program implements a sector-averaged long-
term concentration model that is similar in form to the Air Quality Dis-
play Model (EPA, 1969) or the Climatological Dispersion Model (Calder,
1971). In the long-term model, which makes the same basic assumptions
as the short-term model contained in the SHORTZ program, the area sur-
rounding a continuous source of pollutants is divided into sectors of
equal angular width corresponding to the sectors of the seasonal and
annual frequency distributions of wind direction. Seasonal or annual
emissions from the source are partitioned among the sectors according to
the frequencies of wind blowing toward the sectors. The ground-level
concentration fields calculated for each source are translated to a
common receptor system (either polar or Cartesian as specified by the
user) and summed to obtain the total due to all sources. The model
equations used by the LONGZ program are discussed in this section.
However, the reader is referred to the corresponding subsections in
Section 2.3 as well as to Sections 2.1.1.2 and 2.1.2 for technical
guidance on the application of the LONGZ program.
2.4.1 Stack Emissions
For a single stack, the mean seasonal concentration of a gas-
eous pollutant or of small particulates at the point (r,6) with respect
to the stack is given by
Xt>{r,9} =
2K
u. < H. . > a . .
_ i \ i,k,&J z;i,k,,
S{0} V.
TT r A9' *-^* ~ '" ' - i>k'£
exp
2-44
-------
= exp
00
£
n=l
exp
. 2nH . , - H. .
1 / m;i,k,£ i,k,
,2 1
+ exp
2nH . , -r H.
m;i,k,g.
where
Qi,k,£
pollutant emission rate, which may be held constant
or varied according to the itn wind-speed category
ktn stability or time-of-day category and £th season
(mass per unit time)
(2-33)
frequency of occurrence of the i wind-speed category,
jtn wind-direction category and k^ stability or time-
of-day category for the A1-*1 season
A6' = the sector width in radians
S{6} = a smoothing function
A9' - |ef. - 0'
S{9} =
A9'
< A6'
; |e'. - 9' > A9'
the angle measured in radians from north to the center-
line of the jtn wind-direction sector
the angle measured in radians from north to the point
(r,9)
2-45
-------
The definitions of the remaining parameters are the same as those given
in Section 2.3 for the SHORTZ program except that the i subscript refers
to the wind-speed category, the j subscript refers to the wind-direction
category, the k subscript refers to the stability or time-of-day category
and the i subscript refers to the season. As with the SHORTZ program,
the Vertical Term given by Equation (2-33) is changed to the form
V
i lr Q
1>'<-'
when the exponential terms in Equation (2-33) exceed exp (-10) for n equal
to 3.
As shown by Equation (2-32), the user may assign a different
pollutant emission rate to each combination of season, wind-speed and
stability or time-of-day categories. This option is primarily designed
for application to sources that use a Supplementary Control System (SCS)
to vary stack emissions according to meteorological conditions (for example,
see Cramer, et^ _al. , 1976). This option is also available for building and
area sources and may be used to account for wind-blown particulate emissions
that vary with wind speed and stability.
As shown by Equation (2-34) , the rectangular concentration dis-
tribution within a given angular sector is modified by the function S
which smoothes discontinuities in the concentration at the boundaries of
adjacent sectors. The centerline concentration in each sector is un-
affected by contributions from adjacent sectors. At points off the
sector centerline, the concentration is a weighted function of the
concentration at the centerline of the sector in which the calculation
is being made and the concentration at the centerline of the nearest
adjoining sector.
The mean annual concentration at the point (r , 6) is calculated
from the seasonal concentrations using the expression
2-46
-------
(2-36)
2.4.2
Building Source Emissions
The LONGZ building source model makes the same assumptions
about the effects of building wakes on the dispersion of low-level
emissions from building vents or stacks as the SHORTZ building source
model. Equation (2-32) is used by LONGZ to calculate ground-level
concentrations for building sources with the initial vertical dimension
a given by the building height divided by 2.15 and the initial lateral
z o
dimension 4.3 a given by the diameter of a circle with the same horizontal
yo & J
area as the building. A virtual point source is used to account for the
initial lateral dimension of the source in a manner identical to that
described below for area sources.
2.4.3
Area Source Emissions
The mean seasonal concentration of a gaseous pollutant or of small
particulates at downwind distance r and azimuth bearing 6 with respect to
the center of an area source is given by the expression
2K
R A9'
X/
0 f
^5 V 0 -i -i k ?
-L } IN. ) X, -L»J>IV5A' nfAT
oi.oj'
exp
(2-37)
where
R = radial distance from the virtual point source to the recep-
tor (m)
2-47
-------
l/2
(2-38)
r =
o
y =
distance from source center to receptor, measured along
the sector centerline (m)
effective source radius (m)
lateral distance from the sector centerline to the receptor (m)
lateral virtual distance upwind from the source center, mea-
sured along the sector centerline (m)
Afl'
r cot ~- (2-39)
o i
a . .
z;x,k
2a
E;i,k o
In
"a' . (r' +r ) + hi
E;i,k v o/
a; . . Cr'-r \ + h
_E;i,k \ o/ J
6r
a
E;i,k
r1 + h ; r' > 6r
o
(2-40)
1+2 / exp
n=l
z;i,k
. 1 /6Hm;i,k.A
' 2 \ a . . / -
\ z;i,k /
10
z;i.k
2H .
' 2 \ a
< 10
z;i,k
(2-41)
and the remaining parameters are identical to those previously defined,
The seasonal average concentration within an area source
attributable to the source's own emissions is given by the expression
2-48
-------
2K
x y . . ,
o o i,j,k
In
V.
(2-42)
where
r" = the downwind distance, measured along the sector centerline,
from the upwind edge of the area source (m)
2.4.4 Modification of the Stack, Building and Area Source
Models to Account for Gravitational Settling
The seasonal average ground-level concentration of particulates
with appreciable gravitational settling velocities is given by Equation
(2-32) or Equation (2-37) with the Vertical Term defined as
N
V
/ j 2
n=l
exp
exp
lfHi,k,£ - Vsn
'2H . . - H.
m;x,k,£
+ V r/u.{H. . .}
sn i i,k,g,J
z;i,k,£
(2-43)
where is the mass fraction of particles with settling velocity V
Tn &n
and H is the effective stack height for stack sources, the building height
for building sources and zero for area sources. As explained in Section
2.3.4, this option cannot be used for sources located in complex terrain
without violating mass continuity.
2-49
-------
2.5 APPLICATION OF SHORTZ AND LONGZ IN COMPLEX TERRAIN
The two general approaches for calculating ground-level concen-
trations in complex terrain are to modify a Gaussian plume model for
flat terrain or to use a numerical model that considers variations in
terrain height over the calculation grid. At present, either approach
provides at best a very simple approximation of complex plume-terrain
interactions. The SHORTZ and LONGZ computer programs modify the flat-
terrain Gaussian plume models described in Sections 2.3 and 2.4 following
the suggestions of Cramer, et_ _al. (1975). The development and testing
of the Cramer, et al. (1975) complex terrain modeling techniques are
discussed in Appendix H. These techniques differ from previous modified
Gaussian approaches in the treatment of the mixing depth in complex
terrain and in the assumptions about terrain intersection for plumes
contained within the surface mixing layer.
When applied in complex terrain, the SHORTZ and LONGZ programs
modify the flat-terrain models described in Sections 2.3 and 2.4 by
defining effective plume heights and mixing depths. The following
assumptions are made in the model calculations for complex terrain:
The actual top of the surface mixing layer extends over the
calculation grid at a constant height above mean sea
level; the actual top of the surface mixing layer should
not be confused with the effective top of the surface
mixing layer, which is a mathematical device used to pre-
clude violations of the Second Law of Thermodynamics
when plumes pass over elevated terrain
The axis of a plume contained within the surface mixing
layer remains at the plume stabilizatdon height above mean
sea level, and the plume may impact elevated terrain within
the surface mixing layer under stable, neutral or unstable
conditions
2-50
-------
Plumes that stabilize above the top of the surface
mixing layer do not contribute to significant ground-
level concentrations at any receptor (this assumption
also applies to flat terrain), including receptors that
are above the top of the surface mixing layer
In order to determine whether the stabilized plume is contained
within the surface mixing layer, it is necessary to calculate the mixing
depth H*{z } at the source from the relationship
in s
H*{z } = H + z - z (2-44)
m sJ mas
where
H = the depth of the surface mixing layer measured at a
point with elevation z above mean sea level (m)
3.
z = the height above mean sea level of the source (m)
S
Equation (2-44) is represented schematically in Figure 2-3, which assumes
that z is the elevation of an airport. As shown by the. figure, the
3.
actual top of the surface mixing layer is assumed to remain at a constant
elevation above mean sea level. If the height H of the stabilized
plume above the base of the stack is less than or equal to H*{z }, the
plume is defined to be contained within the surface mixing layer.
The height H of the stabilized plume above mean sea level
is given by the sum of the height H of the stabilized plume above the
base of the stack and the elevation z of the base of the stack. At
s
any elevation z above mean sea level, the effective height H'{z} of
the plume centerline above the terrain is then given by
H -z ; H -z>0
o o
0 ; H - z < 0
o
2-51
(2-45)
-------
-a
0)
c
H
ca
4-1
o
u
a)
§
to
u
CO
4)
S-i
HI
4-1
0)
0)
c
o
4-1
13
0)
CO
N 00
^ C
*S-H
PC x
4-1 0)
d. CJ
00 3
C 05
H
X 0)
I
CNl
w
cd
&
o
M
PM
2-52
-------
The effective mixing depth H'{z} above a point at elevation z
above mean sea level is defined by
H
m
H + z
m a
- z ; z < z.
(2-46)
Figure 2-4 illustrates the assumptions implicit in Equation (2-46). For
receptors at elevations below the airport elevation, the effective mixing
depth H'{z} is allowed to increase in a manner consistent with Figure
m
2-3. However, in order to prevent a physically unrealistic compression
of plumes as they pass over elevated terrain, the effective mixing depth
is not permitted to be less than the mixing depth measured at the airport.
It should be noted that the concentration is set equal to zero for grid
points above the actual top of the mixing layer (see Figure 2-3).
The SHORTZ or LONGZ user may assume that the wind speed is a
function of the height above the ground surface (see Equation (2-13)) or
a function of the height above mean sea level (MSL). However, in accord
with the suggestions of Cramer, et_ jil. (1975), we recommend that the
wind speed be treated as a function of height above mean sea. level.
That is, the mean wind speed at any given height above mean sea level is
assumed to be constant following the recommended modeling approach.
Thus, the wind speed u measured at height z above the surface at a
point with elevation z above mean sea level is adjusted to the stack
3.
height for the plume-rise calculations by the relationship
u{h} =
h - z
R
V
/ ; ho -
U
R
Z + Z-.
a R
; h < z + Z-,
' o a R
(2-47)
2-53
-------
8 * ^ -a g .9 c
o "3 .2 S g g 3
5 S « -9 c -
C
co
o
cfl
iH
3
a
C
o
cd
§
o
o
u
0)
(-1
o
a.
OJ
u
OJ
o
4-1
-o
(U
H
co
CO
ai
-a
S
X
H
a
o
ai
14-1
i
cs
o
ii
EK
2-54
-------
where h is the height above mean sea level of the top of the stack.
o _
Similarly, the wind speed u{H} used in the concentration calculations
is given by
u{H} H
u
R
H - z
o a
, ZR ,
; H > z + zt
' o a I
UR
; H < z + ZD
' o a R
(2-48)
where H is the plume stabilization height above mean sea level.
o
In the discussion of the complex terrain modeling techniques
given above, an airport is assumed to be the location at. which the wind
and mixing depth observations are made. However, the SHORTZ or LONGZ
user is not restricted to the use of airport data. Tower wind data may
also be used with the elevation above mean sea level of the base of the
tower substituted for the airport elevation z . Xf mi.xing depths are
d.
not measured at the location of the tower, a problem may arise because
the programs contain provision for only one airport elevation z ,
a
Consequently, it may be necessary for the uset to adjust mixing depths
from a nearby location so that they are mixing depths : l»ove the tower
elevation prior to input to the two programs. Fur example, if mixing
depths are measured 50 meters above the elevation of the tower base, 50
meters should be added to all mixing depths used in the model calculations
with the possible exception of mixing depths under stable conditions with
a surface-based inversion when there is no objective indicator of the top
of the surface mixing layer (see Section 2.1.1).
As discussed in Appendix H, the complex terrain modeling
techniques contained in the SHORTZ and LONGZ programs have been tested
by means of comparisons of calculated and observed concentrations for
S0~ sources located in complex terrain. The following recommendations
on the application of SHORTZ and LONGZ to sources located in complex
terrain are principally based on the experience gained during these
2-55
-------
studies. First, we believe that the use of onsite meteorological data
is especially important in complex terrain. If onsite data are used
with SHORTZ, it has been our experience that the highest calculated 24-
hour average concentrations occur on nearby elevated terrain during
periods of persistent moderate-to-strong winds in combination with
neutral stability. All of our successful applications of the SHORTZ and
LONGZ programs have involved the use of meteorological inputs developed
following the general guidance given in Section 2.1.1. Consequently, we
have no basis for assessing the accuracy of concentrations calculated
using different techniques for assigning meteorological inputs. Addi-
tionally, because all of our comparisons of calculated and observed
concentrations have been made at downwind distances beyond the downwind
distance to plume stabilization, we have no basis for assessing the
accuracy of concentrations calculated within about ten stack heights.
Finally, we point out that the depth of the surface mixing layer critically
affects the results of SHORTZ and LONGZ concentration calculations. The
definition of mixing depth implicit in the terrain-adjustment procedures
is based on the vertical profile of the vertical turbulent intensity
(see Section 2.1.1.1) rather than thermal stratification alone. Following
our modeling approach, a zero mixing depth is not possible. Thus, the
appropriate mixing depths should be carefully assigned by an experienced
meteorologist. The use of a mixing depth interpolation scheme such as that
used by the preprocessor program for the Single Source (CRSTER) Model (EPA,
1977) could lead to highly erroneous results in SHORTZ calculations. If
the limitations of the available data require the use of a mixing depth
interpolation scheme, the scheme illustrated in Figure 2-1 and implemented
by the SHORTZ meteorological preprocessor program contained in Appendix I
should be used.
There is one special, principally hypothetical, situation in
which our terrain-adjustment procedures result in calculated concentrations
that may be as much as a factor of two higher than the concentrations that
can actually occur. This situation arises when the central portion of the
plume is at some elevation between the plume stabilization height and the
2-56
-------
ground surface and the axis of the plume impacts a vertical terrain wall
extending above the height of the plume axis. Because of the assumption of
complete reflection at the plumeterrain interface, the calculated concen-
tration at the point where the plume axis impacts the wall is as much as a
factor of two higher than the concentration on the plume axis immediately
upwind of the wall, an obvious violation of the Second Law of Thermodynamics.
Also, if the wall effectively precludes the downwind travel of the plume,
the basic model assumptions relative to downwind plume transport are
invalid. However, if the wall does not effectix'ely impede the downwind
transport of the plume, the plume becomes terrain-following beyond the
initial point of impaction and the concentrations calculated by the model
should be approximately correct. In all of the actual cases we have
investigated to date of plume impaction on steeply-rising terrain, the
maximum terrain slopes have been only about 20 degrees and the downwind
transport of the plume has not been impeded. We therefore believe that the
calculated concentrations are accurate.
In summary, there are three major points i:hai: should be kept i.ri
mind by the user with respect to the terrain-adjustment procedures in the
SHORTZ and LONGZ programs as stated by Cramer, Geary and Bowers (1975) in
the report on the Allegheny County SO. study:
(1) These terrain-adjustment proceduies are simplified
approximations of complex plume-terrain interactions
that are currently not well understood.
(2) Terrain impaction is permitted to occur only when the
plume is contained in the surface mixing layer. While
this condition may occur with all stability categories;
it is most likely to be associated with unstable or
near-neutral stratifications and does not occur when
the plume stabilization height is in a stable layer
above the top of the surface mixing layer.
-------
(3) These procedures may result in a calculated concentration
as much as a factor of two higher than the actual concen-
tration at the point where the central portion of the
plume intersects a vertical terrain wall or very steeply-
rising terrain before the plume has mixed to the ground
surface.
2.6 EXAMPLE PROBLEM
2.6.1 Example SHORTZ Problem
The example SHORTZ problem is based on the 4 January 1973 air
pollution episode at the Logans Ferry S0_ monitor in Allegheny County.
This case, which is also discussed in detail by Cramer, et_ _al/ (1975),
was one of the first successful applications of the SHORTZ program. The
source, meteorological and other SHORTZ inputs for the 4 January 1973
air pollution episode are given below, while Appendix C discusses the
application of SHORTZ to this 24-hour period.
Figure 2-5 is a topographic map of the Springdale-Logans Ferry
area. The filled circle in the figure shows the location of the Logans
Ferry SO- monitor and the + symbols show the locations of the Cheswick
and West Penn Power Plants. The West Penn Power Plant is about 900
meters west-southwest of the monitor, while the Cheswick Power Plant is
about 39100 meters west-southwest of the monitor. The two power plants
are the only major S09 sources upwind of the monitor during periods of
west-southwest winds. On 4 January 1973, strong west-southwest winds
developed at about 0500 EST and persisted throughout the day. The 24-
hour average S0? concentration observed at the monitor on 4 January 1973
was 891 micrograms per cubic meter. The corresponding 24-hour average
SO- concentration calculated by Cramer, et al. (1975), using the modeling
2.
procedures outlined below, was 979 micrograms per cubic meter. The
contributions to this total of the West Penn and Cheswick plants were
946 and 33 micrograms per cubic meter, respectively.
2-58
-------
FIGURE 2-5.
Topographic map of the Springdale-Logans Ferry area. Eleva-
tions are in feet above mean sea level, and the contour
interval is 200 feet. The + symbols show the locations of
the West Penn Power Plant (Sources 116 and 117) and the
Cheswick Power Plant (Source 118). The filled circle shows the
Logans Ferry SCL monitor.
2-59
-------
The source and meteorological data for the 4 January 1973 air
pollution episode at Logans Ferry are given in Tables 2-10 and 2-11,
respectively. The source data in Table 2-10 were provided to the H. E.
Cramer Company by the Allegheny County Bureau of Air Pollution Control.
The meteorological inputs in Table 2-11 were developed from measurements
made on 4 January 1973 at the Greater Pittsburgh Airport and Allegheny
County Airport. The hourly wind directions and wind speeds are arithmetic
means of the concurrent observations at the two airports. Rawinsonde
data taken at the Greater Pittsburgh Airport at 1900 EST on 3 January,
at 0700 and 1900 EST on 4 January, and at 0700 EST on 5 January were
used to estimate mixing depths for the four observation times; mixing
depths for intermediate hours were obtained by linear interpolation.
The two Greater Pittsburgh Airport soundings on 4 January, as well as
the 4 January 1200 EST sounding taken at the downtown Pittsburgh EMSU
station, all showed a deep surface mixing layer with a near-adiabatic
thermal stratification. Consequently, the vertical potential tempera-
ture gradient was set equal to zero for all hours of 4 January 1973.
The ambient air temperatures listed in Table 2-11 are those observed at
the Greater Pittsburgh Airport. Wind speeds from the four Greater
Pittsburgh Airport soundings were averaged and a logarithmic least-
squares regression curve was fitted to the data to obtain a value for
the wind-profile exponent p of 0.17. Details of the regression
technique are given in Section 2.1.1. Following the Turner (1964)
criteria, the strong surface wind speeds and overcast clouds below 1000
meters require the Pasquill D stability category to be assigned to all
hours of 4 January 1973. The hourly lateral and vertical turbulent
intensities are therefore set equal to the urban values for the Pasquill
D stability category of 0.1051 and 0.0735 radians, respectively (see
Section 2.1.1.1). The non-meteorological inputs, including the coordinates
and elevation of the Logans Ferry SO monitor, are given in Table 2-12.
The purpose of this example SHORTZ problem is to use the
inputs given in Tables 2-10 through 2-12 to calculate 24-hour average
2-60
-------
I
CM
w
rn
CTV
PS PS
< PS
P W
o
w o
S hJ
H
PS
en 0) e
w
co
J* 3
CJ -H /~x
cd ^ £
4J cfl v
a
H C ^
MO ej
j-i -H cu oj
CU CO 4-1 CO
E co cs -^.
3 .H pSco
r-i e e
0 W v-<
CO
3
u w ca ^
tfl -H M bi
4J * CU O
en W a ^
6
cu
H
£
U 60/-V
cd -H e
4J Q) ^'
CO pTj !
0)
4J
cfl
>-| C
, -1 J^fc
s 13 e
H H ^^
P O
O
U
0)
«
X C
r^ *^~s.
S -a 6
H M ^
P o
O
u
c
O /-x
H
0 H
en
^H m o
I-- CM <^
VD VD CM
CM
O O O
<
*^ "^ **-J
o o o
00 OO CO
CO CO CO
**vj" **^ CNJ
o o o
^O ^D \D
LO LO O
i i i i o
1
OO OO O
i t I ) V^
CO CO CN
r-H
o o o
vo r^- oo
t 1 i 1 ^H
,_( ,-H T 1
2--61
-------
TABLE 2-11
METEOROLOGICAL INPUT PARAMETERS
FOR 4 JANUARY 1973
Hour
(EST)
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Wind
Direction
(deg)
170
190
210
220
245
255
255
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
255
260
260
265
260
250
250
240
260
270
Wind
Speed
(m/sec)
5.4
6.7
10.0
9.8
8.2
9.3
9.8
10.3
9.0
8.5
8.2
7.2
9.3
7.7
6.7
6.2
7.7
6.7
7.7
6.7
5.9
6.2
6.2
5.9
Mixing
Depth
(m)
953
1068
1184
1299
1415
1530
1645
1598
1551
1504
1457
1410
1363
1316
1269
1221
1174
1127
1080
1033
986
939
892
845
Ambient Air
Temperature
(°K)
283
284
285
285
283
282
280
280
280
279
279
279
279
278
278
277
276
276
275
275
275
275
274
274
Potential
Temperature
Gradient
(°K/m)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Pasquill
Stability
Category
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
2-62
-------
TABLE 2-12
NON-METEOROLOGICAL INPUTS FOR THE
SHORTZ EXAMPLE PROBLEM
Input Parameter
Parameter Value
Lateral diffusion coefficient a
Downwind distance for rectilinear lateral
expansion x (m)
-L
ROTATE (deg)
Decay coefficient ty (sec
Airport elevation (m MSL)
Wind system measurement height (m)
Logans Ferry S0? Monitor:
UTM X Coordinate (m)
UTY Y Coordinate (m)
Elevation (m MSL)
0.9*
50*
.683
0*
366.7
6.096*
605,167
4,489,107
274
*Program default value.
2-63
-------
ground-level SCL concentrations for the regularly-spaced UTM grid shown
in Figure 2-5 and for the Logans Ferry SCL nonitor. The source combi-
nations of concern are:
Sources 116 and 117 - the West Penn Power Plant
Source 118 - the Cheswick Power Plant
Sources 116 through 118 - all major SO^ sources upwind
from the Logans Ferry monitor with west-southwest winds
The detailed results of this example calculation and the program execution
are discussed in Appendix C.
2.6.2 Example LONGZ Problem
The example LONGZ problem is to calculate the annual average
ground-level particulate concentrations produced at and beyond the
property boundary of the hypothetical aluminum reduction facility shown
in Figure 2-6. The sources of particulate emissions are:
The 60-meter Primary Scrubber System stack
The 30-meter Carbon Baking Plant stack
The three 25-meter stacks on the Metal Services Building
The four Potroom roof monitors
The Potrooms, the Carbon Baking Plant and the Metal Services Building
are all 15 meters high, and the three stacks serving the Metal Services
Building are identical. The hypothetical aluminum plant is assumed to
be located in an area of relatively flat terrain near the Greater Pittsburgh
Airport. The following paragraphs discuss the development of the source,
meteorological and other LONGZ inputs required to model the hypothetical
aluminum plant. The execution of the LONGZ program for this example is
discussed in Appendix D.
2-64
-------
g
001
N-i
IO<
lf><
^J-<
ro<
CM<
1 CO
£E ^ CO
^ > ^
o IE 7^
1 Z UJ<
ID COp
O i CO ^
m <« o
> I-Q 5
£ !£!-J w
cc S m *"
i LU 1-
0- Z
0 <
£E _l
A ,-.
LL. Q_
*« o
^ z
^f
U-» CD
T
O
CO
(E
0
i
I
I
00 N-
CM CM
CM fO ^
CO <
O
O
(E
5
e
z
o
to
-8
CJ
.
o
~o
__
o ^
4
J ' '
ccuo
^"
CM CM CM
^ft
if1*
,00
,0)
8
>CM
'CM
,ro
CM
w
O 0)
J5 J
CO -u
tH 3
O O
J3 J=
e»
CO CO
01
H T)
OJ
C
3
H O
t-l T3 ^i
H 0)
O M >,
Cfl 0) 4-J
M-l J3 (-1
e CD
C 3 &
o e o
H S-i
U (1) D.
O -C
3 -u
a
0)
0)
C
CO C
e o
§3 »
P £ o
I W O
in a
o u
tH 4J QJ
CO CX W
o a)
H CJ 01
4-1 0) U
CD >-i CD
,C M
4J 0) O
O rC CO
a. 4J -H
>~i "U
O <4-l
CO O
C
lt-1 -H W
O 00 C
H O
4J l-l -H
3 O 4J
O CO
>> 0) O
CO ,£ O
I
CN
w
PS
o
2-65
-------
Table 2-13 lists the stack and emissions data for the hypothetical
aluminum plant shown in Figure 2-6. The Potroom emissions are discharged
from potline roof monitors at an exit velocity of about 1 meter per
second with an exit temperature 10 degrees Celsius above the temperature
of the ambient air. Consequently, the building source option is used to
model the 200-meter by 600-meter Potroom complex. Because the length of
an individual building source should not be more than twice its width,
the Potroom complex is modeled as three 200-meter square building sources.
Each of the five stacks has a Froude number well above 3.0, and the
minimum stack height to building height ratio is 1.67 for the stacks on
the Metal Services Building. Consequently, the correction factor f
given by Equation (2-5) is assumed to apply to all of the stacks.
It is important to note that recent field and wind tunnel studies
(see Schulman and Scire, 1980) suggest that the slightly buoyant emissions
from the roof monitors at aluminum plants can attain appreciable buoyant
plume rise because: (1) The large volume of discharged air results in a
large buoyancy flux even though the temperature difference between the
effluent and the ambient air is relatively small; and, (2) The adjacent »
buoyant plume elements that form the emissions from a roof monitor merge,
resulting in a buoyant plume rise for the line source that is greater
than for an isolated plume element. Because the LONGZ (and SHORTZ) build-
ing source option assumes that there is no buoyant plume rise, the con-
centrations calculated for emissions from the Potroom complex may over-
estimate the concentrations that actually occur at downwind distances
less than the distance at which the buoyant roof monitor emissions mix
to the surface.
The source data in Table 2-13 are shown in the form required
for input to LONGZ in Table 2-14. Source Type 0 refers to stacks and
Source Type 1 refers to building sources. Source Type 2, which is not
used in this example, applies to area sources. As shown by Table 2-14,
the width and length of a building or area source are substituted for
the stack exit temperature and volumetric emission rate in the LONGZ
2-66
-------
TABLE 2-13
STACK PARAMETERS AND EMISSIONS DATA FOR THE
HYPOTHETICAL ALUMINUM PLANT
Parameter
Stack Height Above Grade (m)
Exit Temperature ( K)
Exit Velocity (m/sec)
Number of Exit Points
2
Area of Exit Points (m )
Particulate Emission
Rate (g/sec)
Source
Primary
Scrubber
System
60
370
25
1
10.7
3.78
Potline
Roof
Monitors
15
Ambient + 10
1
8
486.4
2.19*
Carbon
Baking
Plant
30
340
20
1
5.3
0.60
Metal
Services
Building
25
590
12
3
0.9
0.20*
*Total emissions for all emission points.
2-67
-------
«*
i 1
1
CM
W
1
Oi
0
fe
< H
H 53
< 3
Q hJ
Pu
CO
S 2
O B
HH^
f4
CO H
to 2
M 5
§ ^
W nJ
H <
< 0
n2 M
P H
CJ U
J I puu
E~^ t^
p< o
< P-I
p-i >
&
8
<3
H
CO
CO >-i 0) 60
^! 3 O rH 0)
O -H 60 T3
CO T3 /-s C ^
4-1 CO S < «3
v> ai -^
X"" s
o >-i B
H C 0 ^
(JO /-s
4J -H 01 O JZ
o) cn jj oi 4-i
B co co co oo
3 i-l P5 -^ (3
iH B CO 0)
0 W £ iJ
X"N
oi s
»J ^^^
3
Ij f<
4-1 CO /-^ 4J
X 0) O -H
H O.^ S
01 J-i
H 0
U
,* JS
O 00 x~>
CO T-l g
4-> 01 ^
CO EC
01
LJ
CO
C
t t >*-v
>H T3 B
o
o
o
01
CO
C
x -3 "s
o
o
C_5
O O
PM -H 01 01
C/3 CO 4-1 CO
c^ W TO *"**»
H Pi 60
0)
O 0)
V4 O i
3 ^
0 H
0)
O
SJ 0
^ S
o
CO
m o *3-
oo co m
. o
r-t ~4 O
m o oo
r^ vo O O
vo O F-I O
CM t-l CM
O O O O
r*^ *^ o^ ^^
co co m CM
o o m m
VO CO CM 1
o o
o m in O
CM CO
o o o o
m o o o
CO .-< CM CM
I I i
CO O O CO
r~» vo CM r~-
CO O O O
0 0 0 -H
i-t CM CO
-------
source inputs. Similarly, the angle 6 between north and the long side
of a building or area source is substituted for the stack radius.
Because the three stacks on the Metal Services Building are identical
and in close proximity, they are represented for modeling purposes by a
single stack with a particulate emission rate equal to the total for the
three stacks. Source elevations are not included in Table 2-14 because
the plant is assumed to be in an area of flat terrain. The source
combinations of interest are:
Source 1 - the Primary Scrubber System stack
Source 2 - the Carbon Baking Plant stack
Source 3 - the Metal Services Building stack
Sources 4 through 6 - the Potroom complex
Sources 1 through 6 - all sources within the plant
The LONGZ meteorological input requirements include seasonal
STAR summaries, turbulent intensities corresponding to the Pasquill
stability categories, seasonal median early morning and afternoon mixing
depths, wind-profile exponents, vertical potential temperature gradients
and ambient air temperatures. The STAR summaries for the example problem
are based on surface weather measurements made at the Greater Pittsburgh
Airport for the year 1976. The remaining meteorological inputs, which
were developed following the procedures suggested in Section 2.1.1, are
identical to the inputs developed by Cramer, et al. (1975) as part of the
Allegheny County S02 study. Table 2-15 lists the vertical turbulent intensi-
ties given by Cramer, et al. (1975) for urban areas, which are also the
LONGZ default values for urban areas. Table 2-16 gives the Greater
Pittsburgh Airport median mixing depths. Median afternoon mixing depths
are assigned to the unstable A, B and C stability categories; median
early morning mixing depths are assigned to the combined stable E and F
categories; and the averages of the early morning and afternoon median
mixing depths are assigned to the neutral D stability category. The
2-69
-------
TABLE 2-15
VERTICAL TURBULENT INTENSITIES USED FOR ALL SOURCE
TYPES IN THE ANNUAL CONCENTRATION CALCULATIONS
Pasquill Stability Category
A
B
C
D
E
<^ (rad)
0.1745
0.1745
0.1080
0.0735
0.0465
2-70
-------
TABLE 2-16
MIXING-LAYER DEPTHS IN METERS USED IN THE
ANNUAL CONCENTRATION CALCULATIONS
Pasquill Stability
Category
Wind-Speed Category (m/sec)
0-1.5
1.6-3.0
3.1-5.1
5.2-8.2
8.3-10.8
>10.8
(a) Winter
A
B
C
D
E
500
500
500
320
140
650
650
650
470
290
_
710
710
670
630
-
710
710
~
_
-
710
710
^
_
-
710
710
_
(b) Spring
A
B
C
D
E
1530
1530
1530
825
120
1530
1530
1530
920
310
1530
1530
1030
530
-
1530
1415
_
-
1530
1530
-
1530
1530
--
(c) Summer
A
B
C
D
E
1730
1730
1730
960
190
1730
1730
1730
1025
320
_
1730
1730
1235
740
-
1730
1295
_
-
1730
1295
_
-
1730
1295
(d) Fall
A
B
C
D
E
1230
1230
1230
685
140
1230
1230
1230
740
250
1230
1230
970
710
-
1230
1190
_
-
1230
1230
"
-
1230
1230
2-71
-------
ambient air temperatures and vertical potential temperature gradients are
given in Tables 2-17 and 2-18, respectively. The vertical potential
temperature gradients in Table 2-18 are the values suggested for humid
regions in Table 2-4. The wind-profile exponents in Table 2-19 are the
LONGZ default values. The wind system measurement height, the elevation of
the Greater Pittsburgh Airport, the decay coefficient and the parameter
ROTATE are given in Table 2-12.
The maximum annual average ground-level concentrations produced
by emissions from each of the stacks of the hypothetical aluminum plant
can be expected to occur within about 2 kilometers of the base of the
stack. Similarly, the maximum annual average ground-level particulate
concentration produced at or beyond the property boundary by the low-
level emissions can be expected to occur at or near the property boundary.
In order to detect the maximum annual average concentration produced at
or beyond the property boundary by the combined emissions from all
sources, the irregularly-spaced Cartesian receptor array (X(m) and Y(m) = 0,
±200, ±400, ±600, ±800, ±1,000, ±1,200, ±1,500, ±2,000, ±3,000} is used
in the LONGZ calculations. Additionally, discrete receptors are placed
at 200-meter intervals around the property boundary (see Figure 2-6).
Table 2-20 gives the coordinates of the discrete receptors.
2-72
-------
TABLE 2-17
AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURES USED IN THE
ANNUAL AVERAGE CONCENTRATION
CALCULATIONS
Pasquill Stability
Category
A
B
C
D
E
Ambient Air Temperature (°K)
Winter
273.2
273.2
273.2
271.2
269.7
Spring
287.0
287.0
287.0
283.7
280.3
Summer
298.3
298.3
298.3
294.4
290.7
Fall
289.5
289.5
289.5
286.3
282.4
TABLE 2-18
VERTICAL POTENTIAL TEMPERATURE GRADIENTS IN
DEGREES KELVIN PER METER USED IN THE
ANNUAL AVERAGE CONCENTRATION
CALCULATIONS
Pasquill
Stability
Category
A
B
C
D
E
Wind-Speed Category (m/sec)
0-1.5
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.015
0.030
1.6-3.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.010
0.020
3.1-5.1
0.0
0.0
0.005
0.015
5.2-8.2
0.0
0.003
8.3-10.8
0.0
0.003
> 10.8
0.0
0.003
2-73
-------
TABLE 2-19
WIND-PROFILE EXPONENTS USED IN THE
ANNUAL AVERAGE CONCENTRATION
CALCULATIONS
Pasquill
Stability
Category
A
B
C
D
E
Wind-Speed Category (m/sec)*
0-1.5
0.10
0.10
0.20
0.25
0.30
1.6-3.0
0.10
0.10
0.15
0.20
0.25
3.1-5.1
0.10
0.10
0.15
0.20
5.2-8.2
0.10
0.10
8.3-10.8
0.10
0.10
> 10.8
0.10
0.10
Measurement height is 6.1 meters above the ground surface.
2-74
-------
TABLE 2-20
COORDINATES OF DISCRETE RECEPTORS PLACED AROUND THE
PROPERTY BOUNDARY OF THE HYPOTHETICAL
ALUMINUM PLANT
Receptor
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
I'j
It.
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
X Coordinate
(m)
-800
-600
-400
-200
0
200
400
600
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
600
400
200
0
-200
-400
-600
-800
-800
-800
-800
-800
-800
Y Coordinate
(m)
700
700
700
700
700
700
700
700
700
500
300
100
-100
-300
-500
-500
500
-500
500
-500
500
-500
-500
-300
-100
100
300
500
2-75
-------
(This Page Intentionally Blank)
2-76
-------
SECTION 3
USER'S INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE SHORT-TERM
(SHORTZ) MODEL PROGRAM
3.1 SUMMARY OF PROGRAM OPTIONS, DATA REQUIREMENTS AND OUTPUT
3.1.1 Summary of SHORTZ Program Options
The program options of the short-term computer program (SHORTZ)
consist of three general categories:
Meteorological data input options
Dispersion-model options
Output options
Each category i^ discussed separately below.
a. Meteorological Data Input Options. Table 3-1 lists the
meteorological data input options for the SHORTZ computer program. All
meteorological data may be input by card deck or by a previously generated
tape inventory (see Section 3.1.1.C below). In addition to accepting
sequential hourly meteorological data, SHORTZ accepts 2-hour average,
3-hour average, etc. meteorological data. Site-specific mixing depths,
ambient air temperatures, wind speeds, wind directions and vertical
potential temperature gradients are SHORTZ input requirements rather than
options. If available, site specific wind-profile exponents, lateral
and vertical turbulent intensities and lateral diffusion coefficients
(a) may be used. Source-specific entrainment coefficients may also be
used in the plume-rise calculations (see Section 2.2).
b. Dispersion-Model Options. Table 3-2 lists the dispersion
model options for the SHORTZ computer program. In concentration calcula-
tions for large particulates, the effects of gravitational settling
3-1
-------
TABLE 3-1
METEOROLOGICAL DATA INPUT
OPTIONS FOR SHORTZ
Input of hourly data or of 2-hour average, 3-hour average, etc., data
by card deck or from tape
Site-specific wind-profile exponents
Site-specific lateral and vertical turbulent intensities (different
values may be entered for stacks and for building and area sources)
Source-specific entrainment coefficients for plume rise calculations
Wind system measurement height
TABLE 3-2
DISPERSION-MODEL OPTIONS FOR SHORTZ.
Inclusion of effects of gravitational settling and dry deposition in
concentration calculations
Inclusion of terrain effects
Cartesian or polar receptor system
Discrete receptors (Cartesian or polar system)
Stack, building and area sources
Pollutant emission rates and stack exit parameters held constant or
varied by hour
Time-dependent exponential decay of pollutants
Time periods for which concentration calculations are to be made
3-2
-------
and dry deposition may be included in the calculations for areas of open
terrain, but not for areas of complex terrain. With this exception,
terrain effects may be included in all SHORTZ calculations. The user
may select either a Cartesian or a polar receptor system and may also
input discrete receptor points with either system. SHORTZ calculates
concentrations for stack, building and area source emissions. Pollutant
emission rates may be held constant or varied by hour. The effects of
time-dependent exponential decay of a pollutant as a result of chemical
transformation or other removal processes may also be included in the
model calculations (see Section 2.3). Also, the user may select the
time periods over which concentration is to be averaged. These time
periods range from 1 hour to 8784 hours (i..e., a leap year).
c. Output Options. Table 3-3 lists the SHORTZ program
output options. A more detailed discussion of the SHORTZ output information
is given in Section 3.1.3.
The results of all SHORTZ calculations, as well as all input
data, may be stored on magnetic tape. The user may also elect to print
one or more of the following tables:
The program control parameters, source data and receptor
data
The meteorological inputs
The concentrations calculated for the averaging time of
the meteorological data (for example, 3-hour average
concentrations if the meteorological inputs are assumed
to represent 3-hour averages) for any desired combina-
tions of sources at all receptors
3-3
-------
TABLE 3-3
SHORTZ OUTPUT OPTIONS
Master tape inventory of meteorological and source inputs and the
results of the concentration calculations
Printout of program control parameters, source data and receptor data
Printout of meteorological data
Printout of the concentrations calculated for any desired combina-
tions of sources at all receptors
Printout of concentrations calculated for the averaging time of the
meteorological data and for up to three additional averaging times
3-4
-------
The average concentrations calculated for one, two or
three user-specified averaging times in addition to the
averaging time of the meteorological inputs for any
desired combinations of sources at all receptors
It should be noted that a given problem run may generate a large print
output (see Section 3.2.5.b). Consequently, it may be more convenient
to make multiple program runs for a given problem.
3.1.2
Data Input Requirements
This section provides a description of all input data param-
eters required by the SHORTZ program. The user should note that some
input parameters are not read or are ignored by the program, depending
on what values control parameters have been assigned by the user.
a. Program Control Parameter Data. These data contain
parameters which provide user-control of all program options.
Parameter
Name
ISW(l)
Input Meteorological Data Base Rate This parameter
gives the number of hours in each input meteorological
data observation (_i.e- , the assumed averaging time of the
meteorological inputs). If this parameter is not punched
or has a value of "0", the program uses (defaults to) a
value of "1" and assumes hourly input data. This param-
eter is ignored by the SHORTZ program if an input source/
concentration inventory tape is being used.
ISW(2)
Print Concentration Calculated at Meteorological Data
Base Rate This parameter provides the option to print
the ground-level concentrations calculated for each input
meteorological observation. If this parameter is not
3-5
-------
Parameter
Name
ISW(2)
(Cont. )
punched or is set to a value of "0", these concentration
calculations are not printed. If set to a value of "1",
concentrations calculated at the data base input rate are
printed.
ISW(3)
Print Average Concentration Option 1 This parameter
specifies the first averaging time desired for the concen-
tration calculations. If this parameter is not punched
or is set to a value of "0", this option is ignored by the
program.
ISW(4)
Print Average Concentration Option 2 This parameter
specifies the second averaging time desired for the con-
centration calculations. If this parameter is not punched
or is set to a value of "0", this option is ignored. How-
ever, if this option is punched greater than zero, the
value punched must be greater than that punched for ISW(3)
and ISW(3) must be non-zero.
ISW(5)
ISW(6)
Print Average Concentration Option 3 This parameter spe-
cifies the third averaging time desired for the concentra-
tion calculations. If this parameter is not punched or
is set to a value of "0", this option is ignored. However,
if this option is punched greater than zero, the value
punched must be greater than that punched for ISW(4) and
ISW(4) must be non-zero.
Print Input Control and/or Source Data This parameter
is used to control the printing of the input control and
source data. If this parameter is not punched or is set
to a value of "0", control and source data are not printed.
3-6
-------
Parameter
Name
ISW(6)
(Cont.)
If set to a value of "1", only the control and general
input data are printed. If set to a value of "2", only
source data are printed. If set to a value of "3", both
control and source data are printed.
ISW(7)
Receptor Terrain Elevation Option Allows the user to
input terrain elevations for all receptor points. A value
of "1" directs the program to read user-provided terrain
elevations. A value of "0" assumes level terrain and no
terrain elevations are read by the program. The default
value equals "0".
ISW(8)
Print Meteorological Data Option -- This option controls
the printing of the input meteorological riata. A value of
"1" directs the program to print all of the input meteoro-
logical data. If this parameter is not punched or is
set to a value of "0", this option is ignored.
ISW(9)
Wind Speed Power Law Option If a value of "0" is used,
the wind-speed power law is based on emission elevation
above the airport (weather station) elevation. If the
emission elevation is below the airport (weather station),
no power law is used. If a value of "1" is used, the
wind speed power law is based on the emission height above
terrain and a power law is always used. If this parameter
is not punched, the program will default to a value of "0".
Print Output Unit Option This option is provided to
enable the user to print the program output on a unit other
ISW(IO) than print unit "6". If this value is not punched or a
"0" is punched, all print output goes to unit "6". Other-
wise, print output goes to the specified unit. Also,
3-7
-------
Parameter
Name
ISW(IO)
(Cont.)
if this value is punched and not equal to "6" or "56",
two end-of-file marks are written at the end of the print
file and the file is rewound.
ISW(ll)
Average Over Days or Cases Option This option is pro-
vided to enable the user to calculate the average N-hour
concentrations for particular time(s) of day over multiple
days or cases. If this parameter is not punched or is
set to a value of "0", this option is ignored. However,
if set to a value of "1", the program will calculate the
concentrations over the averaging times specified by
ISW(2) through ISW(5) for each day or case (NDAYS) of the
meteorological data. The program will then average the
days or cases together. For example, assume that 3-hour
average concentrations are being calculated and that the
first hour of each day is 0000 hours. The program would
print the average concentration for the period 0000 to
0200 hours (0300-05'00, 0600-0800, etc.) averaged over the
days or cases (NDAYS) input. As another example, this
option could be used to calculated 7-day average concen-
trations by averaging the 24-hour average concentrations
calculated for the individual days.
Optional Format for Source Card Input Data This
parameter is a switch used to inform the program whether
it is to use a default format to read the card input
source data or to input the format via data card. If
^ ' this option is not punched or is "0", the program uses
the default format given under SFMT below.and SFMT is not
input to the program. If this option is set to a value
of "1", the array SFMT below is read by the program.
3-8
-------
Parameter
Name
ISW(13)
Receptor Reference Grid System Option Specifies whether
a right-handed rectangular Cartesian coordinate system or
a polar system is to be input to the program to form the
receptor reference grid system. A value of "0" indicates
a Cartesian reference grid system is being input and a
value of "1" indicates a polar reference grid system is
being input. If this parameter is not punched, the
program will default to a value of "0".
ISW(14)
Discrete Receptor Option - Specifies whether a right-
handed rectangular Cartesian reference system or polar
reference system is used to reference the input discrete
receptor points. A value of "0" indicates that the
Cartesian reference system is being used and a value of
"1" indicates a polar reference system is being used. If
this parameter is not punched, the program will default
to a value of "0".
ISW(15)
Source Coordinates Option Specifies whether a right-
handed rectangular Cartesian reference system or polar
reference system is used to reference the input source
coordinates. A value of "0" indicates that the Cartesian
reference system is used and a value of "1" indicates a
polar reference system is used. If this parameter is not
punched, the program will default to a value of "0".
ISW(16)
Turbulent Intensities Option This option allows the
user to enter different turbulent intensities for stacks
and for building and area sources. If this parameter is
not punched or is "0", the program uses the same turbulent
intensities (SIGEPU and SIGAPU) for all source types. If
3-9
-------
Parameter
Name
ISW(16)
(Cont.)
ISW(16) equals "1", different turbulent intensities are
entered for stacks (SIGEPU and SIGAPU) and for area and
building sources (SIGEPL and SIGAPL). No default turbu-
lent intensities are provided if ISW(16) equals "1". The
default value for the parameter ISW(16) is "0", or the
same turbulent intensities for all source types.
ISW(17)
ISW(18) -
ISW(20)
NSOURC
Rural/Urban Mode Option If the Turbulent Intensities
Option is not used (!..£., if ISW(16) equals "0"), this
option directs the program to use the Cramer, et al.
(1975) rural or urban turbulent intensities corresponding
to the Pasquill stability categories as default values
for all source types. The program uses the rural turbu-
lent intensities as default values if ISW(17) equals "0"
and the urban turbulent intensities as default values if
ISW(17) equals "1". The default value for the parameter
ISW(17) is "0". It should be emphasized that the program
will not use default turbulent intensities if the param-
eter ISW(16) above equals "1" and only uses default values
if SIGAPU and SIGEPU are equal to "0" or are not punched.
Reserved for Future Options,
Number of Data Card Input Sources - This parameter speci-
fies the number of input card image sources. This includes
card images that specify modifications or deletions to
sources input from tape file. If this value is not
punched or is "0", the program assumes all sources are
input from tape. The maximum number of sources (both
card and tape) that can be processed by the program in a
3-10
-------
Parameter
Name
NSOURC
(Cont.)
single run is 300. However, this number can be increased
by a simple program modification given in Section 3.2.3.a
under Card Group 2.
NGROUP
Number of Source Combination Groups - This parameter
specifies the number of different source combinations for
which print output is desired. A source combination
consists of one or more of all the input sources and is
the summed output of those selected sources. The maximum
value for this parameter is 1000. If this parameter is
not punched or is "0", the program assumes that all input
sources (card and/or tape) are to be used in one combined
source output. Also, if this parameter is not punched or
is "0", the associated parameter arrays NSOGRP and IDSOR
below are not read by the program and can be ignored.
NXPNTS
X-Axis/Range Receptor Grid Size This parameter specifies
the number of east-west receptor grid locations for the
(artesian coordinate system X-axis, or the number of
receptor grid ranges (rings) in the polar coordinate
system, depending on which receptor grid system is chosen
by the user under parameter ISW(13). This is the number
of X-axis points to be input or the number of X-axis
points to be automatically generated by the program. A
value of "0" (not punched) directs the program to assume
there is no regular receptor grid being used. The maximum
value of this parameter is related to other parameter
values and is given by the equation
> |N +N +2N + (
|_ x y xy J L
(N
N +N )
y xy J
(3-1)
3-11
-------
Parameter
Name
where
NXPNTS
(Cont.)
E = the total amount of program data
storage in BLANK COMMON. The design
size is 12000, but can be increased
by a simple program modification
given in Section 3.2.3.a under Card
Group 2.
N = number of points in the input X-
X
axis of the receptor grid system
(KXPNTS)
N = number of points in the input Y-
axis of the receptor grid system
(NYPNTS)
N = number of discrete (arbitrarily
placed) input receptors (NXWYPT)
xy
NYPNTS
This parameter is ignored by the program if tape input is
being used.
Y-Axis/Azimuth Receptor Grid Size This parameter speci-
fies the number of north-south receptor grid locations for
the Cartesian coordinate system Y-axis, or the number of
Y-axis azimuth bearings in the polar coordinate system,
depending on which receptor grid system is chosen by
the user under parameter ISW(13). This is the number
of Y-axis points to be input or the number of Y-axis
points to be automatically generated by the program.
If the parameter NXPNTS is set non-zero, the parameter
3-12
-------
Parameter
Name
NYPNTS
(Cont.)
NYPNTS must also be non-zero. The maximum value of this
parameter is given by the equation under NXPNTS above.
The parameter NYPNTS is ignored by the program if tape
input is being used.
Number of Discrete (Arbitrarily Placed) Receptors This
parameter specifies the total number of discrete receptor
points to be input to the program. A value of "0" (not
punched) directs the program to assume no discrete recep-
NXWYPT tors are being used. The maximum value of this parameter
is limited by the equation given under NXPNTS above. This
parameter is ignored by the program if input tape is being
used. ISW(14) specifies whether these points are in Car-
tesian or polar coordinates.
Number of Input Meteorological Data Observations This
parameter specifies the total number of input meteorolo-
gical data observations. For example, if the input
meteorological data are hourly, this parameter specifies
NHOURS the total number of hours. Similarly, if 3-hour average
meteorological data are input, NHOURS specifies the total
number of 3-hourlv observations the program is to read.
The maximum value of NHOURS is "8784" and the default
value is "24" if this parameter is not punched or is "0".
NDAYS
Number of Days or Cases of Meteorological Data This
parameter specifies the number of separate days or cases
of meteorological data to be processed. If this option
is used, the program expects to read NDAYS sets of meteoro-
logical data with NHOURS observations (data cards) in each
set. Each case is treated as if it was an individual
3-13
-------
Parameter
Name
NDAYS
(Cont. )
program run, except when the ISW(ll) option is used. If
an output tape is being used, the calculations for each
case are output successively to the tape.
KSW
Master Source/Concentration Magnetic Tape Input/Output
Option This option specifies whether or not input and/or
output tapes are going to be used. A value of "0" indi-
cates neither tape input nor tape output is being used. A
value of "1" indicates tape input is being used and the
tape data are read from the logical units specified by the
array NINFL below. A value of "2" indicates tape output is
desired and the tape data are written to the logical units
specified by the array NOTFL below. A value of "3" specifies
both tape input and output are going to be used.
NINTP
Number of input tapes This parameter gives the number
of input magnetic tapes when the KSW equals "1" or "2"
option is selected. If this parameter is not punched or
is set to a value of "0", the program detaults to a value
of "1". The maximum for this parameter is "3".
NOTTP
Number of Output Tapes This parameter gives the number
of output tapes the user has provided when the KSW equals
"2" or "3" option is selected. If this parameter is not
punched or is set to a value of "0", the program defaults
to a value of "1". The maximum for this parameter is "3".
NINFL
Input Tape Logical Unit Numbers This parameter is an
array of a maximum of three logical unit numbers used for
magnetic tape input. If the values in this array are not
punched or are set to values of "0", the program defaults
3-14
-------
Parameter
Name
NINFL
(Cont.)
the values to "2", "0" and "0", respectively. The user
must equate the logical unit numbers specified here with
the external file name assigned to the tape as shown in
Section 3.2.2. Values input to this array must be com-
patible with the UNIVAC 1100 NTRAN I/O routines. Do not
use the values 0, 1, 5, 6 or 12 for this parameter.
NOTFL
Output Tape Logical Unit Numbers This parameter is an
array of a maximum of three logical unit numbers used for
magnetic tape output. If the values in this array are
not punched or are set to values of "0", the program de-
faults to values of "3", "0" and "0", respectively. The
user must equate the logical unit numbers specified here
with the external file name assigned to the tape as shown
in Section 3.2.2. Values input to this array must be com-
patible with the UNIVAC 1100 NTRAN I/O routines. Do not
use the values 0, 1, 5, 6 or 12 for this parameter.
NSOGRP
Number of Sources Defining Combined Source Groups This
parameter is not read by the program if the parameter
NGROUP above is zero or not punched. Otherwise, this
parameter is an array of NGROUP values, where each value
gives the number of source identification numbers used to
define a source combination. The source identification
number is that number assigned to each source by the user
under the source input parameter NUMSQ below. An example
and a more detailed discussion of the use of this parameter
is given under IDSOR below. A maximum of 1000 values are
provided for this array.
IDSOR
Combined Source Group Defining Sources This parameter is
not read by the program if the parameter NGROUP above is
3-15
-------
Parameter
Name
IDSOR
(Cont.)
zero or not punched. Otherwise, this parameter is an array
of source identification numbers that define each combined
source group to be output. The values punched into the
array NSOGRP above indicate how many source identification
numbers are punched into this array successively for each
combined source output. The source identification numbers
can be punched in two ways. The first is to punch a
positive value directing the program to include that
specific source in the combined output. The second is to
punch a negative value. When a negative value is punched,
the program includes all sources with identification
numbers less than or equal to it in absolute value.
Also, if the negative value is preceded by a positive
value in the same defining group, that source defines the
first of the sources to be included with those defined by
the negative number, but no sources with a lesser source
identification number are included. For example, assume
NGROUP above is set equal to 4 and the array NSOGRP
contains the values 3, 2, 1, 0. Also, assume the entire
set of input sources is defined by the source identification
numbers 5, 72, 123, 223, 901, 902, 1201, 1202, 1205, 1206
and 1207. To this point we have a total of 11 input
sources and we desire to see 4 combinations of sources
taken from these 11. Also, the array NSOGRP indicates
that the first 3 values in the array IDSOR define the
first source combination, the next 2 values (4th and 5th)
in IDSOR define the second combination, the 6th value in
IDSOR defines the third combination and the last combi-
nation has no defining (0) sources so the program assumes
all 11 sources are used. Similarly, let the array IDSOR
be set equal to the values 5, 72, -223, 1201-1207, -902.
3-16
-------
Parameter
Name
IDS OR
(Cont.)
The program will first produce combined source output for
sources 5, 72 and all sources up to and including 223.
The second combined source output will include sources
1201 through 1207. The third will include sources numbers
5 through 902 and the last will include all sources
input. Note that the source identification numbers in
each defining group are in ascending order of absolute
value. The maximum number of values that can be input to
this array is 1000.
SFMT
Optional Format for Source Data This parameter is an
array which is read by the program only if ISW(12) is set
to a value of "1". The array SFMT is used to specify the
format used for the input card source data. The format
punched, if used, must include leading and ending paren-
theses. If ISW(12) is not punched or is set to a value
of "0", the parameter SFMT is omitted from the input deck
and the program uses the default format "(15, 311, F10.0,
8F7.0, 12)". This format is used to read the variables -
NUMSQ, TYPE, DISP, JFLG, Q, DX, DY, H, HS, TS, VOL, DTH,
RDS and NS. These parameters are the primary source
inputs and are defined under the source input data below.
b. Receptor Data. These data consist of the (X,Y) or (ranges
azimuth) locations of all receptor points as well as the elevations
of the receptors above mean sea level.
Parameter
Name
X
Receptor Grid System X-Axis or Range This parameter is
read by the program only if the parameters NXPNTS and
3-17
-------
Parameter
Name
X
(Cont.)
NYPNTS are non-zero and only if an input tape is not being
used. This parameter is an array of values in ascending
order that defines the X-axis or ranges (rings) (depending
on ISW(13)) of the receptor grid system in meters. If
only 2 values are punched and the parameter NXPNTS is
greater than 2, the program assumes the X-axis (range) is
to be generated automatically and assumes the first value
is the starting X coordinate and the second value is an in-
crement used to generate the remaining NXPNTS evenly-spaced
X coordinates. If all receptor points are being input, NXPNTS
values must be punched. The origin of the grid system is
defined by the user and can be anywhere.
Receptor Grid System Y-Axis or Azimuth This parameter
is read by the program only if the parameters NXPNTS and
NYPNTS are non-zero and only if an input tape is not being
used. This parameter is an array of values in ascending
order that defines the Y-axis or azimuth bearings measured
clockwise from zero degrees (north) (depending on ISW(13))
of the receptor grid system in meters or degrees. If only
2 values are punched and the parameter NYPNTS is greater than
2, the program assumes the first value is the starting Y
coordinate and the second value is the increment used to
generate the remaining NYPNTS evenly-spaced (rectangular
or angular) Y coordinates. If all receptor points are being
input, NYPNTS values must be punched. If polar coordinates
are being used, Y is measured clockwise from zero degrees
(north).
X
(Discrete)
Discrete (Arbitrarily Placed) Receptor X or Range This
parameter is not read by the program if the parameter
NYWYPT is zero or if the program is using an input tape.
3-18
-------
Parameter
Name
(Discrete)
(Cont.)
This parameter is an array defining all of the discrete
receptor X points. The values are either east-west dis-
tances or radial distances in meters, depending on the
type of reference system specified by ISW(14). NXWYPT
points are read by the program. The origin of these
points is the same as the origin of the regular (non-
discrete) grid system if one is used. Otherwise, the
origin is defined by the user and can be located anywhere.
(Discrete)
Discrete (Arbitrarily Placed) Receptor Y or Azimuth
This parameter is not read by the program if the param-
eter NXWYPT is zero or if the program is using an input
tape. This parameter is an array defining all of the
discrete receptor Y points in meters or degrees. The
values are either north-south distances or azimuth bearings
(angular distances) measured clockwise from zero degrees
(north) depending on the type of reference system specified
by ISW(14). NXWYPT points are read by the program.
ZZ
Elevation of Grid System Receptors This parameter is
not read by the program if the parameter ISW(7) is zero
or if an input tape is being used or if NXPNTS or NYPNTS
equals zero. This parameter is an array specifying the
terrain elevation in meters above mean sea level at each
receptor of the Cartesian or polar grid system. There
are NXPNTS-NYPNTS values read into this array. The
program starts the input of values with the first Y
coordinate specified and reads the elevations for each X
coordinate at that Y in the same order as the X coordinates
were input. A new data card is started for each successive
Y coordinate value and the NXPNTS elevations for that
Y are read. The program will expect NYPNTS groups of data
3-19
-------
Parameter
Name
cards with NXPNTS elevation values punched in each group.
For example, assume we have a 5-by-5 Cartesian or polar
receptor array:
Rectangular
Z6
Zl
Z7
Z2
Z8
Z3
Z9
Z4
'25
ZZ
(Cont.)
Y5
Z251
- X5
- X4
- X3
- X2
- XI
The values Z through Z are read from the first card
group, the values Z, through Z1f) from the second card
group and Z« through Z,
from the last card group.
3-20
-------
Parameter
Name
ZZ
(Discrete)
Elevation of the Discrete (Arbitrarily Placed) Receptors
This parameter is not read by the program if the parameter
ISW(8) is zero or if the parameter NXWYPT equals zero or if
an input tape is being used. This parameter, which is an
array specifying the terrain elevation in meters at each of
the NXWYPT discrete receptors, is input in the same order as
the discrete receptors.
c. Identification Labels and Model Constants. These data
consist of parameters pertaining to heading and identification labels
and program constants. These data, except for TITLE, are ignored by the
program if an input tape is being used.
Parameter
Name
TITLE
Page Heading Label This parameter is an array that allows
up to 79 characters of title information to be printed as
the first line of each output page.
KUNR
Concentration Units Label This parameter is an array used
for the optional input of the concentration units label.
There are a maximum of 24 characters provided for an optional
output units label for concentration. This label is de-
faulted to "(micrograms/cubic meter)" for concentration if
the parameter TK below is not punched or is "0".
KFNR
Source Units Label This parameter is a 12 character
array provided for an optional source input units label,
This label is defaulted to "(grams/second)" if the
parameter TK below is not punched or is "0".
3-21
-------
Parameter
Name
ROTATE
Wind Direction Correction Angle This parameter is used
to correct for any difference between north as defined by
the X, Y reference grid system and north as defined by the
weather station at which the wind direction data were
recorded. The value of ROTATE (degrees) is subtracted
from each wind-direction angle (THETA). This param-
eter is positive if the positive Y axis of the reference
grid system points to the right of north as defined by the
weather station. Most weather stations record direction
relative to true north and the center of most grid systems
are relative to true north. However, some weather stations
record direction relative to magnetic north and the ends
of some UTM (Universal Transverse Mercator) zones are not
oriented towards true north. The user is cautioned to
check the wind data as errors in the wind direction distri-
bution will lead to erroneous program results.
TK
Model Units Conversion Factor This parameter is pro-
vided to give the user flexibility in the source input units
used and the concentration output units desired. This param-
eter is a direct multiplier of the concentration equation.
If this parameter is not punched or is set to a value of "0",
the program defaults to "1 x 10 " micrograms per gram. This
default assumes the user desires concentration in micrograms
per cubic meter and the input source units are grams per
second. Also, if the default value for this parameter is
selected, the program defaults the units labels in the array
KUNR and KFNR above. If the user chooses to input this
parameter for other units, he must also input the units
labels in KUNR and KFNR above. This parameter corresponds
to K in Equations (2-8), (2-24) and (2-29).
3-22
-------
Parameter
Name
HA
Station Elevation This parameter gives the elevation
of the airport or weather station in meters and is read
only if terrain elevations are input for the receptor
points.
UTMX
X-Origin of Polar Reference System This parameter gives
the east-west Cartesian coordinate of the origin of the
polar reference system and/or discrete polar coordinates.
If polar coordinates are not used, this parameter is ig-
nored. If this parameter is not punched or a value of "0"
is used, all polar coordinates are relative to zero and
the polar coordinates are printed. However, if this
parameter is set to a non-zero value, all polar coordinates
are relative to this Cartesian X coordinate and the program
converts all discrete polar coordinate points to their re-
spective Cartesian coordinates for the calculation and
print output of concentration tables.
UTMY
Y-Origin of the Polar Reference System This parameter
gives the north-south Cartesian coordinate of the origin of
the polar reference system and/or discrete polar coordinates.
If polar coordinates are not used, this parameter is ignored.
If this parameter is not punched or a value of "0" is used,
all polar coordinates are relative to zero and the polar
coordinates are printed. However, if this parameter is set
to a non-zero value, all polar coordinates are relative to
this Cartesian Y coordinate and the program converts all
discrete polar coordinate points to their respective Carte-
sian coordinates for the calculation and print output of
concentration tables.
3-23
-------
Parameter
Name
Acceleration Due to Gravity This parameter, which is
used in the plume rise calculations, is the acceleration
due to gravity. If this parameter is not punched or has
a value of "0", the program uses "9.8" meters per second
squared as the default value. This parameter corresponds
to g in Equation (2-4).
ZR
Weather Station Recording Height This parameter is the
height above ground level in meters at which the meteoro-
logical data were recorded. If this parameter is not
punched or has a value of "0", the program defaults to
"6.1" meters. This parameter corresponds to Z in
Equation (2-13).
GAMMA1
Adiabatic/Uns table Entrainment Coefficient This param-
eter, which is used in plume rise calculations, is the air
entrainment coefficient for an adiabatic or unstable atmo-
sphere. If this value is not punched or is "0", the pro-
gram uses "0.6" as the default value. This parameter
corresponds to
i-n Equation (2-3).
Stable Entrainment Coefficient This parameter, which is
used in the plume rise calculations, is the air entrainment
GAMMA2 coefficient for a stable atmosphere. If this value is not
punched or is "0", the program uses "0.66" as the default
value. This parameter corresponds to Y0 in Equation (2-7)
DECAY
Decay Coefficient This parameter is the coefficient
(seconds ) of time-dependent pollutant removal by physical
or chemical processes (Equation (2-12)). The default
for this parameter is "0".
3-24
-------
Parameter
Name
XRY
Rectilinear Plume Expansion Distance This parameter is
the distance in meters over which rectilinear lateral
plume expansion occurs downwind from an ideal point source.
If this parameter is not punched or is "0", the program
assumes "50" meters.
d. Meteorological Data. These data are the meteorological
input parameters. Each meteorological parameter value is a 1-hour, 2-hour,
etc. average value depending on ISW(l). These parameters are not read by
the program if an input tape is being used.
Parameter
Name
HOUR
Observation Hour The hour (00-23 or 0000-2300) of the
meteorological observation.
THETA
Wind Direction The direction from which the wind is
blowing in degrees (no default).
UBAR
Wind Speed The wind speed in meters per second (no
default).
HM
Mixing Layer Depth The depth of the surface mixing
layer in meters (no default).
TA
Ambient Air Temperature The ambient air temperature in
degrees Kelvin (no default)
DPDZ
Vertical Gradient of Potential Temperature The vertical
gradient of potential temperature in degrees Kelvin per
meter (no default).
3-25
-------
Parameter
Name
Stability Category The Pasquill stability category -
A, B, C, D, E or F. This parameter is used only to
ISTBLE select default values for those meteorological parameters
not punched or equal to zero for which default values are
provided (P, SIGEPU, SIGEPL, SIGAPU, SIGAPL).
Wind Speed Power Law Exponent The wind speed power law
exponent. A default value is provided for P only if
p ISTBLE is specified. The default values for P depend on
the wind speed and stability categories and are shown in
Table 3-4.
SIGAPU
Lateral Turbulent Intensity for Stack Sources The
standard deviation of the wind direction angle in radians
or degrees for stack sources. No default values are provided
for SIGAPU if the parameter ISW(16) equals "1". If the value
input is greater than or equal to "1", the program assumes
the units are degrees; otherwise, radians are assumed.
SIGEPU
Vertical Turbulent Intensity for Stack Sources The
standard deviation of the wind elevation angle in radians
or degrees for stack sources. No default values are pro-
vided for SIGEPU if the parameter ISW(16) equals "1". If
the value input is greater than or equal to "1", the
program assumes the units are degrees; otherwise, radians
are assumed.
Lateral Turbulent Intensity for Building or Area Sources
SIGAPL The standard deviation of the wind direction angle in
radians or degrees for building or area sources. If the
3-26
-------
I
CO
W
rJ
PQ
o
Q)
w
*e
H
3
W
N_x
T3
O>
0)
Q.
OO
rQ
C
H
S
r-H
r-H
H
3
cr"
M
tfl
HH
00
o
1 1
A
00
O
r-H
1
CO
oo
CM
00
1
CM
^
r-H
,
LO
i
r (
CO
o
*
CO
1
VO
i t
m
I
o
U }H
H O
rH 00
H 01
r\ u
03 tO
OO
1
PH
W
O
M
OO
1
m o m in o m
m co
r~- O r^ < co CM
r-H r-H O O O O
O cq O Q W Cn
O
II =
nJ /-> -O II
O O v ' ""^
S g S ^-I
co = S
M O 00
^ ~ M
m in o m in m
^^ **T OO CO VO vf^i
r* r^» f^ r^* -^ *^
i i 1 * O O O
IT| U^ O LH LO LO
^ *^" OO fO vO ^O
p^x p** ^5 r*"* "*sf **^
^ rH rH 0 O O
m in o m in m
**T ""^ CO f^ ^O vO
r*^* P1** f^i r**- ^cf "*^
r-* (H « 1 O O O
UO U^ O m uTi u^
*d" ^d" CO rn vO vO
p** r*1* o (*> 3* 00 CO ^5 xO
P1^* p*«fc ^^ p*«» * ^3" in *«o o co
<} in o vo in co
,N rH r-H O O O
in -^ r-H in r-H \^Q
ON *3" in vO O CO
<3" in O ^o m co
CM rH -H O O O
in
-------
(U
C
o
u
I
CO
W
iJ
pq
T3
c
H
3
Pasquill
ci- nV-: i ^ <-,
00
A
00
O
i-H
co
00
cs
oo
CN
LT)
i-H
*
m
i i
ro
O
CO
vD
r 1
m
*
t-H
O
Category
i
1
o
I
m in < i m m
ON ON vo
m m -j- i m m
i^ (y\ t m m
o\ c^ i m m
CT\ ON -* m MS so
* -^ m o vo vo
m m
m m ~3^ < m m
ON ON
Z '-N "ll
< W \O *X3 '-v
PQ Q i C r~-.
Pi O ^ ' (fl -H
3 a s ^
co : S
MOW
I
PH
O O O O O O
O O O O O O
i 1 ^H i I r I i < i 1
o o o o m m
o o o m o o
< 1 < <-< -^ CM cvj
o o m o m o
r-H ( f-4 CS) CM CO
o m o m o o
-i i cs csi ro <
-------
Parameter
Name
SIGAPL
(Cont.)
value input is greater than or equal to "1", the program
assumes the units are degrees; otherwise, radians are
assumed. The default values given in Table 3-4 for SIGAPU
are also the SIGAPL default values if the parameter ISW(16)
equals "0". No default values are provided for SIGAPL if
ISW(16) equals "1".
SIGEPL
Vertical Turbulent Intensity for Building or Area Sources
The standard deviation of the wind elevation angle in
radians or degrees for building or area sources. If the
value input is greater than or equal to "1", the program
assumes the units are degrees; otherwise, radians are
assumed. The default values given in Table 3-4 for SIGEPU
are also the SIGEPL default values if the parameter ISW(16)
equals "0". No default values are provided for SIGEPL if
ISW(16) equals "1".
ALPHA
Lateral Diffusion Coefficient The lateral diffusion
coefficient a. The default for this parameter, if not
punched or equal to "0", is "0.9".
e. Source Data. These data consist of all necessary information
required for each source. These data are divided into three groups:
(1) parameters that are required for all source types, (2) parameters
that are required for stack type sources, and (3) parameters that are
required for building sources and area sources. The order of input of
these parameters is given at the end of this section. These data are
not read by the program if NSOURC equals "0".
3-29
-------
Parameter
Name
NUMSQ
Source Identification Number This parameter is the
source identification number and is a 1 to 5 digit integer.
This number cannot be defaulted and has a maximum value
of 20000. Sources must be input in ascending order, of the
source identification number, but source numbers need not
necessarily be continuous.
DISP
Source Disposition This parameter is a flag that tells
the program what to do with the source. If this parameter
is not punched or has a value of "0", the program assumes
this is a new source for which concentrations are to be
calculated. Also, if the program is using an input tape,
this new source will be merged into the old sources from
tape or will replace a tape source with tho same source
identification number. If the parameter DISP has a value
of "2", the program assumes that the tape D.nput source
having the same source identification number is to be
deleted from the source inventory. The program removes
the source as well as the concentration array for the
source. If the parameter DISP has a value of "1", the
program assumes the source strengths to be read from data
card for this source are to be used to rescale the concentra-
tion values of the tape input source with the same source
identification number. The new source strengths input
from card replace the old values taken from the input
tape and the concentration arrays taken from tape are
multiplied by the ratio of the new and old source strengths.
TYPE
Source Type This parameter is a flag that tells the
program what type of source is being input. If this
parameter is not punched or is "0", the program assumes a
stack source. If this parameter has a value of "1", the
3-30
-------
Parameter
Name
TYPE
(Cont.)
JFLG
DX
program assumes a building source. Similarly, if this
parameter has a value of "2", an area source is assumed.
Variable or Constant Emission Rate This parameter is
used to inform the program of whether constant or variable
emission rates are going to be used for the particular
source. If this parameter is not punched or is set to a
value of "0", the program assumes a constant emission
rate for this source and reads the emission rate into Q
below. If this parameter is set equal to "1", the program
assumes the source emission varies with each meteorological
observation input. After each meteorological observation
has been read by the program, the emission rate for this
source and all others with JFLG = "1" are read into QB
below. Also, the stack gas exit temperature (TSB) and
volumetric emission rate (VOLB) can be varied along with
the pollutant emission rate by inputing these parameters
along with QB.
Source X Coordinate This parameter giver, the Cartesian
X (east-west) or polar coordinate (range)s depending on
ISW(15), of the source location in meters (X in Table
2-9) relative to the origin of the reference grid system
being used. If DX is the range in polar coordinates
and UTMX, UTMY above are greater than "0", DX is relative
to the point (UTMX, UTMY).
DY
Source Y Coordinate This parameter gives the Cartesian
Y (north-sourth) or polar coordinate (azimuth bearing), de-
pending on ISW(15), of the source location in meters or
degrees (Y in Table 2-9) relative to the origin of the
reference grid system being used. If DX is the azimuth
3-31
-------
Parameter
Name
DY
(Cont).
bearing in polar coordinates and UTMX, UTMY above are
greater than "0", DY is relative to the point (UTMX, UTMY).
H
Height of Emission This parameter gives the height above
ground in meters of the pollutant emission. For building
sources, this is the height of the building. For area
sources, this is the characteristic height.
HS
Source Elevation This parameter gives the terrain ele-
vation in meters above mean sea level at the source
location and is not used by the program unless receptor
terrain elevations (ISW(7)) are being used.
Source Emission Rate This parameter gives the source
emission rate in mass per unit time for the source NUMSQ.
If JFLG above is "0", this parameter is used as a constant
emission rate for the duration of the run. If JFLG is
equal to "1", this parameter is ignored and the emission
rate is input to QB below. The default emission rate
units are grams per second. It is important to note that
the program assumes a source emission rate of "0" to be a
valid emission rate.
NUMSQB
Source Identification Number for Variable Emission Sources
This parameter is the source number (NUMSQ above) of a
particular source with variable emission rates (JFLG
above). This parameter is read by the program only if
JFLG above is equal to "1". This parameter is input to
the program for each meteorological data observation and
each source (NUMSQ above) with the parameter JFLG equal
to "1".
3-32
-------
Parameter
Name
Alternate Variable Emission Rate This parameter is read
by the program only if JFLG above is equal to "1". This
parameter is input to the program for each meteorological
QB
data observation and gives the source emission rate for
the respective meteorological period for the source number
specified by NUMSQB.
Number of Particulate Size Categories This parameter
gives the number of particulate size categories in the
particulate distribution used in calculating ground-level
concentration with deposition occurring. The program
NS assumes complete retention of the particulates at the
ground surface with deposition occurring. If the param-
eter NS is greater than zero, the program reads NS
values for each of the parameter variables VS and FRQ
below. The maximum value of NS is 20,.
Settling Velocity This parameter array is read only if
NS above is greater than zero. This pa rameter is the
VS settling velocity in meters per second for each particulate
size category (1 through NS). No default values are pro-
vided for this parameter.
Mass Fraction of Particles This parameter array is
read only if NS above is greater than zero. This parameter
FREQ is the mass fraction of particulates contained in each
particulate size category (1 through NS). No default
values are provided for this parameter.
3-33
-------
Stack Source
Parameters
Stack Gas Exit Temperature This parameter gives the
stack gas exit temperature (T in Table 2-9) in degrees
s
Kelvin. If this parameter is negative or zero, its ab-
TS solute value is added to the ambient air temperature to
form the stack gas exit temperature. For example, if the
stack gas exit temperature is 15 degrees Celsius above
the ambient temperature, enter TS as "-15".
Volumetric Emission Rate This parameter gives the
volumetric emission rate in actual cubic meters per
second. The volumetric emission rate is given by the
product of the stack exit velocity and the area of the
emission point. The program assumes zero plume rise if
VOL equals "0".
Stack Radius This parameter gives the inner stack
radius in meters and no default is provided. This parameter
is used to calculate a correction factor f (Equation (2-5))
that accounts for dovmwash restrictions on buoyant plume
rise. If RDS is set equal to "0", the program assumes that
f is always equal to unity (i.e_. , no downwash) . If RDS
is greater than "0" and the stack exit velocity is greater
than or equal to 1.5 times the mean wind speed at stack
height, the correction factor f is also equal to unity.
However, if RDS is greater than "0" and the stack exit velo-
city is less than or equal to the mean wind speed at stack
height, f is equal to zero (!£» the plume rise is set
equal to zero). See Equation (2-5) for f values when
the stack exit velocity to mean wind speed ratio is between
1.5 and 1.0.
3-34
-------
Stack Source
Parameter
TSB
Variable Stack Gas Exit Temperature This parameter
gives the variable stack gas exit temperature in degrees
Kelvin. This parameter only occurs with the parameters
NUMSQB and QB. If this parameter is not punched or is
set to a value of "0", the program reverts to the constant
gas temperature given by TS above. If the user desires
to input this parameter, the user must punch 10000 + TS
or 10000 plus the gas exit temperature. The value of
10000 is used only as a flag to the program and is removed
internally.
VOLB
Variable Volumetric Emission Rate This parameter gives
the variable stack volumetric emission rate in cubic
meters per second. This parameter only occurs with the
parameters NUMSQB, QB and TSB. If this parameter is not
punched or is set to a value of "0", the program reverts
to the constant volumetric emission rate given by VOL
above. If the user desires to input this parameter, the
user must punch 10000 + VOL or 10000 plus the volumetric
emission rate. The value of 10000 is used only as a flag
to the program and is removed internally.
Building or Area
Source
Parameters
SI
Length of Short Side This parameter gives the length
in meters of the short side of a building or area source.
S2
Length of Long Side This parameter gives the length in
meters of the long side of a building or area source. S2
should be less than or equal to two times SI.
3-35
-------
Building or Area
Source
Parameters
Angle to Long Side This parameter gives the angle,
DTK measured clockwise from zero degrees (north), to the long
side (S2) of the building or area source in degrees.
3.1.3 Output Information
The SHORTZ program generates four categories of program output.
Each category is optional to the user. That is, the user controls all
output other than warning and error messages. In the following paragraphs,
each category of output is related to the specific input parameter that
controls the output category. All program output are printed except for
magnetic tape output.
a. Input Parameters Output. The SHORTZ program will print
all of the input data except for meteorological data if the parameter
ISW(5) is set equal to a value of "3". Only control and general input
parameters are printed if ISW(6) = "1" and only source data are printed
if ISW(6) = "2". An example of this output is shown in Figure 3-2 of
Section 3.204 and in the example problem given in Appendix C.
b. Meteorological Parameters Output. The SHORTZ program
will print the input meteorological data if the parameter ISW(8) is set
to a value of "1". An example of the printed meteorological data is
shown in Figure 3-3 of Section 3.2.4 and in the example problem given in
Appendix C.
c. Concentration. The parameters (ISW(2) through ISW(5)
control the averaging times for which average ground-level concentrations
are printed. The program can be directed to print the concentrations
calculated at the base input rate using ISW(2). Also, as many as three
3-36
-------
additional averaging times can be specified for the concentration calcu-
lations. For example, if the user sets ISW(l) equal to "1" (indicating
hourly input data) and ISW(3) equal to "3", the program will print the
3-hour average concentrations for each 3-hour period in the input mete-
orological data. Also, by the use of NGROUP the user may print the
concentration tables for any desired source or group of sources. Examples
of the printed concentration tables are shown in Figures 3-4 through
3-10 of Section 3.2.4 and in the example problem in Appendix C.
e. Magnetic Tape Output. The SHORTZ program will write all
input data and all concentration calculations to magnetic tape. These
data are written to the logical unit numbers specified by the parameter
array NOTFL. This tape must be assigned prior to the execution of the
SHORTZ program and the tape(s) must be equated to the logical unit
number(s) given in NOTFL. The program saves only the concentrations
calculated at the base input meteorological data rate on the output
tape. This output tape .can be read back into the SHORTZ program to
print tables not output in the original run and/or to modify the source
inventory for corrections or updates in the source emissions. The
instructions on how to assign the output magnetic tape are given in
Section 3.2.2 and approximations as to the length of magnetic tape
required are given in Section 3.2.5.C. A more detailed description of
the contents and format of the output tape file is given in Section
3.2.4.
3.2 USER'S INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE SHORTZ PROGRAM
3.2.1 Program Description
The short-term (SHORTZ) program is designed to calculate average
ground-level concentrations produced by emissions from multiple stack,
building and area sources. The ground-level concentrations can be
calculated for the base input meteorological data rate as well as for as
3-37
-------
many as three additional averaging times for a maximum of 300 sources.
The program is capable of producing concentration tables for each indivi-
dual source input as well as for user-selected groups of sources. The
program concentration calculations are performed for an input set of
receptor coordinates defining a fixed receptor grid system and/or for
discrete (arbitrarily placed) receptor points. The receptor grid system
may be a right-handed Cartesian coordinate system or a polar coordinate
system. In either case, zero degrees (north) is defined as the positive
Y axis and ninety degrees (east) is defined as the positive X axis and
all points are relative to a user-defined hypothetical origin (normally
(X=0, Y=0), although the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) coordinates
may be used as the Cartesian coordinate system).
Capabilities of the SHORTZ program include:
The capability to calculate 1-hour, 2-hour, 3-hour, etc.
average ground-level concentrations
The capability to process up to 300 sources
The capability to model stacks, building sources and area
sources in the same execution
c The capability to specify source locations anywhere
within or outside of the receptor grid system or discrete
receptor points
The capability to display concentrations from individual
sources
The capability to display combined (summed) concentrations
from multiple user-defined subsets of the sources or from
all sources
3-38
-------
The capability of saving the results of all calculations,
the source data and the meteorological data on a master
source/concentration inventory magnetic tape
The capability of updating (adding to, modifying or
deleting) a master source/concentration inventory magnetic
tape
The capability to specify a regular receptor array or a
set of discrete (arbitrarily placed) points or both
The capability to specify a right-handed Cartesian
coordinate system or a polar coordinate system for the
regular receptor array or for the discrete (arbitrarily
placed) receptors
The capability to specify terrain elevations for each
receptor and source
The capability of using 1-hour, 2-hour, 3-hour, etc.
average meteorological data
The capability of specifying site specific meteorological
data
The capability to vary source emissions with each input
meteorological observation
The SHORTZ computer program is written in FORTRAN and is de-
signed for use on a UNIVAC 1110 computer. The program requires approxi-
mately 55,000 words (UNIVAC 1110) of executable core for instruction and
data storage. The program also requires from two to four input/output
devices, depending on whether the tape input/output options are used.
Input card image data is referenced as logical unit 5 and print output,
3-39
-------
which requires 132 character print columns, is referenced as logical unit
6. The optional tape input is referenced as logical unit 2 and the output
is referenced as logical unit 3. The user has the option of either using
the default logical unit numbers given here or specifying alternate logical
unit numbers. Also, the SHORTZ program requires random access mass storage
referenced as logical unit 12. The mass storage is automatically assigned
by the program and is transparent to the user. The computer program con-
sists of a main program SHORTZ and 11 subroutines (MODEL, BLOCKS, OUTPT,
TITLR, ACR, ACCM, ZRO, ERFX, INPOUP, ASSIGN and DEFFIL). The FORTRAN source
code for each of these routines is given in Appendix A.
3.2.2
Control Language and Data Deck Setup
a. Control Language Requirements. The following illustrates
the required ECL control statement runstream for a typical run on a
UNIVAC 1110 Operating System:
@RUN,priority jobid,account,userid,time,pages
@SYM PRINT?,,device
Optional, used to
direct print output
to a specific print
device when running
in batch mode.
3. @ASG,A prog-file.
4. @ASG,A data-file.
Optional, used only
when the SHORTZ pro-
gram input data has
been placed in a file
or data element within
a file.
5. @ASG,options input-tape-file.,type,reel-number (Optional, required
/an, 4. - t-i ' \only if KSW=1 or 3,
@USE nn,input-tape-file. 7
(Optional, required
@MOVE input-tape-file.,X, only if the input-tape-
file is file £+1 on tape,
3-40
-------
fOptional, required
@ASG,options output-tape-f ile., type,reel-number Wly if KSW=2 or 3
jand data are output
@USE mm,output-tape-file. ^to tape.
@MOVE output-tape-file.,
@ASG,CP print-file.
@BRKPT PRINT$/print-file
f Optional, required only
lif the output-tape-file
Jis file £+1 on tape,
Optional, used to di-
rect print output to a
specific print device
when running in demand
mode.
8. SXQT prog-file.SHORTZ
9. card-input-data
(input data cards for the
-------
priority = job run priority
jobid = six-character user supplied job identification
or terminal site identification name.
account = account number
userid = 12-character user supplied project number or
user number.
time
execution time required in minutes
pages = output pages required
device = printer symbiont name, onsite or remote, to
which you desire the print file to go.
prog-file = the name of the program file. This illustration
assumes the user (installation) has assembled
and collected (linked) the short-term program
into this file and called the absolute program
SHORTZ.
data-file =
the name of an optional data file into which
the user has placed the input card data for
SHORTZ.
input-tape-file = a user supplied file name used to reference
the optional source/concentration inventory
input tape. This tape was created by a previous
run of the SHORTZ program.
3-42
-------
options = tape assignment options T,H,F,J,/W
T - temporary, tape
H - high density, use only if U9H is specified
for type.
F - tape file is to be labeled with a label
that requires only the reel-number to be
correct. Use this option only on output
permanent tapes that are to be labeled.
J
type =
/W -
specifies the tape is unlabeled. This
option may not be allowed at your instal-
lation for permanent tapes. However, the
J option should be specified for scratch
tapes.
specifies the tape is an output tape and
a write ring is to be inserted.
The options follow the comma and are placed to-
gether in a continuous string.
the type of tape input/output device. Use 16N
or U9V if the tape density is 1600 bpi or use
U9H if the tape density is 800 bpi.
reel-number = the physical tape reel-number assigned by the
installation tape librarian. Each tape reel-
number is unique. If a scratch tape is desired
for an output, then type BLANK for reel-number.
3-43
-------
nn = the FORTRAN logical unit number with which the
SHORTZ program is to reference (read) the input
tape. This number is defined under the NINFL
parameter input option. This number cannot equal
any of the standard I/O (card reader, printer,
punch) device logical unit numbers and must be a
value allowed by the UNIVAC NTRAN I/O routines
at your installation. The default input unit
number for SHORTZ is "2".
Z - the number of file-marks to space over on the
input tape to position the tape at the desired
input data set. The MOVE card is only required
if H > 1.
output-tape-file = a user supplied file name used to reference the
optional source/concentration inventory output
tape. This tape must be assigned using the W
option.
mm = the FORTRAN logical unit number with which the
SHORTZ program is to reference (write) the output
tape. This number is defined under the NOTFL
parameter input option. This number cannot equal
any of the standard I/O (card reader, printer,
punch) device logical unit numbers and must be a
value allowed by the UNIVAC NTRAN I/O routines
at your installation. The default output unit
number for SHORTZ is "3".
print-file = optional, user supplied, file name to be used for
the SHORTZ print output file. If the user is
running from an interactive terminal and this
3-44
-------
option is not used, all printout will be printed
at the terminal in 132 character line images.
As the print output volume could be large, it is
recommended that the print-file option be used
and the print file be SYM'ed to an on-site printer
(in 10.) after the execution of SHORTZ.
card-input-data = SHORTZ program input card data defined in Section
3.1.2 and shoxvn in Figure 3-1. If the user is
running from an interactive terminal, it is re-
commended that the data be placed in a data file
or in a symbolic element within a data file prior
to execution of SHORTZ. The user would then
use an @ADD command to add the data to the run-
stream.
b. Data Deck Setup. The card input data required by the SHORTZ
program depends on the program options desired by the user. The card
input deck may be partitioned into six major groups of card data. Figure
3-1 illustrates the input deck setup. The six major input deck groups
are:
1. Title Card (One data card always included in the input
deck).
2. Program Option and Control Cards (Three data cards always
included in the input deck. However, not all parameters
on these cards are used when tape input is used).
3. Receptor Data Cards (The number of data cards included
in this group depends on the parameters NXPNTS, NYPNTS,
NXWYPT and ISW(7). These cards are riot included in the
input deck if tape input is used, KSW = "1" or "3").
3-45
-------
(4)
IDSOR
NSOGRP
ROTATE,TK,HA,UTMX.UTMY, etc.
ZZ (elevations deck for grid system
and discrete receptors)
(3)
Y (discrete receptors)
Y (grid system Y-axis deck)
X (discrete receptors)
X (grid system X-axis deck)
ISW
(2) f NXPNTS,NYPNTS,NXWYPT,NSOURC, etc.
KUNR,KFNR,NINTP,NOTTP,NINFL,NOTFL
(1)
W, TITLE
FIGURE 3-1. Input data deck setup for the SHORTZ program.
3-46
-------
NUMSQB,QB, etc. (variable source
emission rates)
HOUR,THETA, etc. (meteorological
data card NHOURS)
(6) / NUMSQB,QB, etc. (variable source
emission rates)
rHOUR,THETA, etc. (meteorological
data card 2)
f
NUMSQB.QB, etc. (variable source emis-
sion rates, include only if source
parameter JFLG="1")
HOUR,THETA, etc. (meteorological
data card 1)
VS,FRQ (particulate data, include
only if NS>"0"
NUMSQ,TYPE, . . . , NS (Source
card NSOURC)
(5)
VS,FRQ (particulate data, include
only if NS>"0"
NUMSQ,TYPE, . . . , NS (Source card 2)
VS.FRQ (Particulate data, include
only if NS>"0")
NUMSQ,TYPE NS (Source card 1)
SFMT (Source card format)
FIGURE 3-1. (Continued)
3-47
-------
4. Model and Source Concentration Control Cards (The first
card of this group is included in the input deck only if
tape input is not being used. The remaining cards are
included only if NGROUP > "0").
5. Source Data Cards (This card group is included in the in-
put deck only if NSOURC > "0". Also, the first card in
this group is included in the deck only if ISW(12) = "1".
The particulate data cards follow each source card only
if the parameter NS on the source card is greater than
"0").
6. Meteorological Data Cards (This card group is included in
the input deck only if tape input is not being used.
Also, the program will expect NDAYS sets of these data in
the input deck. The variable source emission rate cards
are included in the deck only if one or more of the
source cards in (5) had the parameter JFLG = "1").
3.2.3 Input Data Description
Section 3.1.2 provides a summary description of all input data
parameter requirements for the SHORTZ program. This section provides
the user with the FORTRAN format and order in which the program requires
the input data parameters. The input parameter names used in this
section are the same as those introduced in Section 3.1.2. Two forms of
input data may be input to the program. One form is card image input
data (80 characters per record) in which all required input data may be
entered. The other form is magnetic tape on which some of the required
data were stored as part of a previous run of the SHORTZ program. Both
forms of input are discussed below.
a. Card Input Requirements. The SHORTZ program reads all
card image input data in a fixed-field format with the use of a FORTRAN
3-48
-------
"A", "I" or "F" editing code (format). Each parameter value must be
punched in a fixed-field on the data card defined by the start and end
card columns specified for the variable. Table 3-5 identifies each
variable by name and respective card group. Also, Table 3-5 specifies
the card columns (fixed-field) for the parameter value and the editing
code ("A", "I" or "F") used to interpret the parameter value. Parameters
using an "A" editing code are alpha-numeric data items used primarily
for labeling purposes. These data items can be punched anywhere in the
specified data columns and can consist of any character information. If
not punched, these data items are interpreted as blanks. Parameters
using an "I" editing code are integer (whole number) data items. These
data items must be numeric punches only and must be punched (right
justified) so the units digit of the number is in the right most column
of the field. If the punch field for the variable is not punched (left
blank), it is interpreted as zero. Parameters using an "F" editing code
are real number data items. These data items can be punched like integer
("I") data items (right justified) if they are whole numbers. However,
they must be punched with a decimal point (".") if they contain a fractional
part.
Card Group 1 in Table 3-5 gives the print output page heading
and is always included in the input data deck. Any information to iden-
tify the output listing or data case may be punched into this card. If
the card is left blank, the heading will consist of only the output page
number unless an input tape is being used.
Card Group la contains the label parameters that specify the
concentration print output units (KUNR), the source emission rate input
units (KFNR) and the parameters that specify the number of input and
output tapes and their respective logical unit numbers (NINTP, NOTTP,
NINFL, NOTFL). This card group is always read by the program and, if
an input tape is being used (ISW = "1" or "3"), the arrays KUNR and KFNR, '
if blank, are taken from the input tape.
3-49
-------
m
I
en
w
rJ
c
o
H
JJ
CX
H
J-l
0
CO
cu
O
Q) /-x
2 T3 JJ
<3 O cfl
<2oe
H ft
Pi JJ O
O -H PM
ft* *rj v-'
w
CO
-0 g
JJ 3
Cfl rH
U O
cu
jj
cu cu
e 3
cO cfl
J-i 2
ct)
CX
T3 3
M O
cfl S-i
CJ O
1
cfl
JJ
C
CU
o
c
o
CJ
*«^
cu
u
3
O
CO
j_j
cu
jj
co
ca
4_j
3
CX 01
3 CO
O JJ
JJ K**>
3 V)
CX O
C JJ
CU
CO C
C -H
O
H C
JJ O
CX-H
O JJ
s
o
rH
CU
-Q
0)
43 rJ
i i r-g.
2
g M
0 2
J-l
CU H
H
60
2 W
1 "^
i C
CO S
*J ^J
_2 3
S cx
JJ
-< 0)
O T)
01 T3
a 4= c
t-i 0 cfl
cfl C
O 3 60
CX C
C -H
O CO T3
H cfl
^ cu
H rH rH
cu
S-i 43 0)
0) CO T3
JJ rH 3
0) rH
g en o
cfl -H C
rJ 42 TH
Cfl JJ
CX T3
M-t C
CU M cfl
42
JJ I
IH -a c
H CU g
JJ 3
T3 rH rH
CU 3 O
rH Cfl 0
rH *J-I
H a) G
M-i T3 -H
co
cu
CO
cu
jj
0)
J»)
a
cx
rH
rH
Cfl
O
H
C JJ
O cfl
H g
co o
CO JJ
H 3
g cfl
CU
co
0) -H
CJ
3 cu
O 43
CO CO
rH
a>
43 CO
JJ -H
c*i
60H
C
H
^ t
H CO
60 JJ
H
w C
U 3
CU
JJ JJ
CJ 3
cfl CX
M G
Cfl -H
u cu
JJ
CM tfl
-H S-I
*^
-------
-d
cu
d
o
H
4-1
ft
H
J»4
CJ
CO
cu
Q
CU /-^
z -u 4J
<3 O cfl
PS cj £
H M
Pi 4J O
O -H Eti
r-T| ^ *v-*
w
co
c
-a e
M 3
Cfl rH
CJ O
U
CU
4-1
CU 01
B B
cfl cfl
rJ £5
cfl
PH
ft
-0 3
!-i O
Cfl t-i
CJ CJ
H |
o
6
e
H
cO
c
CO
CO
4H
4J
CU iH
4J 3
CO rH
CU Cfl
E o
3 -H
CO 00
co o
Cfl rH
B co
cfl -H
^
00 CU
O ft
\-t CO
ft 4-1
II
o
,_,
o
"d
m
r-H
pa
^>
H
oo
1
m
"*
r-l
, 1
rT|
^
M
^
O
4-1
T3
CU
CO
3
S-i
CU
B
d
4J
H
§
r-l
Cfl
O
H
CU
ft
cfl
4J
4-1
3
ft
rl
4-1
CO
)H
H
H
3
13
CU O
-Q 0
B CU
3 W
C
CU
H 4J
d
3 CU
O
rH C
CO CU
U (H
H CU
00<4H
o cu
rH I-l
II
o
A
d
O
CU CO
r-i CU
cfl ft
CO
CU 4-1
J^J
CU 4-1
J3 3
4-1 ft
d
CO -H
cu
!§
CO 4-1
co
cfl d
cfl
S X
CO 4J
^
00 0)
O M
)H O
ft E
II
o
^
o
d
cfl
rH
pa
^
M
^o
m
i
m
in
CO
( i
f>|
^
M
^
O
4J
T3
CU
co
3
^
cu
d
4J
H
d
3
rH
CO
CJ
H
cu
ft
cfl
4-1
4J
3
ft
pj
H
rO
jj
H
<-?
4_)
CU
4-1
cu
CJ
S
cu
M
d)
00^4-4
O
rH
II
O
A
d
0)
r*
4J
3
ft
4J
3
0
4J
CO
^
H CO
MH
4J
CU iH
43 d
4J 3
CO rH
CU Cfl
14}
CD 00
Cfl O
cfl t-H
B to
cfl -H
£4
00 4H
CU
r-l
O
d
cu
CO ft
H ffl
4-1
CU
)H 4-1
CU 3
»C ft
4J 4-1
3
CO O
0)
B cu
3 d
CO O
CO
to d
~ «
B f.
Cfl 4-1
r>4
00 CU
O !H
)H g
ft E
II
o
(J
o
d
cfl
rH
pa
^
H
^-
vD
1
VO
CM
iJ
tM
H
O
^
O O
4-14-1 d
3
*O Qt CJ
eu 4.) M
CO 3 cfl
3 o
CU
03 ^3 ^J
n d cu
CU O 4=
J3 O 4-1
E cu
3 CO CO
d cu
H -a
CU 5-4
r* «jH
E -c
3 4J
d
cu
4-1 wd
H 4-1
3 CU
a
rH d
CO CU
CJ M
H CU
00 >4H
O CU
rH r-l
II
o
A
d
3-51
-------
QJ
C
H
4J
O
i
ro
W
G
o
H
4-1
P.
iH
Vl
O
CO
cu
Q
QJ ^
S3 *XJ 4-J
43
4-1
G
H
CO
V)
O
4J
P.
CU
o
QJ
^i
14-1
O
VI
OJ
43
^
S3
,3.
r-l
^3"
1
i 1
.£
cn
H
P-I
£2
S
QJ
4J
CO
^>
CO
13
H
Vl
00
Vl
o
4J
p.
QJ
U
CU
Vl
CU
43
4J
<4H
O
CO
H
9
^H
0)
43
4-1
a
H
CO
VI
O
4J
P,
QJ
O
QJ
Vl
>4H
O
Vl
QJ
i
3
S3
^3.
M
OO
1
K
cn
H
S3
Oi
£5
B
Q)
4-1
CO
>>
co
TJ
H
Vl
00
Vl
0
4J
p.
QJ
a
Ol
s~*
*X3
QJ
a
cfl
rH
P.
rH
H
Vl
CO
Vl
JJ
H
J3
Vl
CO
^-s
QJ
4-1
QJ
Vl
CJ
CO
H
a
I4_j
O
Vl
QJ
*B
3
S3
^3.
M
CN
ti
1
a\
K
H
s-j
^
^
S3
CO
4J
(3
O
P.
Vl
O
4-1
p.
QJ
O
QJ
*
^
O
OJ rH
43 Q)
n
O
4-1 0
i 1
CO
QJ 43
cj oo
Vl 3
3 0
O Vl
CO 43
4-1
4-1
3 cfl
P. CTv
C
H CO
P.
QJ 3
00 0
CO VI
B 0
H
T3
T3 Vl
Vi Cfl
CO O
0
Vl
M-< QJ
O 13
C3
Vi 3
QJ
a *%
6 cfl
3 QJ
S3 Vl
,3.
M
vO
i i
1
ro
CJ
Pi
0
cn
S3
CO
(3
O
H
4-1
CO
^
Vl
QJ
CO
<"i
O
rH
Cfl
CJ
H
00
o
rH
o
Vl
O
QJ
4-1
QJ
B
l4_j
o
Vl
QJ
f-Q
B
C
rH
CO
4-1
O
H
"^j.
M
0
. 1
*
cn
fvj
] >
0
03
i i
i i
Vl
P. 0
3 U-i
O <-s
vi s ^^
0 43
o cn
Vi co IH
P, QJ 4-l
a 01
T3
Ij \^r
o
CO
CO CO
^ QJ
Cfl CJ
T3 O
Vl
M-l P.
o
o
Vl 4-1
QJ
43 CO
& J^J
3 CO
S3 *0
o-
HI
00
CN
|
CN
*
cn
-------
T3
Ol
3
C
O
O
i
00
rJ
ra
<
H
c
o
H
4-1
ft
H
G
CO
Ol
P
0) X
2; T3 4J
^ri O cfl
CM O £
H M
CH 4-1 O
O -rl fH
PM T3 ^
W
CO
c
*l3 S
r-l 3
CO rH
u o
u
r-l
CU
Ol CU
S 6
CO CO
r-l 2
cfl
CM
T3 3
J-i 0
CO J-i
CJ U
1
^
Ol
CO
,0
0
rH
CO
a
H
60
O
H
O
r-l
O
Ol
01
e
r"
CJ
Cfl
01
II
r-l
O
o
c
cfl
rH
*^f
M
>3"
1
r-l
K
i i
*~-s
^
C/3
H
-U
3
J-I
O
ft-fl
G 1
J-i
3
O
0)
c
o
CO
H
C
o
H
4-1
cfl
-H
rH
Cfl
a
H
60
O
i-H
O
J-i
O
01
4-1
01
,G
a
CO
Ol
II
/\
rJ
G
Q)
O
CO
4->
c
Ol
CO
0)
ft
CU
*o
J-I
Cfl
CJ
c
o
H
4J
tfl
J-I
01
CO
o
4->
CO
a
0)
4-1
cfl
rH
3
CJ
rH
CO
a
c
o
H
cfl
J-i
4-1
G
Ol
0
o
o
II
o
J-I
o
c
CO
rH
m
»^-
M
oo
I
i/~)
CN
****
£3
CO
H
4-1
3
G
H
i-H
cfl
CJ
H
60
O
rH
0
O
CU
4J
Ol
01
CO
CO
0)
4-1
CU
\ i
G
.,-1
ft
4-1
0
C
Ol
^
CO
Q)
4_1
CO
^_l
cfl
4J
Cfl
TJ
4J
4J 3
cfl ft
G
-a -H
Ol
4-1 r-l
cfl CO
rH CJ
3 -rl
0 60
r-l O
CO i-H
O O
J-I
CO O
G CU
O 4-1
H Ol
4-1 S
cfl
r-l 01
4-1 CO
C cfl
0) J3
G
G 0)
0 rG
G 4-1
II
r-l
t3
Ol
4-1
C
H
J-i
ft
QJ
J-i
cfl
cu
4-J
cfl
M
cfl
4-1
Cfl
"O
1
G
0)
G
G
O
O
01
60
Cfl
Q)
>
cfl
4-1
G
H
rH
ft
4J
0
G
O
T)
II
O
^
O
G
cfl
rH
«
<^
M
CN
i 1
1
O%
C^T"
N-X
£5
C/l
M
G
O
rl
4J
ft
0
CO
H
r~!
4J
60
C
H
CO
3
C
0
H
4-1
cfl
4-1
J-I
3
0
1
C
4-J
G
H
t-l
ft
T3
G
CO
O)
4-1
Cfl
rH
3
G
rH
Cfl
G
||
/*-^
rH
*-s
^Z
CO
hH
A
C
J-.
G
Cfl
0)
J-I
O *X3
iw O
H
rt J^j
O 0)
H ft
4-1
Cfl J-I
tl "2
4-1 O
C rG
cu i
G C
G
O Ol
G >
H
Ol CO
60 Cfl
cfl 0)
J-i G
Ol G
> 3
CO CO
1-
G
0)
G
G
O
G
CU
60
CO
)-i
CU
>
cfl
4J
C
H
j^
ft
4J
O
C
o
13
II
O
rJ
O
C
CO
r-l
M
*£f
H
\o
1 1
1
OO
r-l
^"
^-^
£2
C/3
M
G
o
H
4-1
ft
O
CO
rl
.C
4J
60
G
rH
CO
3
C
o
H
4J
CO
J-I
w
3
O
c
4-1
C
H
J-I
ft
*u
c
CO
Ol
4-1
Cfl
rH
3
G
rH
CO
G
II
/-^
ro
^^
£2
(/}
A
C
a
0
H
r-l
r-l 01
O ft
«H
J-I
C 3
0 O
H .G
4-1 I
CO C
k
4J 0)
G >
01 -H
G CO
C CO
O 0)
G G
G
0) 3
60 CO
CO
rJ rG
CU G
> Cfl
CO 01
n
en
3
O.
Ol
ft
CO
O)
60
rC
a
o
CO
CJ
13
C
cfl
r-l
60
O
r-l
ft
01
4-1
t-H
rH
CO
CJ
rl
4J
CO
O
4-1
Cfl
cu
CO
0) .
t-i "O
Cfl 0)
CO
co 3
r-l
Ol 60
C
H
Ol
0)
Cfl
r-l
CO CO
ft-H
CU s^-
co m
cu
rG r-l
H O
-X
3-53
-------
13
CU
3
C
H
4J
c
O
U
in
i
ffl
2; T3 4J
-ai O co
W CJ S
H H
& 4J 0
0 i-t fe_
M
co
C
*T3 2
Vi 3
cfl ,-1
CJ 0
CJ
Vl
CU
4J
o) cu
e e
cd ro
n z
cd
P,
13 3
Vi 0
cfl Vi
U O
1
CO
Vl
4-J
G
o>
o
c
o
o
01
00
cfl
Vl
CU
>
CO
4-1
c
H
Vl
C
O
H
4-1
P.
O
CO
H
^G
4J
00
C
Vl
3
O
*c
1
c
4J
G
-H
Vl
P.
*"O
c
cfl
cu
r^
a
Cfl
cu
Vl
o
14-1
G
O
H
4_l
cd
VI
4-J
C
ca
o
G
0
a
TJ
O
H
Vl
CJ
p.
Vi
3
0
_r*|
1
C
O!
>
P, -H 4-1 -H
4-1
o
G
o
13
II
O
^
o
^
c
CO
M
Cfl
CO
CO
0)
O
a
3
CO
cu
o >>
Vi T-H ^% TJ
3 C rH G
O 0 C cd
CO O
CO rH
Vl 4J cfl o
O Cfl 4J Vl
13 Cfl 4.)
H T3 G
O i-H O
Vl O CU O
4J Vl U
C 4J Vl 4-1
O G 3 3
a OOP.
o w G
4-1 -H
G 4-J W CO
H cd 3 3 X J->
Vl 4J P, p. 4-1 cd
P, cd C C 0 13
T3 -H iH ,Q
4-1 CU
O 4-1 4-1 4J 4J CJ
C 3 C C fi vi
P. -H -H -H 3
O G Vl Vi Vl O
13 -rl P, p, P, CO
II II II II
O ^H CN CO
Vl
O
r^i
C
cd
M
«^
M
^d"
CN
1
i i
CN
VD
N_x-
^2
CO
M
c « o
o in 4J
H cq
4-i co cu m
cfl p. vi
> 3 cfl CO
cu o p,
^ Vi CO 3
CU U 4J 0
cd M
G 13 13 O
H Vl
cfl cfl G "O
Vl U O Vi
vi -H ca
cu e 4J cj
4-1 O Cd
Vi > S
'O 4-t Q) O
cfl i-i Vl
cu /~\ o 14-1 cj
vi ts] in
NI C 13
4-1 ^ U ^H cfl Vl
o in cd 01 o
G cfl M Vi --,
4J T) Vf 13
O CO G CU CU C
13 13 cfl 4J J3 CO
II II
O r-4
Vl
O
T^jJ
C
CO
M
sT
H
oo
CN
1
CN
K
^
N»^
S
CO
M
Vl
o
01
4-J
01
g
4J
3
P.
c
H
CU
4J
Cfl
4-1 4J
C cfl
H *O
Vl
P. iH
CO
4-J U
O -H
C 60
O
O t-H
T) O
II
O
Vl
O
vj
G
cd
«
^.
M
CN
CO
1
Oi
CN
OO
^
W
M
i
H
00
o
I I
o
Vl
o
cu
4J
cu
4J
3
p,
c
H
CU
js cd
4J 4J
cd
4J 13
H r-l
Vl CO
P. U
II
I
II
to
4J
3
P.
CJ
P.
CO
4J
a
Q)
C30
G
cd
A
a
0)
,£>
4J
O
G
C
cd
a
13
G
cd
I
Vi
M
O
Vl
a
cfl
o
rl
4-1
Cfl
O
4-1
3
CO
CU
CO
CU .
Vi T3
Cfl CU
Cfl
co 3
Vl
CU 60
W C
Q) -H
e 01
CO J3
Vl
cd co
p. -H
cu /-^
co ro
01
X Vi
H O
X
3-54
-------
T3
cu
3
H
4J
O
O
I
ro
c
o
H
4->
p.
iH
S-i
O
CO
CU
p
CU X-N
2: 13 4-1
cfl
rH
S-i
cu
O
P.
TJ
cu
p.
CO
TJ
fl
H
J3
II
o
to
O
y
fl
rH
pq
C
O
H
4J
cfl
>
CU
rH
CU
c
0
-H
CO
CD
H
§
cu
f
4J
C
O
115 TJ
CB CO CO CU CU
4-1 TH CU rH CO > 5
W B f CO O CO
CU 4-1 S-I fl fl rH
S-i CU CO
cu cu 5 S w s-i
J5 fl O O iH 4J CU
4-J 4-1 f-H P. rfl S
cfl cu ;s 60 o
CU U-i X3 O CO "H P»
5 M C rH CU
CO JS CO
S-I -rl « S-i
0 . C 0) fl TJ
fl C O S O C TJ
4-1 O O -H O -H cfl CU
to -H - > cn cuBcflw
iH 0) CU CU CU S-l >,
COrHrHS-ITJ P- S-lCfl
cuoicucu co cu cu £
O) f\ W XI 4-> rH
> C C 4J 3 TJ 4-> CO
O O O CO C CU
,0-H'HCUCO iHfl^flCO
CO 4-) CO IS -H £ O 4-1 iH
II
^
TJ
cu
4-1
fl
H
J-l
a
CO
H
vO
4J
3 4J
P, -H
4J (-
3 3
o
rH
4-1 CO
G 0
H -H
S-i 60
Pi O
rH
rH
rH fl
CO O
II
o
S-I
o
Ai
c
CO
rH
o
4J
c
0)
4-1
4-1
H
£-1
3
w
H
4-1
3
p.
4J
3
o
4J
c
H
V-i
p.
rH
1 1
cfl
II
o
A
c
4J
0
fl
en
H
c
MH
M
c
4-1
H
c
3
rH
CO
o
H
bO
o
rH
14-1
o
TJ
(2
cu
0
[2
4-1
«k
VO
U")
^1
o
o
4-1
rH
CO
3
cr
cu
0) TJ
r^ rj
4J 3
o
fl s
O CU
S-i
fl
cu w
JJ vH
4-1
H 4J
M *H
^
TO
cu c
S-i cfl
CO
-U
CO -H
cfl
B JJ
cu p,
rH 4J
H 3
>4-l O
cfl
^4
60
o
p.
(->
Jj
^^
c
o
H
4-*
QJ
I""*
I4
o
0)
4J
4-1
CO
^
C 3
O O TJ
H s-* f. 01
4-1 C/^ 1 60
CO >-i C CO
S-i ^ /^N S-i
4J P f. CM (1)
fl 2 CJ ^-^ ^
01 ^ CO 3 CO
o cu en
CM M to
O CU S-I '-' -H
a co o
CO *4-l TJ s~*
cu o o» ^
60 fl i-i LO
CO M C O ^
S-i O -H O 3
> 05 Cfl CU M >l
CO >> S-i CO <
co 4j x: p
4-1 TJ C TJ 60 Z
O CU O 3
C S-l O -H O S-l
a) c s-i s-i cu
O > 0 OJ f\ >
TJ O O P. 4J O
U II
O "<
S-i
o
y
fl
cfl
rH
PQ
I-H M M
\D
CO
1
CO
X
O"v
N^X
£2
C/3
H
n
^
.
4-1
fl
O
o
**~s
o
-------
CU
c
O
c
0
H
4J
p.
H
J-i
CJ
CO
cu
p
CU x-x
Z -d 4-1
3 o co
H B
t6 4-> O
O -H fs,
Pn TD ^
W
CO
C
^ S
H 3
CO i-l
U 0
U
V4
cu
4-1
cu cu
e e
cd ^
^i 2*
CO
P.
TJ 3
M O
cfl H
CJ O
1
o
I-l ,-x 4-1 (-1
O 0*1 CO p,
T3 T3 CU
4J 3 O )-l S-) 43
CO o 'H cfl CO 4J
EJ-i U C_>
O 4-J ^*»
O r-l 0) « 43
'H *T3 3 43 H
H Cfl 4J 2 T3
cu cfl IH m cfl
43 U CU M CO CU
4-1 ^^ *"O O """-^ J-l
4-<
T3 Cfl CU Cfl CO
Cfl 4J 43 4J 4J -H
CU Cfl 4J CO CO
I-l T3 g T3 X-N
4J CU CO O CU
O O 3 u-iOP.
C H ^ 3 g
3 4J CU 3 O Cfl
O O 3 43 0 H H
T3 CO 43 4J CO O csO
II II
O -H
t-t
O
^
CO
M
1
H 0
O
co u
H
C
6 «
0) -H
4J CO
co cu
>> 4J
co s-i
rt
o u
H
JH Vt
bO cfl
i 1
>-i 3
O SO W
4J C CU
P. CO 4-1
CU 4J CO
o o a
CU CU -H
t-i i-* -a
n
o
Vj
0
Is
cfl
pq
C cu
H > >.
H 43
CO 4J
H CO ^
i-l CU
6 CU -H
CU (-1 U-l
4J -H
CQ CO CJ
>*, OJ Q)
CO 4-1 P.
CO CO
""o c! ^"*
H -H 4J 2
^-t *O C* c^
Ml M -rl O
O O
Vi 0 P.T3
O O C
U CU cfl
P, VJ 43
CU cfl 4J ^
O i 1 ~>"]
Q) O O H
^1 P. 4J p
II
-I
I
O
C O
H 0
>^ CU C
i-l VJ CO
H cfl -H
S-I CO
CO Cfl CU
4-1 O >-l
H 4J Cfl
43 P. O
^ CU
co a n
^ CU cfl
VI iH
CU 3
4-1 /-v 60 03
CU T3 C CU
(-1 CU CO 4-J
o a 4J cfl
co co o c
H i-( CU -H
T3 P, !-i T)
II
O
^
o
c
cfl
M
cu
C > >.
H -H 43
4J
CU Cfl T)
M i-H CU
CO Cfl -H
V-l 4-1
CO -H
M CO O
O CU CU
4-J 4-1 P,
P. Cfl CO
QJ C
a -H 4-1
CU T3 C
)-l H -H
O 0
cu o P.
4-1 0
cu cu
V Vi 43
O CO 4-1
tO !-)
HOC
t3 a. 4J
II
^
^*
^
E~^
J^
T3
c
CO
SH
y
^H
P
M M M
00
.^
1
"d"
S~*i
-------
T3
cu
3
C
C
o
u
m
I
W
c
o
4-1
Cu
iH
Descr:
QJ / v
E
C"" ' M
Pi 4J o
O -H PH
pt-j *"Q NMrf*
W
CO
g
(-1 3
Cfl rH
O 0
c_>
M
CU
CU CU
e e
cfl cfl
r-l "Z
CO
PH
T3 3
V4 O
cfl SH
0 0
CJ I
0) C
rJ -H
T3
C H
H O
O
cu cj
cfl C
CO
CO -H
C en
o cu
H 4-1
CO CO
CJ U
Q
source 1
tangular
ates
u
o
o
.,
c
cfl
t 1
CO
^
M S
CO H
M 0) C3
0 J3
CX 4-1 t£J
COX
H 4-1 S
H
cu cu 3
Cfl -H r*"*
4-1 ,0
CO Cfl
C rH T3
O CU CU
H 1-4 -H
^j ^W
co en -iH
o cu o
0 4J 0)
source 1
coordina
point sp
n
i i
en
CU M
H 0
4-i 14-1
rt
CO T3
C CU
cu en
u 3
C
H CU
Vj
u co
C
cu x-s en
rH p CU
3 PL. D.
rQ < >,
S-t O 4J
3 M
4J CO CU
CJ
the same
(SIGEPU,
all sour
u
o
o
^J
a
to
r 1
eq
o
CO C
QJ CO
H
ntensit
stacks
H S-l
O
4-1 14-1
C
0) T3
rH 0)
3 r4
J3 0)
t._] | J
3 C
4J CU
4J 01
dif f eren
are to b
ii
"
*S. T3
. cj c
CO Cfl CO
source
for st
SIGEPL
60 13
H -l CU k*"4
o en H
1 1 1 t ^ \,^
4J T3
i-H CU
O 3 T3
C CO -H
CO 14H ^~
cu o
x~* T3 rJ
rH CX
II 0
W Z 0)
PW rJ
r: "
' CO CO
cu cu
60 a -H
C S-l 4J
H 3 -H
t) O CO
M en C
H 4H
CO
cu cu
rJ 3
Cfl rH
CO
Cfl >
ensitie
rural
4J ^>
C m
H r~
cy\
4J M
cu
M
J3 CO
3 4J
4-1 CU
default
Cramer,
n
o
o
Jsi
C
CO
«
1
rH C
rH CU
H 4J
r* C
H
B
CO 4J
t-i C
60 CU
O rH
rJ 3
Cu J2
CU 3 II
,C 4-1 /-v
H vD
4-1 i 1
O cfl CO
II IH M
/~, cu
^Q ^Q *_^mj
v-' CD
S co co
co 3 cu
M -H
4-J 4J
vw o in
H S CO
en
cu cu
rJ 3
CO rH
CO
en >
ensitie
urban
c In
H r~-
o\
0)
M
3 rH
rQ CO
3 4-1
4-1 CU
default
Cramer,
n
i i
i
rH C
rH CU
H 4-1
Cfl 4J
60 CU
0 rH
M 3
O| O
CU 3 II
E-i ^O
4-1 rH
o cfl co
II MH M
X-N CU
V^ *rj Ll-<
v-x cu
S co co
CO 3 CU
M -H
4-1 4J
LH O -H
H C CO
C
O
O
*>o
1
rH
K
VD
r I
**^
J^
cyD
M
oo
**o
1
m
vO
-K
r-.
i i
^^
JS
C/2
M
3-57
-------
a
0)
3
d
d
o
o
I
CO
ta
>-4
m
<
H
d
o
H
4J
cx
H
M
O
to
CU
Q
01 x-s
3 T3 4-i
CO ^~
vo r~*« r^-
X & 3*
x-x s~* x-x
OO O\ O
H r-l CM
***S >*^ N S
J5 £2 £3
CO CO CO
M M M
4J
CO d
O
U
B w o
CO 14-1 £ -H 4J 13 .y
MO Jj X MO
CU 60 tO CO cd CU
4-1 Cfl CU o CU O 13
01 -H f. }_, Ol CO
B X 4J o,J3 3 CO Cfl
Cfl ^4-1 -H 4-1
d >> cu 4-1 A cd
H X i-< £. 4-1 >rl H 13
C 4-1 O
CO CU O 4-1 4-1
4J 42 « 4J d 3
rl M M Cd E 4J d
O 60 CU 4J 0) d -H
Cu d N CO M -H
H 1 O O Ol
M d E d 01 d Oi 4
O -H CU O £ -H 4-1
| 1 Ij^j ^J £j _[,_! £Q
ex cu to cu d B
01 13 >> o to 4: -T-I o
O CO M -H 4J d M
CU M CO «H U-l
M CU 13 4-1 CO CO
T3 -H CO CO -H E TJ
CO M M 4-1 M Ol Ol
p_j O 60 d *H *UJ M 4-1
3 -H 4-i d 4J o
CM 60 M O O CU -H
X C O Cu CU OX Ell
3 -rl 4J 43 CU 4-1 O
13 Cu O 4-1 CO CO
u-i d cu s cu co H
O OIO4JCO CU4-I-HZ
o cu cu x to PU
^ co M 4-i B 4-i ^ p x
cfl cd co 3 01 3 3
M 0) M to T3 d O
M d ,'""' *rl CO d CU M ^4-1
cu co
o
X
*
K
CO
4-1
C T3 0
H Ol
O 4J II
a 4-1
H H
M S PM
o o >
4J 3
a, co X
01 «H 3
0
01 CX 4-1
M 3 'H
O
CU M ^
4J 60 O
01 O)
M 'CJ ^
O M
CO CO CO
rl O 4J
T3 cfl
CO T3
H -H
PH JS 4-1
> H 3
S &
t's C
3 -H
Cfl
u-l M CU
O 0) X
4-1 4-1
>, O)
tfl B E
M 0
M d M
O
O
«-H
b
co
0
cd / N
0 O O 0) 13
r-l CM OO M
II « -I M CO
t i i i i I O O
in r^» i4-i
cu
4-1
CU
^-1
X <~>
ca
rl
T3
K
K
CO
M 60 CU
0 4-1 d 4=
CO CO CO -H 4-1
CO 60 M 4-1 M -H d
M d o d -H -H B
CU -H 4J -H M-i 13 CO O
4-i 13 cx o d B M
01 d CU CX Ol O Ol M-I
B 0) O £, O M
O 0) O 4-1 0) 13
d co M s to cu 01
rl CO 4J CO X 4-1
CU 0) 0) 4-1 4-1
co d -C 4J B x >H
4J-H4JC034-ICU E
d M to 4-1 O O
H / v U-l -rl CO 13 Cfl
O CO O UH CO d M tO ||
CX i CO Ol -H
v to 01 E d co
MS-Hjr co ca cu CXH
OCO X4J M-H 6033
4J M CO 60 X O CM
Cu >> O cd O M ><
CUd^rHM 4-1603
o o d cx cu
cu cu o x "O TJ 4-1
M60.C OI4JOIM-H
d 4J U-l J3 CO Cfl
CO *H h-i 4-1 Ul 3 O ,^
H t3 60 O O
3 d c « 4-) co cu
pLiCU'H .O4Jd'r)T3
tHCXc EM MCUX
3 Ol *H CU CU cd E &* CO
13 U-l 4-1 N 4J CU 4-1
M-I CU tfl 1 CO M CO
O CO 13 >, d O t)
cu co o cu d co
^ CU M d *d 'H 4-1 4-1
cfl M cu -a 4-1 d 3
M 60 13 -H 01 0) -H a
M CU M M M CO <"? O d
>
"°
>>
r-l
CO
O
H
4-1
cfl
E
O
4-1
3
cfl
4-1
cu
ca
cu
co
CO
M
cu
4-1
cu
B
^
cO
CU
Cfl
cu
H
K
-a
CU
CO
3
60
C
H
CU
n
to
,-f
s~*.
CO
O
13
0)
CO
3
60
C
H
CU
42
CO
H
^
CO
M
O
II
£5
CO
\_^
4-1
3
CX
C
H
cu
CX
CO
4-1
U-l
rl
s^
CJ
CU
o
13
M
CO
o
4-1
3
CX
d
rH
o
4->
E
o
J_|
m
*o
O)
4-J
4J
H
E
o
0)
J^l
cd
CO
CX
3
o
M
60
13
M
Cfl
O
CU
CO
cu
H
*
cu
Cu
cfl
4-J
4J
3
cx
d
H
0)
42
4-1
E
0
M
4-4
d
cu
^
to
4-1
CO
H
CO
M
Ol
4-1
01
e
cfl
M
CO
Cu
cu
M
Ol
42
4-1
M
O
U-l
d
o
H
4-1
CO
E
!-<
O
M i
d
H
0)
H
3-58
-------
-a
0)
3
H
4-1
C
o
o
s_x
m
i
w
,J
pq
<
H
H
cx
H
O
fi\
Q
CU ^-*
Z *O 4-1
<2 o cd
erf U E
H S-i
Crf 4-1 O
O -H fn
fn 13 v^
W
e
^ 5
dj
r i
u o
0
S-i
o>
4-1
cu cu
S 6
^-| ^
cd
PH
CX
13 3
S-i O
cd s-i
o o
«
s^ 4-1
co -a- 3
4J f-4 CX
C v-' C
rl 3 -H
O C/2
CXM CU
S-l C 4J
O O
CL« toO O
CU C S-i
CJ v-l M-I
CU 13
S-i C 13
Ol 0)
Ol CX 4J
4-J 0) 4-1 O
CU -O -H
s-i E II
O CO O
CO CU H
H CU CO PH
T3 S-J *H ^-<
00 3
H 0> CX X
PH *U 3 Z
>H O
:2 s-i s-i M-I
X O 00 -H
Z
en 13 ^.
M-I S-< S-i CJ
o o) cd cu
4-J O 13
r>1 CU
cd E w to
S-l ft 4-J
S-i C JS cd
H 4J S 3
E Z 4-1 w cx
H H-l C
C. p . 1
>l c TD -rl
H ^ O S-l O)
at co co
CO c/3 CO J3 3 Ol
C H -H 4-1 3
O Z -H 00 i-l
H PL a CU C CO
4-1X3 -H >
cd z o M-I cu
> M -H £> M-4
CU 01 OC O
rH JI ^ CO
cu w -a cj -H s-i
u cu cu
c M-I co 'a cu -a
H O O CX S-i
cd cd CO o
S-l yi CD 4J 4-1
S-i O ~i CO 0)
0) 4-J .C "O 4J J3
4-1 CX H 3 4-J CX
0) 4-J CX 3
M-i u 3 C S-i O
O 0) . CX -H O S-i
S-i E B M-I 00
>*, CU -H C
CO JZ 4-1 CO 4-1 T3
S-l CJ M 0) X S-i
s-i cd >-, .c S-i o) cd
<3j CU CO 4J O 4-1 CJ
o
o
T"^
cx)
0
co '*"
O O O CU 13
rH CM 00 >-l
I i i s-i cd
r 1 , 1 I | O O
Nl
M
£
to
*rH ^*N
S-i r^
o cx ^-^
M-I 3 12
o w
CO S-l M
S-i 00
CU M-I
4J 13 vH
Ol S-i
S co x
a o
B at
-H CO T>
H
CO JS "O
C H SJ
O CO
H CJ
4-J .
CO S-l 4J
> 0 3
at 4-J cx
rH CX C
0) 0) -H
a o
C CU 0)
H S-l JS II
CO 4J
S-i CU H
'M 4-1 S CM
fl) CU O >H
4J s-i s-i ;s
CJ M-4 >. 4J O
co x: 4.1
s-i a -H o
s-i cd E
i
a 4J cu CJ
4J H >, C 4)
0) O CO O 0) S-i
EC -H .C -H
cd -a 4-1 E-I "O
S-i C -H cd
CO «H S-l 4J 13
CX 00 CO C
01 13 -H
C O S-l S-l 01 3
0 C O 0) 13
H Ol 4J SL S-l ,C
4J S-l CX 4-1 O CJ
O 01 CU cd O cd
CU M-I CJ 01 CU 0)
s-i M-I cu s s-i
S-l -rl S-l E
O 13 CU O) O
a oi jr s-i s-i
^ CJ 4J Ol M-I
c c c &
O CO 0) >, 13
H S-l & td 0)
4-1 i-| 0) 4-J 4J
O O M-I 13 cd O
cu M-I oi at 13 co
S-i S-i C S-i
H 4-1 -H S-i 4-1
13 CJ CU M-I Ol .O
CU J3 01 f. 3
a s-i 4J 13 4-j co
C S-i CO
H O >, CO CU CO
!3 O J2 Cd ^ -H
o
L^
l^fc
1
_,
H
H
§
-X
X
vO
3-59
-------
0)
3
e
H
4J
G
O
o
W
tJ
PQ
*O
C CU
O 5-1
O iH
CO
co 0!
4J TJ
H
G CU
3 42
4-1
rH
CU CU
T3 O
0 3
S -a
o
*
o
r-3;
pn
P-*
< 1
i
c»
K^
H
^
* 4J
* C
vO O
U
s /
cu
4J h«
cfl H
5-i
5-i
a o
O U-I
-H
CO rH
H 3
S cfl
0) U-I
CD
CO *O
a
5-1 C
3 0
0 -rl
CO 4J
4J 5-1
3 4J
q CO
H O
c
QJ o
|£l ^
4-1
cu
S 4^
0 H
}-l
4-T
w co
H i-l
C C
3 3
T3
60 q
q cfl
H
E 5-1
3 CU
CO 4J
« S
E cj
CO -H
5-i &
60 3
O
5-1
01 5-1
CX 0)
cx
E co
co E
00 'H
C 00
5-1 O
CJ 5-1
H O
E -H
.O
o q
i-H >H
X 4J
p
-H CX
4-1
M 3
l^J p^
H 73
^ i
»v]
13
q co
0 5-1
o cu
CU 4-1
co i
5-1 cfl
CU 5-1
CX cfl
CX
CO
E cu
co ,n
5-1 4-1
00
t
c e
H CU
en
4-1 ,C
q"
3 CO
H
-U
O CU
^ w
03
K^
P^ i
S rH
fe cfl
tic CJ
H
*O 4J
q to
co E
4-1
5-1
O
CX
H
cfl
0)
r;
4-1
U-I
O
! *]
CD
s
o
CO
cu
4-J
0)
E
G
H
q*
o
rt
4J
Cfl
CU
rH
W
O
p-«»
pfj
-*
CN
I
00
i I
^
pJ
1 4-1
O rH
5-i 3
O cfl
cu u-i
4-1 0)
01 T3
6 cu
cu ,a
r^ Et
4-1
J3
O -TD
iH 01
rG T3
£ 5-1
O
4J O
CO 0)
C
O CU
H 5-i
4-1 CU
CO J-5
4-1
CO Cfl
4-1
5-1 Cfl
CU T3
r£j
4J rH
Cfl Cfl
0) 0
O
01
N
CO
H
CU
00 rH
5-1 O
O iH
cfl
C
-H
CU
4J
Cfl
q
H
T3
5-1
O
O
a
*g
g
c
cfl
H
CO
cu
4-J
5-1
cfl
U
4J
CO
0)
1
4J
CO
Cfl
O
r*^
[-T)
i i
ro
1
CN
h^
Q
S
I!
1
H
T)
5-1
0
O
O O
5-1 01
cfl N
rH
O Cfl
CX-rl
5-1 CU
0 3
U-I rH
Cfl
q >
H
60 4J
H rH
5-1 3
O cfl
UH
CU CU
ft TJ
4J
cu
o H
CO
M *
CU CO
4-1 CU
CO 4J
E cfl
1
01 )-l
4-1 O
cfl O
c a
H
*"O 5-1
'M CO
O rH
O O
U CX O
/-» M Q)
SON
H UH
p CO
^ G -H
H
G 60 J-l
CO 'H rH
H 5-1 3
CO O cfl
0) UH
4J CU CU
5-1 ,c *a
a! 4-1
U QJ
U-I rG
x: o H
4-1
3 co
O 5-i
CO CU CO
1 4-1 0)
43 0) 4J
£ ^ g
O C -H
O
r*^
fn
CO
CO
I
CN
t>*
y
S
^
^
cu
cx
CO
cu co
4J
CU Oi
CO
C -H
H
4J
U 3
H cfl
CO CU
00
cu
0 43
4-1 H
CU
3
-a -a
cu
G 5-i
O CO
H 3
4J cr
CO CO
0) 13CN
rH C
CO O
O O
u cu
< M
O
r^»
r-r l
in
^>
i
n
C5
O
cu
co
"E
o
CO
Cfl
3
W)
C
H
ca
H
4J
3
CX
C Q)
iH CX
CO
0) 4-1
CX
Cfl 4J
U 3
CX
UH G
H -H
AS a»
O 43
0) 4J
T3
o o
cfl u-i
U
4J CU
!3 Js^
CX CO
C !-»
H
CO
CU -H
43
4J CO
E 0)
O W
5-1 0)
Q. g
cfl
-O 5-1
CU Cfl
4J CX
01
CO
cu
O
CO
Cfl
5-1
O
CO U-I
CX
3 C
O O
5-1 -H
£>0 -*->
cfl
T) E
5-1 5-1
cfl o
O u-i
C
CU -H
CO
CO CU
JZ A
H H
K
K
3-60
-------
T3
CU
c
H
4-1
C
O
u
in
i
CO
c
o
H
4-1
CU
H
(.4
y
CO
cu
Q
CU x-v
Z 13 4J
4-1
0 cfl
43
CO £3
O
CO -H
0) cfl
4-1 4J
CU CO
^J
C cu
H 43
4-1
4-1 CO
43 CU
to S
-H
cu >-i
a o
o
f^fc
pL|
CM
in
I
\O
^3-
P^
N!
x-x
K 4J
K C
vO O
U
CO
H
cu
3
r-l
Cfl
[ \
r-l
3
ca
U-l
0>
T3
cu
43
H
*"O
CU
i-l
3
CO
CO CO
cu »-i
e cu
co cu
H e
13 vO
Q)
0) O
P.
CO VO
1
-H
13
C
cfl
j_i
O
4-1
C
cu
H
y
H
U-l
U-i
cu
o
y
4-1
C
CU
£2
0
H
CO
i-l
4J
C
cu
S-i
vH
vO
O
CD
H
4J
r-l
3
CO
U-l
CU
13
cu
^^
H
cu
i-l
cu
rf
P.
CO x-»>
O CM
£ ^s*s
4-1 O%
CO " 1
4J
C
cu
-a
C
cu
p.
cu
a
cu
e
H
4-1
U-l
O
x"*v
i 1
1
CO
-a
C
0
y
(U
CO
N_X
4J
S
01
H
y
H
U-l
U-l
0)
o
u
o
f-H
i i
fe
CO
r--
1
CO
\o
S-I
<:
w
Q
r-l
Cfl .
U >,
H CO
s y
a) cu
43 -a
y
o
w c
o
H O
Cfl
U O
H (-1
CO CU
>> N
43
P. CO
H
^>,
43 4-1
rH
r-l 3
CO Cfl
> U-l
O 0)
e P
0)
^1
4-1 CO
G (X)
cfl co
4J CO
3 0)
r-l y
rH 0
O !-l
p. p.
£3
0
H
ca
c
cfl
p.
CU
I-l
CO
a)
c
H
rH
rl
4J
y
cu
Vl
43
y
-H
43
u
^
CU
>
o
Q)
y
fi
cfl
4-1
CO
iH
Q
o
f*N.
P3-!
o
00
1
r*«^
^^
p4
X
o
4J in
c
H en
O -H
p.
J-I
rH rH
cfl 3
CU CO
*rj <4_|
H CU
'O
c
cfl CU
43
E H
o
U-l
CO
C dl
H 4J
S a)
t3 S
0 fi
*t3 "H
ca cu
)-i y
3 M
y 3
y o
o cfl
CO
i-l
cu
4J
cu
g
"O
0)
co
3
00
C
H
CU
43
S-l
O
co
3
P. CU
B a.
H CO
4J
0)
P. 4J
cfl 3
4J P.
C
^4 J5
y u
a;
T3 S
o
CO
y c
cu
3 co
P. 4J
G
H Cfl
H
0)
43 CO
^ J ti
cu
o cu
U-l Cfl
13 cfl
Q) P.
U
4J
H (U
e co
o cu
43
CU 4J
cd t-i
o
CO U-l
P.
3 C
O O
}-i -H
W) 4-1
CO O
U U-l
Q) -H
ca
ai cu
43 43
H H
*
K
3-61
-------
CU
rl
4J
C
O
CJ
in
I
c
o
rl
44
ft,
H
CJ
co
01
Q
0) X-V
£3 *T3 ^J
<3 O 03
P5 U S
H ft
Prf 4J O
O -H fn
M
co
r!
13 g
k 3
Cfl rH
CJ 0
CJ
CU
4-J
Q) 0)
S 6
cfl cfl
M 3
cfl
ft,
T3 3
k O
CO k
CJ O
CO
0) 4-1 1
l-i cfl -H
0) T3 X 4J
IH 43 TJ Cfl 3
O O H CO H g ft,
4-1 -H Cfl C
1-1 43 CJ Cfl -rl
OJ 60 « H
43 C C! 4J 0) Q)
g -H O 3 rl 43
3 CO -H - ft, CO
C 3 4J Q) C C
cfl k -H CU Cfl
0) 0) C 0) l-i O
43 rl -H 43 0) CU
4-1 Cfl 43 43 43 4-1
g -a 4J H «
>, 3 0 CO 43
IH o O cu g 4-1
H >, k O «
O CU k O CO
Q) CO CJ W
4J 3 !> 4J O
G 43 -H ptj O
a i o CM g o o
0) Q cfl ED o S O
CO M CU O <
3 P* co IH
0) 0> O -H -H >H
^s, QJ £^ jjf^ O
CO M tH *V ^4 0)
V-l O ^M G) V*4 CJ 0 H
MOQ)^COQ)3CU
In
M 43 CJ CO el
E k o 4-1 a
CU O 3 O CO
O U O O T3 4-1
H CO -H 3
30) CO ft
O 43 -H IH -H C
CO 4-1 cfl o 43 -H
3 H
cu MTJ g o)
43 C -H 3 43
4-1 -H > g 4J
g-H -H 0)
T3 X >-i E
14-1 O C CO 0) O
H >H -H g 43 rl
CJ IH O
a; c 13 co 4J
ft, -H C 3 T3 II
co co cu a ai
0) M C 4J PU
O CO 4J Cfl -rl 4-1 a
4J 3 3 -HO
ft, 0) 0) g Pi
O O 4-1 i-l 43 O O
CU 4J 3 0) 3
CO O 43 C CO
3 CO H cfl vl iw
MO) O -H
>> 0) CJ ft,
cfl 43 M > 4J 3 4ti
k g 3 4J cfl o CJ
rl 3 0 3 43 rl CU
<; C Cfl ft, 4J 60 -d
vO
1 f
en
i i
43
CJ
CN OO Cfl x^
SO 1-1 t-N CU 13
II > « « 1 V4
» 1 P*» CO r4 Cfl
r^ o cj
»H
P^
O
CO
Q
M
oo
T3 . o
cfl ^ .
01 O r^
II 00
O
4J x->
CN O
0) > ' O
co S ^
3 CO PL,
M
4J «
Cfl >H r-H
g -H M
O T3
IH cfl >
o) in
0) k M
p* ^^^
4-1 4-1
o co
60 C -H
rt ^*^
H 4-1
>, CO CO
>H Oi g
H C
CJ ft, O
0) 3 MH
a o
CO M 4J
O rH
f^ 3
cfl *O cfl
k cfl cu CN
< O Q M
^>
^J
O
CM
O
oo
i
i i
L_4
%^
P^
CO
*
CTi
1 -H
rH -H 43
rH 4J 604 -H g CT 3
H C O OJ O 4=
CO O k CJ
CU 0) -H CU CJ O C3
O CJ 4J k Pi GJ
k k co co !3 ID
3 3 cj O k k
O O -H O CO cfl O
CO CO
-------
13
CU
ti
O
U
in
w
e
o
H
4-1
a,
H
M
o
ca
0)
Q
0) - \
CO CO 1-1 3 COM M 3 M
i-H cfl CO A O QJ COT3 3O
cx ,n u M j-i M c M ocaa.
0) C/3CJ COOOCO CO 3
l-l 4-) 4-1 2 M -HO MO
H^TJ CUiJ CUOM
M CUU-iM C t 1 CO 4-> Dj<4-i60
Oy-lSS-Hcd OCdMX Cd
H O -HO4JCU 4JCT3
cu o cacoc^cd OM
cjcu-^co caajcu 01 bo-Hcd
MOM -H -HMO C-UCJ
3MQ)co g c-ca-Hcd
O3rd'H4J CUOOCy-rl SM4J
COOg -H 4-1CJCO O4JX
C03T3 0) ST3CJCOJ
u CCOQJ OT3o>5co ccuz
60 SOJIOICO MM4JSOJ-HO
C D.O.QM-H 3COCO M C
H «CCOM S QCJ^HQ) 0)O-
^CJC060 Tacfla-H
CO
II II II O II || ||
0) p.
CUO^CNCOO 1 CN
>» -H
O 0
0) 0)
a ^i a ^d
M C M C
3 cd 3 cd
O rH O rH
co pq co pq
CO
H
f"!
4J
}^
O
0)
4-1
cd
C
o
H
CO
CO
H
01
0)
CJ
3
O
CO
II
o
o
y|
c
cd
,-H
PQ
CO
H
TJ
S
CO
1 j
c
co
4-1
CO
C
O
CJ
CO
H
0)
O
M
3
O
CO
O"
f*>
fi
cu
>
H
60
H <-H rH
vo r^ oo
W CL,
CM cc
^ h-t
H Q
*
-K 4J
cd G
CTv O
U
* /
CJ
IV j
h-^
H
cfl
3
a-
cu
CO
H
O
CO
CU
4J
0)
cfl
k
cfl
a,
M-l
H
a
cu
-a
CO
o
3
Cu
C
o
1-1
"O
0)
4J
4J
H
§
CU
V-l
cfl
CO
D,
O
S-l
&0
cfl
O
CU
CO
cu
3-63
-------
CU
3
H
4-1
G
O
U
m
w
pq
H
c
o
H
4J
ft,
H
rl
0
to
cu
Q
(U X-N
2; TJ 4-1
0
H
CU OO
4J O
CO rH
rl O
rl
c o
o cu
H 4J
03 CU
CO 6
H
e 43
cu a
cfl
CU 0)
CJ
rl 43
3 4J
O -H
CO £
II
i i
rH
H
oo
X-N
O 4-1
i-H1 G
PH O
^ CJ
-s
4C jj
* G
cfl O
CT> U
a
«
cu
rl T3
M
to CO
H O
T3 «
G pa
cfl Cf
G G
O -H
-H
4J g
CO CO
> rt
rl 00
CU O
CO rl Cfl
43 O.r-1
Q v«4
0)
4-1 43 ft,
3 4J 3
ft, O
G >> rl
H 43 O
<4H
o
co
4J
H
G
3
C
H
CU
4J
Cfl
C
o
H
CO
co
H
e
CU
O
^|
3
O
03
4-1
C
Cfl
4J
CO
C
o
°
0
o
i-H
PM
OO
II
1
Of
co
H
^
cu cu
3 ft.
rH
r* S
CO
rH 00
3
CO CU
*4-t M
CO CO
-o
03
0) 4J
43 iH
H C
4-1
CU rH
e 3
H cfl
^J tj-.j
0)
4J "O
H
G cu
3 43
^4
CU 13
ft, C T3
cfl G
CO O
co r. o
cfl O cu
e = to
G
H
cu
cj
^i
3
O
CO
CU
rf
4J
MH
O
CU
4J
Cfl
G
iH
rl
O
0
CJ
X
G
CO
-H
CO
cu
.u
^4
cfl
o
o
r»x
PH
m
«N
i
C31
rH
X
a
CO
cu
4-1
CO
c
H
*o
rt
O
O
O x-\
in
!-l rH
CO ^
O W
ft, M
G G
H 0
cu oo
00 G
C -H
CO TJ
M C
CU
CU ft,
43 CU
4J T3
M CO
O IH
CU
03 4J
rl CU
CU g
4-1
cu G
E -H
G
H
cu
u
^1
3
O
co
cu
43
4-1
(4-1
0
cu
4-1
Cfl
C
iH
}H
O
0
O
^4
a
cfl
H
to
0)
4-1
f-t
cfl
u
o
|*Sfc
P-^
CN
(T)
1
CN
Q
in
r 1
X_^
^
n oo
Cfl M
rH
O G
ft, O
C oo
H C
H
00 "O
G G
H CU
M ft,
CO CU
CU TJ
43
CO
43 CU
4J CU
3 rl
S oo
H CU
N TJ
CO
C
CU -H
43
4-> 03
CU
rl 4J
O cfl
G
CO -iH
JH *O
CU )H
4-1 O
CU O
E 0
c
O
H
to
CO
H
S
CU
cu
4-1
>4H
O
^o
§
o
)H
00
CU
4-1
CU
^
O
43 CO
CO rl
cu
^J IJ
43 CU
00 6
tH
cu G
K -H
O.
f-^
r-Tj
o%
CO
1
en
5C
rH
CU
CU
rH
CO
CU
CO
C
cfl
cu
S
CU
o
CO O
H
CO 4->
!H CO
CU O
4J O
CU rH
g
cu
G 0
3
c o
O CO
H
4J CU
cfl 43
> 4J
Q)
rH 4J
W cfl
O
p^
pTj
\o
^> cu
4J 4J
Q) 4-J
O 'H
(i S^
3 cu
o
CO 03
CO
CU OO
45
4J ^
CJ rj
G Cfl -H
O 4J >
CO rH
03 CU
T) II &4
c
CU C/3 CO
ft. H CU
cu cu
T3 ~ rl
O 00
T3 CU
rH II TJ
CU
H W G
4H PL, -H
CO H CU
43 UH 3
H -H J-i
O
("^
r-t.
CO
LO
1
*3"
00 (H rH
HOW
p
o
cO
O*
0)
ca
H
I
O
rl
CU
4J
cu
S
CO
r<
CO
P.
cu
43
4-1
M-l
H
a
cu
cfl
o
3
a,
G
cu
43
S
o
M
CU
4-1
4J
o
cu
V4
CO
CO
Cu
o
V4
00
-a
t-i
CO
a
cu
co
cu
43
H
3-64
-------
OJ
53
O
i
ro
W
e
0
H
4J
O.
H
rl
O
CO
CU
Q
CU /-*
z T3 4-1
4H
O
43
4-J
6U
S3
O)
rH
II
r- 1
CO
A
CN
rl
O
1 1
II
Ed
PL,
^-t
H
0
*
pXfc
En
ro
in
i
<^
CO
H
K
CO
Oi
C
H
CU
y
}~j
3
0
ca
cfl
Q)
rl
Cfl
i-l
O
60
C
H
T3
rH
H
3
rQ
CU
43
4-1
IJH
O W
(-1
CU CU
TD 4-J
H CU
co E
'"^
VJ 1 4J
O CO C
o
u
r-s
4J
S3
0
c_>
1
1
Ol
ft
^
4-1
a)
y
^4
3
O
CO
01
43
4-1
fi
O
CO
a
c
QJ
a.
01
-0
TJ
rH
CU
rl
>4H
CO
H
43
H
O
f-s.
pT]
O
1
in
j
o
>
y
H
i^
4-1
CU
E
3
rH
0
>
CO
CO
60
*s.
y
cfl /\
4-J y
CO 0)
co
II *-»
rn
rJ E
O ^
p>
CU
«- 4-1
O W
M
II
a
w o
PM -H
>> CO
H CO
H
14-1 ^
H Ol
ti CN
o co
60 C
(3 -H
0
rH 01
y
0) M
43 3
4-1 0
CO
MH
O cfl
CU
43 M
4-1 Cfl
60
C rl
cu o
rH
to
II (3
H
CN -a
W rH
H
- 3
CN 43
rl CU
O 43
4-1
rH
IH
now
W 01 01
PM 'O ^-*
{M iH Ol
H CO E
Q)
E
O 3
01 0
N >
£ ^
0 0
M
UH 01
a
0) -H
W CO
H
3 60
^5 C
y o
O rH
rH
y o
4-1
CO
CU / »
01 43
)H 4-1
60 t-J
0) O
^ v5
C
H CO
01
01 0)
60 60
C QJ
O
r^
En
j>^
**D
I
i i
v£>
ffi
Q
01
y
3
O
CO
cfl
0)
M
cfl
M
O
<4H
O
CO
O 4-1
4J U
01
"O 4H
0) UH
co cu
3
cu
Cfl ^
rl Cfl
0) 3
4J
01 Q)
E 43
4-1
c
H i-i
O
CO UH
3
H 0)
T3 CO
Cfl *rH
rl M
.M 01
y B
cfl 3
4-1 rH
co a.
rJ 4J
Q) -H
C B
£3 "rl
M rH
O
r-.
En
Sl"
|
oo
vO
CO
w
^i
o
<4H
4J
X
0)
4-J
QJ
CU i-i
43 O
11 f«*
Ol 4J
QJ 3
CO C-
C
H
CO O
60 4J
C
rl CU
T) 3
rH T !
H CJ
3 >
42
i-l CU
O P
c
CO 5-
v! Pj
y
CO 0)
U 4=
CO 4J
(3
H
CO
0)
H
i-l
O
60
01
4-1
CO
U
01
N
H
CO
0)
4-1
Cfl
rH
3
y
H
4-1
i-l
CO
'4H
O
{^
cu
43
B
Z
CN
1 1
vD
P^
i
m
CO
1 01
1 -H 4-1
C CO 01
oi o E
y a. co
C 01 i-i
O T3 cfl
y &
i-l ^4 CO
o -a -H
O 4-1
C 4J
O <4-l
H 01 O
-U 3
3 -O O)
43 3
H C rH
i-l O CO
4J -H >
CO 4-1
H CU g
"O rH 3
CU 0) -H
u -a ?<
cfl cfl
rH 43 S
3 4-1
y -H cu
H 3 43
4-J Ei
rl C
CO O
D. -H
4J C
0) CO O
43 ^i -H
4J 4-1 4-1
60
C rl
H 0
O)
43 -O
01
O) 4-1
M 4J
CO -H
E
CO O
c
O 01
^ r^j
4J
Cfl 4J
> W
55 3
rH £
Q)
rl
S3 0)
H 4-1
Cfl CU
^ P O
i-i CD s-i
O) i-i 01
4J CO N
Ou
4H rH
M CO W
H 3
43 ^"
. 4J 0)
O
CN T3 4-1
CU CO
CO CO 3
rl 3 E
3-65
-------
13
CU
I
4-1
O
w
rJ
pq
C
O
rt
4J
P.
rt
n
o
03
0)
o
0) ^v
a 13 4J
«s O CO
£5 cj B
H C
05 4J O
O l-l fn
Fn 13 ^
U
CO
r*
13 |
rt rrt
CJ 0
CJ
r-l
4-1
CU 0)
B B
cfl co
r-i a
ca
en
P.
13 3
l-l 0
Cd rJ
U O
CU
p.
CO
cu
4-1
cu
C
rt
CO
CU
rt
4-1
rt
CJ
O
rrt
01
>
00
a
H
r-l
4-1
4-1
01
CO
U-4
O
f>^
cd
r-l
i-l
O
o
r-l
Cj^
CO
o
1 1
1
r- (
C/3
p>
>, 4J
r-l 3
O P.
00 C
01 i-l
4-1 CO
cd cu &
U-S a
m 3
N B 0
rt O M
Cfl H U
CU *O
4-1 13 £
«
r*j
H
o-
JVj
r^S
S
3
CO
«3
Xi 3
H 0
x:
03
>. >,
1-1 co
O M
00 Vi
CJ Cfl
4-1
cd co
O -rt
x; 4J
CJ
CO C
CU -rt
M CO
o c
U-4 O
rt
C 4J
o a
H Cfl
4-1 M
3 <4-l
rt Q)
r-l rG
4-J 4-1
03
rt U-l
13 O
i-H
0)
4-1
ca cd
CD -rt
3 T3
r-l 0(
Cfl g
rt
03
rt
X!
H
'c'
O
rt
4-1
3
Xi
rt
4-1
CO
cu
4-1
U-l
0
b
o
^ ^
i i
(_ \
cd
4-1
O
4-)
CU
f~J
4-1
*j
O
r-l
O
U-l
CO
4-1
rt
a
4-1
P.
C
rt
CU
4J
§
r-l
CU
4-1
4-1
rt
O
O
ca
rt ||
P. CO
3 a
o
00 -rt
13 r!a-
r-l U
cd 01
O 13
cu
3
r-l fl rt
rt O 4J ^-v
> CO W
C/3 13 ^-^
4J > T3
CO Q) M
rt <4-« js co
rrt O 4J O
o
c
o
H
4-1
TO
CD
CO
Xi
o
rrt
rt
CJ
rt O
00 O
o co
o
r4
o
0)
4-1
01
E
O)
rC
4J
U-l
o
Vi
3
o
33
^.
M
^3.
1
1 1
(£
>"^
O
5B
cs
1
o
o
o
o
Vt
o
fl
CN
1
0
O
rrj
c
H
>
0)
4J
X!
CJ
rt
Xi
o
U-l
CO
01
0>
r-l
00
(U
rj
rt
a
o
rt
4J
CJ
cu
Vl
rt
Q
O
r»^
fT|
r 1
r-4
1
^
H
rTT
a
H
13
CU
o
rt
>
O
p.
CO
rt
4-1
rrt
rt
OJ
13
O
a
*
00
rt
o
rrt
X)
CO
rt
o
a
*
o
o
cu
CO
t-i
cu
P.
co
U 13
cu cu
4J 13
CU T-I
6 g
C *-i
rt p4
13 CO
01 -rt
0)
CU 4J
CO rrt
3
13 rt
rt ^
S 13
O
*
00
O"v
^_t
I
CN
* 1
Pi
CQ
j t
*
K
t-H
T5
CU
CO
3
00
a
rt
01
03
rt
II
»
a.
a cu
rt fX
CB
0) 4-1
cx
CO 4-1
4-1 3
P.
u-i C
^J 01
O X!
CU 4-1
T3
O
M
CO U-4
O
(3
4-1 cu
3 ^
a co
C 4J
rt
to
0) -rt
4-1 CO
TJ
S o)
O 4J
H OJ
T3 l-l
oi rt
4J P.
4-1
rt
E
0)
co
O 0)
x;
cu 4-)
cfl t-i
o
03 U-l
&
3 C
O O
r-l -rt
00 4J
cd
a 6
M M
CO o
a u-4
C
01 -rt
CO
a> cu
rC X!
H H
X
K
3-66
-------
CJ
g
C
O
CJ
M
3 T3 4-1
> cu
cfl -O
rH -H
00 O
G J^
H CX
H CO
S -H
01 4-1
O rH
CO 3
<4H CO
3 CU
co 'O
o
,
C7\
fa
co
CM
1
o
CM
*><
S
CX
TJ 3
*
S-i O -K
CO S-I rH
CJ O
rH
C
H
rH
Ol
CO
CJ
Oi
00
CJ
C
H
0)
S-i T3
3 0)
4J "O
CO -H
S-i >
01 O
CX M
e P.
Ol
4-1 CO
H
rl 4J
CO rH
3
4J CO
rt i^
CU CU
H T3
S 0
<3 z
o
i-^
j~-l
i/^
n
1
CN
^
H
1
cO
H 0
o) 2;
a,
E
Ol
4-> SH
0)
rH 4-1
CO 0>
H E
4J
G SH
01 0)
4J CX
CX C
H
Q rH 13
01 0)
4-1 fcrf T3
C 'rj
01 CO >
H 01 0
0 CU S-i
E 60
&0 4-> TJ
O
v
in
fn
o
-3-
1
\D
n
t*3
Q
PH
Q
*
CO
01
«T>
< -H
^^ ^
O
CO S-I
01 CX
H
S-i 0
O 4J
CU >>
4-1 rH
CO C
cj o
4J 01
H CO
rH 3
H
cfl fa
co s-i
rH W
H
3 >
CTQ
CO
cfl *
PL, CJ
rH
*£
1 1
^^
w
PQ
H
CO
rH
PU
rrj
c
CO
p~l
PL,
<
O
M
CO
*s
S
W
O
1 1
CO
S-l
o
<4H
CO
01
3 0
rH H
CO s~^
rH
4J ^~*
rH S
3 CO
CO M
4H
cu y-i
T3 -H
W 1
rH JD
3 CO
CO 4-1 0)
<4H CO SH
01 CO
Q *"rj
G "^3
cfl C
cfl
4-1 T3
G 01 W
Ol 01 J
t! CX «
O CO H
CX CO
X T3 M
0) G
i? 5 O
cfl
rH 01 C
J3 Ol
rl 4J p> -CT
CU iH 1
15 G 60 ro
O O
CX >, OJ
T3 SH rH
Q) C O J3
rH CU 60 CU
H CX 0) H
M-l 0) 4-1
O 13 CO C
SH CJ -H
CX Cfl
CU >> C
T3 3 4-1 §
G rH -rl 0
H cfl rH J3
13 > -H W
O
^j-
fa
U1
1
CN
xj
P-l
c
O
.(_)
cfl
§
H
CJ
*H
U
01
4-J
U-^
0
o
H
d deviat
i-
cfl
Stand
o
B
co
fa
n
I
«^
^3
P-l
W
o
M
co
r I
It
V V«O
^ S-I rH
O *-*
SOC^
CO II rH
H »~*
O ^ UH
^ "
S-i co ^
C rH rH
G
X-N >*H O
O -H
CO
^ " O)
co a
A 1 CU SH
C' CJ 3
SH O
CO 3 CO
01 O
0! CO /*>
SH O
t>0 rH ||
0) rH fd
T3 C0£
C in H
'H tin
01 -^
" P m
co cj co
c *J
CO rH W
*
I
cfl
4-1
S en
C/2
M 01
X
i j 1 i i
H
C
>i O
rH
C T)
O C
0)
^ CX
0) 01
T3 T3
H
> CO
O 01
S-i 3
CX rH
CO
O) >
SH
CO 4J
values
Defaul
rH C3
3 II
CO '"^
M-t vO
01 rH
O ^
]
CO
01
CU 3
SH rH
CO CO
^ '*"*'
T3 01
C 4J t3
CO rH O
3 E
W CO
rJ UH C
M CU Cfl
H T3 J2
CO SH
M « 3
>> CO rH
J2 i I Cfl
<2 SH
C 3
0) SH
f> .^s
H
cn r^-
0 rH 3
60 ja co
Ol CO M
4J H
cfl C
a c o
H
£s 'O
4J C C
H 3 CU
rH O CX
H J3 01
J3 CO T3
CU
CO
3
to
C
iH
Ol
^
CO
H
*-^v
c^
SH
O
1-H
II
CO
CX
G cu
H CX
cfl
01 4-1
cx
CO 4-1
4J 3
ex
14-1 C
H -H
j£ 01
0 J=
Ol 4-1
10 E
a o
SH SH
CO MH
O
G
4-1 01
3 r^4
CX cfl
C 4-1
en
O) iH
4-1 CO
SH
S oi
O 4J
SH Ol
Ml E
cfl
*O SH
0) CO
4J CX
It
H 01
g co
o cu
CU 4J
SH
CO SH
O
co u-i
CX
3 C
O O
SH vH
60 4-1
CO
*O E
SH SH
CO O
O U-i
C
CD "H
CO
CU 0)
JS JS
H H
K
3-67
-------
CU
3
O
o
in
i
c
o
r)
4-1
ft
H
H
O
CO
CU
Q
CO /-N
2< TJ 4J
0
O *H Pn
Pa TJ ^*^
W
CO
13 g
rl 3
ffl rH
O O
CJ
i-l
CO
CO CU
rt ffl
&
ft
TJ 3
SJ O
rt w
0 O
X-N
O
C rH 0
O ffl
H V 4J
4J * ' CO
CJ
CU CO H
H C o
H ffl
TJ -rl =
TJ O
TJ rt -
C rl II
H
O vO
CU rH
(-; /^ >^y
CO
O
Al MH
C s-/ -H
O
rH CO
4-1 CO CO
ffl CO CO
^ 00 H
CU CU 3
co
ffl rH
13 CU ffl
C rH
4J C! O
CO ffl MH
O
CO
£3-4
^
vO
1
m
5!
o
M
W
S~^
* .
JC i *
-H C
rH O
CJ
4-1
1 II iH
CO x-N rH
Q VO -rl
fH tn
^ ffl
r. S 4-1
rH CO CO
r. M
II CU
/-N MH X
vO -H 4J
(4
^ >% C
S rH O
co c
rj
MH T> CO
H CU ft
f^ >
rH O CO
C >H CO
0 ft 3
03 Qj Oj
CO H >
U ffl
H 4J
O CO 3
rH MH
^N ffl CU
0 > Q
II
CU 4J
ft rH _.
EH oj ^3
-'MH :
a
c o
rl
TJ
§c
CO
O ft
j3 co
CO TJ
CO CO
M CU
rt 3
rH
TJ rt
rt
4-1
Cz] T-H
« ffl
H MH
co co
M TJ
>-. "
to
C i~l
0) <
-H
&o
^-J-
^ 1
o
00 CO
CU rH
cd cd
0 H
/-S
OJ
'O
g
c
5
M
^^_
rH
03
M
^
^wX
p
(4
^3
CO
H
c
o
H V
4J v^
ffl
> CO
CU C
rH ffl
CU -H
TJ
T3 ffl
C !H
H
3 M
O
CU
C"J ,^^
4J O
*
MH -H
O
Al
C '
O
rl CO
4J CU
ffl CU
H w
& TJ
co cu
M TJ
H
MH ^
H O
co ft
CO
U CO
M H
3 rt
o
CO CO
co
ffl 3
CO rH
H ffl
ffl >
13 4J
C rH
rt 3
«
00 MH
C CO
rH TJ
rH O
> 00-H Z
CU CU
13 *x3
TJ C
H -H
rt
TJ CU
C rH
rt oo
u C
co rt
0
oo
t3^
o
vO
1
(N
vO
,J
a.
w
o
M
CO
3
j_Q
r-4
O rH
MH -
II
f~*> \,o
* i
i-H ^-^
^-N
O
II
C r-l ,-v
O vO
H v i
4J 's^' Vi^
o S
CU CO CO
rl S M
rt ffl
TJ -H MH
TJ -H
TJ ffl
C M ca
H CU
S H O
O M
CO 3
X /-v O
4-1 O CO
MH rH rt
O CO
Al rl
c «
o
iH CO TJ
4-t CO C
rt co rt
H H
> 00 00
CU CU C
TJ TJ -H
TJ
TJ C rH
H -H -H
rt 3
TJ CO -Q
C rH
. rt oo H
4-> C 0
CO rt MH
O
oo
f*4
1^.
r^
I
0
r^
j
i
M
rO
CU
*X3
iH
^
O
M
ft
CU
M
rt
co
CO
3
rH
ffl
>
U
t 4
rj
rt
MH
CU
rcj
o
a
^
r 4
"
cu
*c
H
4-1
C
CU
H
0
H
MH
MH
CU
o eft
o
o
c
o co
H -H
CO
3 0)
MH 3
MH rH
H ffl
TJ f>
rH -*J
ffl H
CU ffl
4-1 M-l
ffl CO
rJ TJ
O
ro
fe
o
co
i
oo
Ot
CO
u
H
3 C
O O
CO
i i
rt
o
MH 4.)
O
rH
W ffl
CO 3
H S"
3
C0
rt pf|
0 r,
H
4-1 H
ffl CO
U 4J
H CO
MH 6
H ffl
4J H
C ffl
CU ft
TJ
rl CO
CU 4-1
CJ
M X
3 4J
O -H
CO &
vO
M
vO
1
rH
PQ
cx
CO
§
2
-X
*
ffl
rH
i-H
4-1
TJ CO
r< 3
ffl 6
U
r 1
C
rl 0
4J
CU
a 4-1
H CO
3 CO
o
CO O
J
_c fe
0 i-j
rt
W CO
ffl
J^J
rt 4.)
CT\ ffl
,£
ft 4-1
3
O ffl
H <7\
O
ft
'O 3
H O
ffl M
CJ O
CU
CO
3
00
c
M
O
3
cx
C CU
H CX
ffl
CU 4J
a.
ffl -U
4J 3
cx
MH C
^J CU
O J3
CO 4J
T3 O
H )H
ffl MH
O
4-1 CO
3 J»J
ft ffl
C 4J
H
CO
CO -H
4J CO
H
6 cu
O 4-1
M CU
MH e
ffl
O H
cu ffl
4J ft
4-1
H CU
B w
O CO
J3
CU 4J
H
rt M
CO MH
ft
3 C
o o
W -H
00 4-1
ffl O
O MH
C
CO -H
CO
CU CU
JS J3
H H
*
5C
3-68
-------
13
CU
C
iH
4-1
c
O
CO
W
(3
O
H
4-1
P.
H
Vl
O
CO
cu
P
cu /-%
3 13 4J
cfl
43
M3
H
*hO
1
1 1
Cf
C/3
^>*t
D
*
*
Cfl
i t
^H
4J
3
P.
C
H
0)
43
4-J
a
H
ii
""*
P.
3
O
Vl
o
13
Vl
CO
U
>*H
O
cu
u
cu
Vl
o o
a cu
O 13
/-^
4-1
(3
0
O
s*-"'
4J
fi
o
CJ
>. P4
43 3
O
cu
^ ^
H 43
60
C
CU CU
O >
Vl -H
3 60
O
to Vl
3
cu o
rG rC
4J
0)
M rC
O 4-1
(4-j
Vi
cu o
4-1 MH
co
V-< **O
C cfl
0
H pq
CO CC
co t/i
H )j>*
6 S
W Z
O
CD
t-H
fn
vO
* t
i
pq
O1
en
CO
(0 >4H
6 o
cu en
Vl 4-1
CO »H
C
CD 3
H 4J
C rH
3 3
cfl
0) <4-4
43 CU
H 13
43
J->
rH -H
rH ^
P. CU
3 S
O -H
J_t 4_j
o
4J
"O -H
cfl 3
U
J_(
G CU
0 p.
t] |
o
cu
rH
cfl
4-1
rH
3
cfl
cu
cu
t.c*
H
'O
C
0
o
cu
CO
cu
P.O
CO CO
6 -H
CO
60 O1
1
})
00
o
Vl
p.
cu
4-1
r^
r\
13
cu
JH|
O
c
00
H
II
O
Vl
o
$
CO
H
O
o
s
\o
rH
ry iH
^j 3
o a
CO
w c
CO -H
il cu
4J
O CO
O Vi
o
0 C
r-l O
H
+ to
to
r-3 -H
O
H
C
pq
w
g
cu
u
3
O
CO
0
U-l
o
o
o
o
£3
to o
3 S
r-l
^t ^
3
13 O
C 43
O
cj *"O
cu C
to co
"8
CO
3
60
C
H
CU
CO
H
CO
o
rH
II
C/5
4-J
3
P.
C cu
H P.
Cfl
CU 4-1
p.
CO 4J
4J 3
p.
<+H £3
H -H
O J3
CU 4-1
T3 O
Vi Vl
Ct) l*H
a
C
4-1 CU
3 r*
P. cfl
C J-i
H
CO
CU -H
J3
4-1 CO
VI
e cu
o w
v< cu
MH B
co
T3 Vi
CU cfl
4J P,
CU
CO
CU
0) 4-1
VI
CO Vl
O
as iw
o o
Vl -H
60 -W
cfl
-a s
VI Vl
cfl O
CU iH
CO
cu cu
43 43
H H
*
3-69
-------
Card Group 2 contains those parameters that specify the size
of the receptor arrays, the number of sources, number of observations
of meteorological data and the number of days or cases of meteorological
data. The parameters NXPNTS, NYPNTS and NXWYPT specify the number of
receptor points in the grid system X-axis, Y-axis and the number of
discrete receptors, respectively. The size of these parameters are
limited by the equation
E _> NXPNTS+NYPNTS+2*NXWYPT+6*(NXPNTS*NYPNTS+NXWYPT) (3-2)
where the value of E equals 12000. The value of E can be increased to
a maximum value of 64000 by changing MMM in the parameter statement on
line number 24 (sequence number S0100230)
PARAMETER MMM = 12000
of the program listing of the main short-term model, SHORTZ, in Appendix A.
The parameter NSOURC specifies the number of card input sources. The maxi-
mum number of sources the program can process from both card and tape is
300. However, this value can be increased to a -maximum of 1000 by changing
MKQ in the parameter statement on line number 12 (sequence number S0100110)
PARAMETER MKQ = 300
in the program listing of the main SHORTZ and in subroutines BLOCKS at line
number 3 (sequence number S0200020), MODEL at line number 12 (sequence number
S0300110) and OUTPT at line number 9 (sequence number S0400080) in Appendix A.
The parameter NHOURS specifies the total number of input meterological obser-
3-70
-------
vations and has a maximum value of 8784. NGROUP specifies the total num-
ber of individual and/or combined source output groupings. The program will
print the concentration for each specified source combination and each
specified concentration averaging time (ISW(2) through ISW(5)). If this
parameter is input as zero or not punched, the program assumes all
sources are to be used in a single source combination. The last param-
eter on this card group (NDAYS) specifies the number of days or cases of
meteorological data to read and processed. This parameter is used to
process multiple sets of disjoint meteorological data or can be used to
calculate the N-hour averages of specified meteorological periods (0000-
0200, 0300-0500, etc.) averaged over NDAYS days or cases.
Card Group 3 gives the values of the program option array.
This card group is always included in the input data deck. However, the
values of ISW(l), ISW(7), ISW(9), ISW(ll) and ISW(13) through ISW(20)
are automatically set by the program if you are using an input (source/
concentration inventory) tape. The options on this card that determine
whether or not certain card groups are included in the deck are ISW(7)
and ISW(12). If ISW(7) is left blank or punched zero, Card Groups 5b
and 5c are omitted from the input data deck. Also, if ISW(12) is left
blank or punched zero, Card Group 9 is omitted from the input data deck.
Card Group 4 through 5c specify the X, Y and Z coordinates of
all receptor points. Card Groups 4, 5 and 5b are omitted from the
input card deck if the parameters NXPNTS and NYPNTS equal zero or if an
input tape is being used. Also, Card Groups 5b and 5c are omitted if
ISW(7) equals "0" or no terrain elevations are being used. Card Groups
4a, 5a and 5c are also omitted from the input card deck if the parameter
NXWYPT is zero or if an input tape is being used. Each of these card
groups uses a 10 column field for each receptor value and 8 values per
data card. The number of data cards required for each card group is
defined by the values of the parameters NXPNTS, NYPNTS and NXWYPT.
Values input on Card Groups 4 and 5 are always in ascending order (west
to east, south to north, 0 to 360 degrees). The terrain elevations
3-71
-------
for the grid system on Card Group 5b begin in the southwest corner of
the grid system or at 0 degrees for polar coordinates. The first data
card(s) contain the elevations for each receptor on the X axis (1 to
NXPNTS) for the first Y receptor coordinate. A new data card is started
for the elevations for each successive Y receptor coordinate. A total
of NYPNTS groups of data cards containing NXPNTS values each is required
for Card Group 5b. The elevations for the discrete receptors in Card
Group 5c are punched across the card for as many cards as required to
satisfy NXWYPT elevation values.
Card Group 6 contains meteorological and model constants; a
detailed description of these parameters (ROTATE, TK, HA, UTMX, UTMY, G,
ZR, GAMMA1, GAMMA2, DECAY AND XRY) is given in Section 3.1.2 above.
Card Groups 7 and 8 always occur together and are included in
the input card deck only if NGROUP is greater than zero. Card Group 7
is the array NSOGRP used to specify the number of ID-numbers used to
define each source combination. Each value in NSOGRP specifies the
number of source ID-numbers to be read from Card Group 8 (IDSOR) in
consecutive order for each source combination. A positive source ID-
number punched into the array IDSOR indicates to include that source in
the combination. A negative source ID-number indicates to include that
source as well as all source ID-numbers less in absolute value, up to
and including the previous positive source ID-number punched, if it .is
part of the same group of ID-numbers defining a combination. If the
negative value is the first ID-number of a group of ID-numbers, it as
well as all sources less in absolute value of ID-number are -included
in the source combination. See the example given under NSOGRP and
IDSOR in Section 3.1.2 and the example problem in Appendix C. The data
values are read from Card Group 7 using 4 card columns per value with a
maximum of 1000 values and from Card Group 8 using 6 card columns per
3-72
-------
value, 13 values per card with a maximum of 1000 values.
Card Group 9 is included in the input data deck only if the
option ISW(12) equals "1" and only if NSOURC is greater than "0". This
card group gives an optional data format for the source data read in
Card Group 9a. This optional format, if input, must include the leading
and ending parentheses. The default format used, if Card Group 9 is
omitted, to read the source parameters on Card Group 9a is (15, 311,
F10.0, 8F7.0, 12).
Card Groups 9a and 10 are included in the input data deck only
if NSOURC is greater than "0". Card Group 9a consists of the source
parameters: NUMSQ, TYPE, DISP, JFLG, Q, DX, DY, H, HS, TS or SI, VOL or
S2, DTK, RDS and NS. The parameter NUMSQ on this card must always be
punched greater than zero and less than or equal to 20000 in value.
This source identification number determines the order of input of
each source card, as these cards must be input in ascending order of
NUMSQ. However, the consecutive values of NUMSQ do not have to be
continuous. Card Group 10 is included in the input deck only if the
preceding source card (Card Group 9a) has a value of NS greater than
zero. This card group gives the particulate settling velocity (VS) and
mass fraction of particulates (FRQ) for each particular size category.
The program reads NS values of VS and FRQ, with the values of FRQ im-
mediately following those of VS on the same data card. The order of
these cards is illustrated in Figure 3-1 in Section 3.2.2.b.
Card Group 11 gives each meteorological data observation and
Card Group lla gives the optional variable source emission rates for
those sources in Card Group 9a with the variable emission rate option
JFLG set equal to "1". These card groups are omitted from .the input
data deck if tape input (KSW = "1" or "3") is being used. If tape input
is not being used, the program expects to read these card groups NHOURS
times for each day or case, 1 to NDAYS. The SHORTZ program assumes each
3-73
-------
occurrence of Card Group 11 is representative of the meteorological
conditions over the number of hours in the observation period (averaging
time) specified by ISW(l) on Card Group 3. The representative hour of
the meteorological data is given by HOUR (00-23 or 0000-2300). The
meteorological parameters THETA, UBAR, HM, TA and DPDZ are site-specific
parameters and have no default values. The program will provide default
values for the parameter P if the Pasquill stability category (ISTBLE) is
specified,and also for the parameters SIGEPU, SIGAPU, SIGEPL and SIGAPL
if the stability category is specified and ISW(16) is equal to "0".
However, site specific values for these parameters are recommended.
Card Group lla is read immediately after each occurrence of Card Group
11 only if one or more of the Card Group 9a source data cards has the
parameter JFLG equal to "1". For example, if seven of the sources have
variable emission rates, the parameter JFLG on those source cards is
set equal to "1". The user would then include seven variable emission
rate data cards (Card Group lla) immediately after each occurrence of
Card Group 11 in the data deck. The order of these card groups in the
data deck is illustrated in Figure 3-1 in Section 3.2.2.b.
b. Tape Input Requirements. The SHORTZ program accepts an
input source/concentration inventory tape previously created by the
SHORTZ program. This tape, a binary tape written using the UNIVAC 1110
FORTRAN NTRAN I/O routines, was created as an output tape on a previous
run of the program. This tape contains all of the program options that
affect how the model concentration calculations were performed, all of
the receptor and elevation data, all of the meteorological data, all of
the source input data and the results of the concentrations calculated
at the base input meteorological data rate at each receptor point. The
program reads the data from the FORTRAN logical unit number(s) specified
by NINFL. The tape data are read only if option KSW.equals "1" or "3".
The input tape requires the user to omit specified data card groups from
the input deck and makes the input of some parameter values unnecessary.
The omitted Card Groups and unnecessary parameters are indicated by a
3-74
-------
* or ** in the Card Group and Parameter Name columns of Table 3-5. The
format and exact contents of the input tape are discussed in Section
3.2.4.b below.
3.2.4 Program Output Data Description
The SHORTZ program generates several categories of printed
output and an optional output source/concentration inventory tape. The
following paragraphs describe the format and content of both forms of
program output.
a. Printed Output. The SHORTZ program generates six categories
of printed output, two of which are tables of average ground-level
concentration. All program printed output is optional except warning
and error messages. The printed output categories are:
Input control data
Input source data
Input meteorological data
Concentrations calculated at the base meteorological
data input rate
Concentrations calculated for up to three additional
averaging times
Warning and error messages
The first line of each page of output contains the run title (TITLE) and
page number followed by the major heading of the type or category of output
table.
3-75
-------
The first category of printed output is the input program
control card data. This output is optional and is selected by the option
parameter ISW(6). Figure 3-2 shows an example of the printed program
control input data. The example output shown in this section is output
generated from an example problem given in Section 2.6,, The second category
of printed output is the source input data. Figure 3-3 shows an example
of the source input data table. The third category of printed output is
the meteorological input data. This output is controlled by the option
ISW(8) and is illustrated in Figure 3-4. The fourth through fifth cate-
gories of output tables are concentration tables. Figure 3-5 through 3-10
shown an example of each type of output table. These tables are defined
by their respective headings and are all optional, depending on the param-
eters ISW(2), ISW(3), ISW(4) and ISW(5). The warning and error messages
produced by the program are generated by data errors within the SHORTZ
program and are generally not associated with errors detected by the com-
puter system on which the program is being run. These errors are given in
Section 3.2.6 below.
b. Master Tape Inventory Output. The SHORTZ program will, on
option, generate an output master source/concentration inventory tape.
This file may be a permanent file or a temporary file, depending on what
the user desires and requirements of the program. This data tape is
written only if the parameter KSW equals "2" or "3" and the data are
written to the FORTRAN logical unit specified by NOTFL. The data are
written using the UNIVAC 1110 NTRAN binary write routines and tapes
must be assigned with the W option to place a write-ring in the output
tape. The format and contents of the SHORTZ input/output tape are shown
in Table 3-6. This table gives the Logical Record, Word Number, Parameter
Name and whether the data are in an integer or floating point (real) format.
The logical record gives the order the respective records are written to
tape and does not imply the physical (block) length actually on the tape.
The physical block length of each tape record is 2000 UNIVAC 1110 words.
3-76
-------
>* »
o o
+ «
o o
* o
0 0
0 0
r> o
o
U> 4
* *
0 0
o o
o o
0 0
** 00
0 O
s* 0
0 -^
** **
tO tO U) (A Irt
a£ at ae ac at - -
O 0
r- oo
o r> r>
O O 00
O 0 00 * *
0 O O O 00
0 M 00
in * *
0 0
u> » -
MII O t *OO
»-»-OZ<^X *iww U/ OO
« UJ uj -- at *~ H ^j a: _i ^ o o
z -i OCO.QC (A<^>eeoe oeoch. u> n r>
<-> >. K o. &. ui « uj afveo
(B _l K-> X U> W _J ^ XUU>OX UJOO
K OCQCZOZ « - U Z > XMH X >- G _J U, W» Ul 00
Ms5im" = s^ssi£lt:i2S2,o^5EEsEi^
)7 , 44*03000+07, 44910000+07
>7 , 44970000 + 07/
- *
» +
0 0 **>
O O (/>
0 0 K
0 0 UJ
* * K
» « »
(A
OC
UJ
. UJ
r»- r- c
O O w
O O tfl
O O Z
*> m o
o> c< a.
^ Vi if Ul
M OB Ot H-
C O
(/) - - 0
O 0 t
o o
U CD r*»
U) v «r
w»
Ul
*-
K.
0 1
* QD
»> -
o
H-
RfcPORT CROU
UPS - It
*- UJ
at o
#- OD
UI
X X
O k-
u.
X 0
i^ O
ODOO
D
O
cd
CX CO
C S-i
H -U
m
.H o
coo
O O O
W
3-77
-------
OOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
ooooooooooooooo
OOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
OOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
OOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
ooooooooooooooo
ooooooooooooooo
ooooooooooooooo
QJ
OOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
Oil < ^ CO O CM I
OOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
c
o
u.
OOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
oooooooooooo^ooo
CM
I
OOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
ooooooiooinomonoo
w
Pi
o
3-78
-------
t I U)
0)
3
C
H
4-1
C
O
u
I
ro
W
Pi
O
M
3-79
-------
(J U. U> U.
tt> t- Ul O
X > ^
toon
>- A H-
K Ul
O JC
O w
=> UJ UI
o or r
O 0)
rH
00 I
C T3
H C
U 3
05 O
H M
<-t 00
Ol ^J
rH 3
I" 5
TO I
X
-------
« O O
in o «
>-. X O 9C
OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOCtOOOOO
oooooooc-ooc-ooooooooooooo
tfl
4-1
ffl
T3
3
a.
c
3
O
0)
J=
4-1
00
c
H
a.
tfl
X
w
w
PS
p
O
3-81
-------
a: *> o -
i in i
X ** U
ooooooooooooooo
O
o
i **
"*
-------
m CD o
0)
3
C
CJ
o
m
ro
W
C3
M
3-83
-------
OJ
o
M.
o
CO
60
C
H
CO
o
i-i
M-l
o
en x o
at o
UJ V- O Z
c
Q)
a
n
o
a
X BD UJ
CM r> m r- OB
I
a
c
o
^
M
tfl
S-i
0)
3
O
00
H
W
oooccooo^c-occoc
ooooooirc-irtc-iooino
^- w r» * M CM -« w < 0* c- co u--
\D
I
ro
PS
o
3-84
-------
h~ « 3C
a, o
uj o »
u o *
O U) H-
u> oc oe
QJ
3
H
4-J
O
o
M
fK
3-85
-------
o «
O 10
o r>
*> o.
o >o
vi o
o «
X 0>
O O
o o
in
- ~ (M 01 *-
CD
U
t-l
O
CO
60
c
H
05
CO
O
w
<4-t
O
H
4-1
to
1-4
4J
C
0)
o
c
o
o
0)
.-I
I
a
c
o
SJ
bO
(1)
TO
p
O
A
I
sj
CSl
W-l
O
60
-------
_i « a. o
A QC P- U
« U -> Ul
h- O (rt i
ac v ui '
4J cc at w v
H 3 U <
-o
Q)
c
H
4-1
c
o
I
CO
03
o
3-87
-------
CO
o>
a
M
D
O
CO
OJ
c
H
i
o
u
o
a
o
H
en x o
oc o
uj H- o :
*.*«*«r
CO
D
O
H O
-------
13
-------
vi x o
Of f>
yj t- o x
w «: » o t-
o -*
o
c> **
^ . *. M (SI
r"vn*a *«>*»>-*
W
01
u
J-l
3
O
to
TJ
0)
C
H
£>
C
U
g
O
J-l
M-l
C
o
0)
o
o
o
I
TT
C
O
!-i
00
0)
00
CO
)-i
OJ
cfl
ro
00
C
CX
C8
a.
w
OS
o
M
PH
3-90
-------
-a
0)
c
c
o
u
w
Pi
fn
3-91
-------
r> *n oe
tn -r o t
o <* z
X O> U
in » o »-
* - O * X
X CO Ul
»- in o
U) M «S
» f>- IT* w
i w» w « e»
CO
CD
a
}-<
o
en
OJ
c
H
i
o
u
o
c
o
c
(D
O
o
a
-------
Ui I
)
U) O
o> x
r*. o
gr. U
Q)
H
4J
C
O
o
II
I
o
l-l
fn
3-93
-------
TABLE 3-6
SHORTZ INPUT/OUTPUT TAPE FORMAT
Tape
Logical
Record
1
2
3
4
5
Word
Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1 - 20
21 - 40
41 - 46
47 - 49
1 - NXPNTS
NXPNTS+1
NXPNTS+NYPNTS
NXPNTS+NYPNTS+1
NXPNTS+NYPNTS+
NXWYPT
NXPNTS+NYPNTS+
NXWYPT+1
-
NXPNTS+NYPNTS+
2*NXWYPT
1 - NXPNTS *NYPNTS
NXPNTS *NYPNTS+1
NXPNTS+NYPNTS+
NXWYPT
1
2
Parameter
Name
NSOURC
NGROUP
NXPNTS
NYPNTS
NXWYPT
NHOURS
NDAYS
IOVRSN
ISW
TITLE
KUNR
KFNR
X (X-axis)
Y (Y-axis)
X (discrete)
Y (discrete)
ZZ
ZZ (discrete)
ROTATE
TK
Integer (I)/
Floating Point
(FP)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
3-94
-------
TABLE 3-6 (Continued)
Tape
Logical
Record
5
(Cont.)
6
7**
Word *
Number
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
I - J
J+l - 2*J
2*J+1 - 3*J
3*J+1 - 4*J
4*J+1 - 5*J
5*J+1 - 6*J
6*J+1 - 7*J
7*J+1 - 8*J
8* J+l - 9*J
9* J+l - 10*J
10*J+1 - 12*J
11*J+1 - 12*J
12*J+1 - 12*J
22*J+1 - 32*J
32*J+1 - 33*J
1
2
3
4
5
6
Parameter
Name
G
ZR
HA
GAMMA1
GAMMA2
XRY
DECAY
UTMX
UTMY
NUMSQ
TYPE
Q
DX
DY
H
HS
TS
VOL
DTK
RDS
NS
vs
FREQ
JFLG
THETA
UBAR
HM
TA
DPDZ
ISTBLE
Integer (I)/
Floating Point
(FP)
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
I
I
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
I
FP
FP
I
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
*The value of J is dependent upon the maximum number of sources that the
program will accept. This value is currently 300, but can be altered by
the procedures outlined under Card Group 2 in Section 3.2.3.a.
**Logical records 7 and 8 are repeated on the output tape for each meteoro-
logical observation from 1 to NHOURS. Logical record 8 occurs NSOURC times
(one for each source) after each occurrence of logical record 7. Also, if
the parameter NDAYS is greater than "1", the above group of logical
records is written to the tape NDAYS times.
3-95
-------
TABLE 3-6 (Continued)
Tape
Logical
Record
7**
(Cont.)
8**
Word*
Number
1
8
9
10
11
12
13
14 - J+13
J+14 - 2* J+13
2*J+14 - 3* J+13
3*J+14 - 4*J+13
1 - NXPNTS*
NYPNTS+
NXWYPT
Parameter
Name
P
SIGEPU
SIGAPU
SIGEPL
SIGAPL
ALPHA
HOUR
NUMSQB
QB
TSB
VOLB
CON
Integer (I)/
Floating Point
(FP)
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
*The value of J is dependent upon the maximum number of sources that the pro-
gram will accept. This value is currently 300, but can be altered by the
procedures outlined under Card Group 2 in Section 3.2.3.a.
**Logical records 7 and 8 are repeated on the output tare for each meteoro-
logical observation from 1 to NHOURS. Logical record 8 occurs NSOURC times
(one for each source) after each occurrence of logical record 7. Also, if
the parameter NDAYS is greater than "1", the above group of logical records
is written to the tape NDAYS times.
3-96
-------
Logical records 7 and 8 are repeated on the output tape for each meteoro-
logical observation from 1 to NHOURS. Logical record 8 occurs NSOURC
times (one for each source) after each occurrence of logical record 7.
Also, if the parameter NDAYS is greater than "1", the above group of
logical records (7 and 8 for NHOURS meteorological observations) are
written to tape NDAYS times. The last output record is followed by two
consecutive end of file marks. If the program reaches the end of reel
marker on an output tape prior to the end of the output data, the program
will write an end of file mark, an end of tape sentinel record and two
more end of file marks and then go to the next specified output reel.
The end of tape sentinel record consists of 14 UNIVAC 1110 words, with
the first word of the record equal to an octal 541600000000 and all
other words in the record equal to zero. See Section 3.2.2 for the
correct tape assign cards.
3.2.5 Program Run Time, Page and Tape Output Estimates
This section gives approximations to the computer run time,
tape output and page output for the SHORTZ program. Because of the
variability of problem runs and input parameters, the. equations in this
section are meant only to give an approximation of the time, page or
tape usage function.
a> Run Time. The total run time required for a problem run
using the short-term (SHORTZ) program is given by
Time (Seconds) = JN (N N + N ) N. N, f
L s \ x y xy/ h dj
(3-3)
+ I(I + J +
fl + J + K\ (N N + N ) N, N,| g> > 120
L\ / \ x y xy/ h dj &J -
3-97
-------
where
N = the total number of input sources (card + tape) for
which concentration is to be calculated
N = the total number of points in the grid system X-axis,
X NXPNTS
N = the total number of points in the grid system Y-axis,
7 NYPNTS
N = the total number of discrete (arbitrarily placed) points
Xy NXWYPT
N, = the total number of input meteorological observations,
NHOURS
N, = the total number of days or cases, NDAYS
the number of sources read from an input tape
the number of sources written to an output tape
K = the summation of the total number of sources in each source
combination printed. For example, if NGROUP were equal to
"4" and three sources were combined for the first group,
ten for the second, thirteen for the third and twenty-six
for the fourth group, then K would be equal to 52,
f = 2.1 x 10~3
g = 2.2 x ICf3
The constants f and g have been calculated from example runs on a UNIVAC
1108 computer. If the values of f and g given here are not accurate
for your runs, recalculate and replace them with more representative
values.
3-98
-------
b. Page Output. The total number of pages of output from
the SHORTZ program depends on the problem being run and is given by:
where*
Pages = A + :B + C_
(3-4)
I +
N
_x
L 9
~N
J
-38
'N '
L138
J +
'N
s
44-J
K +
'N, N.
N 40J
L M (3-5)
K
L =
1 ; if ISW(6) = "I1 or "3"
0 ; if ISW(6) = "0" or "2"
1 ; if ISW(7) > "0"
0 ; if ISW(7) = "0"
1 ; if ISW(6) = "2" or "3"
0 ; if ISW(6) = "0" or "1"
1 ; if ISW(8) > "0"
0 ; if ISW(8) = "0"
N
ISW(l)
M = total number of input sources that have the parameter
JFLG set equal to "1". If there are none, M = 1.
N = total number of sources input to the program
S
*The [J symbols indicate to round up to the next largest integer if there
is any fractional part.
3-99
-------
B * ! N
,L 9 J L 43 J
1-129-1
N -
-s.
(3-6)
N
ISW(l)
Nh
ISW(l)
; if ISW(2) > "0" and ISW(ll) = "0"
; if ISW(2) > "0" and ISW(ll) > "0"
0 ; if ISW(2) = "0"
0 ; if ISW(3) - "O1
ISW(3)
Nh'Nd
ISW(3)
; if ISW(3) > "0" and ISW(ll) > "0"
; if ISW(3) > "0" and ISW(ll) = "0
= "n"
0 ; if ISW(4) = "0"
ISW(4)
ISW(4)
; if ISW(4) > "0" and ISW(ll) > "0"
; if ISW(4) > "0" and ISW(ll) = "0
= "n"
3-100
-------
a.
'4
0 ; if ISW(5) = "O1
Nh
ISW(5)
; if ISW(5) > "0" and ISW(ll) > "O1
Nh * N^
TgTT/e? ; if ISW(5) > "0" and ISW(ll) = "0"
ISW(.5;
N = total number of combined source concentration
tables being printed (NGROUP).
N = NXPNTS
x
N = NYPNTS
y
N = NXWYPT
xy
Nh '
NHOURS
N, = NDAYS
d
C = the number of pages expected from the system plus
other processing within the job
The above equations may not cover every option in the SHORTZ
program and, if the system the user is using aborts runs that max-page,
be generous with the page approximation.
c. Tape Output. The total amount of tape used by a problem
run depends on the number of sources, the quantity of meteorological data
and the size of the receptor arrays. This section provides the user with
an approximation to the tape length used in feet.
3-101
-------
The total number of computer words output to tape is given by
Words = <54 + N + N + 3 N + N N + 33 I
x y xy x y
(3-7)
+ N , (N, ((4 i + 13) + N (N N + N
d\h\\ ' svxyxy
where
N = NXPNTS
x
N = NYPNTS
y
N = NXWYPT
xy
N, = NDAYS
d
N, = NHOURS
h
N = the total number of card and/or tape output sources
s
300 or the maximum number of sources possible, see
Section 3.2.3.a, Card Group 2
The user can approximate the length of tape required by
Length (feet) s
where
B = the number of bits per computer word. UNIVAC 1110 is
36.
3-102
-------
the tape recording density chosen by the user or
required by the I/O device, 200, 556, 800 or 1600
bpi
B = "6" for 7-track tape or "8" for 9-track tape
The values of 0.75 and 6.0 inches assume that the interrecord gap is
0.75 and the end-of-file is 6 inches.
3.2.6 Program Diagnostic Messages
The diagnostic messages produced by the SHORTZ program are
primarily associated with data and processing errors within the program
and should not be confused with those produced by the computer system on
which the SHORTZ program is run. WARNING messages could indicate data
errors and should be examined thoroughly when they occur. A list of the
messages are given in Table 3-7 with the probable cause of the respective
message.
3-103
-------
TABLE 3-7
SHORTZ WARNING AND ERROR MESSAGES
1. ***WARNING - SOURCE n TEMP. LESS THAN AMBIENT, PROGRAM USES AMBI-
ENT***
The stack gas exit temperature cannot be less than the ambient air
temperature. The program sets the stack gas exit temperature equal
to the ambient air temperature resulting in no plume rise for
source n.
2. **WARNING Z > HM, SOURCE n, HOUR i, X = xxx.x, Y = yyy.y
The terrain elevation exceeds the mixing layer elevation for source
n, hour i at the X,Y coordinate shown.
3. **TOO MANY MESSAGES PROG. STOPS PRINTING THEM
The program stops printing warning message 2 above after 50 of
these messages are printed.
4. **ERROR, SIGAPU OR SIGEPU IS ZERO, CORRECT AND RERUN
Default values for SIGAPU and SIGEPU are not provided if the param-
eter ISTBLE (stability category) is not punched or if the parameter
ISW(16) equals "1". Correct the meteorological data and rerun.
5. ***ERROR, SIGAPL OR SIGEPL IS ZERO, CORRECT AND RERUN
Default values for SIGAPL and SIGEPL are not provided if the param-
eter ISTBLE (stability category) is not punched or if the parameter
ISW(16) equals "1". Correct the meteorological data and rerun.
6. ***ERROR, UBAR INPUT AS ZERO. PROG. STOPS
A wind speed of zero is incorrect. Recheck your meteorological
3-104
-------
TABLE 3-7 (Continued)
6. (Cont.)
data for format or key punch errors.
7. ***ERROR, HM INPUT AS ZERO, CORRECT AND RERUN
No default is provided for the mixing layer depth. Correct and
rerun.
8. ***ERROR, TA INPUT AS ZERO, CORRECT AND RERUN
No default is provided for the ambient air temperature. Correct and
rerun.
9. ***WARNING, P INPUT AS ZERO, PROG. USES ZERO AND CONTINUES
Default values for P are not provided if the parameter ISTBLE
(stability category) is not punched. The surface wind speed has
been used for all calculations associated with the respective mete-
orological observation.
10. ERROR, ATTEMPT TO MODIFY SOURCE n, BUT SOURCE NOT FOUND
A source input card with DISP > 0 and source number n has been read,
but the program could not find the corresponding input tape source.
11. ***ERROR, VARIABLE Q's READ FOR SOURCE n, BUT SOURCE NOT IN INVEN-
TORY, SEE CARD GROUP 11A
A variable emission rate card has been read after a meteorological
input observation, but the source number (n) on the card does not
match any of those in the source inventory.
12. ***ERROR, VARIABLE Q's READ FOR SOURCE n, BUT JFLG ON SOURCE CARD
WAS READ
A variable emission rate card has been read after a meteorological
3-105
-------
TABLE 3-7 (Continued)
12. (Cont.)
input observation, but the corresponding source in the inventory has
not specified variable emission rates (JFLG=1)
13. ***ERROR, VARIABLE Q's READ FOR SOURCE n, BUT NO CHANGES INDICATED
FOR SOURCE
A variable emission rate card has been read after a meteorological
input observation for an input tape source, but DISP for the source
does not indicate the emission rates are to be changed.
14. ***ERROR, JFLG is NON-ZERO FOR SOURCE n, BUT NO VARIABLE Q's FOUND
The source input card for source n had JFLG = "1", but a variable
emission rate card (Card Group lla) was not found in the input deck.
Check the variable emission rate cards after each meteorological
input observation card.
15. ***ERROR, NEW Q FOR SOURCE n READ, BUT CANNOT FIND OLD VARIABLE Q's
A source card has been read that indicates the user wishes to up-
date the old emission rates (DISP=1). However, a flag is set that
indicates the old emission rates were variable and cannot be found.
Repunch the entire source card (Card group 9a) for this source with
the new Q and DISP equal to zero. The program will delete the old
source parameters and use the new source parameters to recalculate
the concentrations for the source.
16. ***ERROR, SIGEPU OR SIGEPL IS LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO ZERO .
Default values for SIGEPU and SIDEPL are not provided if the param-
eter ISTBLE (stability category) is not punched or if the parameter
ISW(16) equals "1".
17. ***ERROR, SIGAPU OR SIGAPL IS LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO ZERO
Default values for SIGAPU and SIGAPL are not provided if the param-
eter ISTBLE (stability category) is not punched or if the parameter
ISW(16) equals "1".
3-106
-------
TABLE 3-7 (Continued)
18. ***READ ERROR ON UNIT n AT RECORD i
The program has encountered an unrecoverable tape I/O error on unit
n at record i. Check your accounting page or the system log device
for system messages that may specify the error.
19. ***END OF DATA ON UNIT n, i RECORDS READ
This message indicates a normal completion of the input tape data.
20. ***END OF FILE ON UNIT n, i RECORDS READ
This message indicates the program has successfully read and pro-
cessed file n of the input tape data.
21. ***WARNING - MORE INPUT REELS THAN UNITS ASSIGNED, PROG. GOING TO
FIRST UNIT ASSIGNED
The user has specified more input tapes (NINTP) than logical unit
numbers given in NINFL. When the program has finished processing
the tape on the last logical unit specified in NINFL, the program
will go to the first logical unit specified in NINFL and expect the
next sequential input tape reel on this unit.
22. ***WRITE ERROR ON UNIT n, at RECORD i
The program has encountered an unrecoverable tape I/O error on unit
n at record i. Check your accounting page or the system log de-
vice for system messages that may specify the error.
23. **NTRAN ERROR*
An error has occurred has been detected by the UNIVAC NTRAN I/O
routines. Check the Univac publication UP-7876 (FORTRAN V LIBRARY)
for the cause of the error.
3-107
-------
TABLE 3-7 (Continued)
24. ***WARNING - MORE OUTPUT REELS THAN UNITS ASSIGNED, PROG. GOING TO
FIRST UNIT ASSIGNED
The user has specified more output tapes (NOTTP) than logical unit
numbers given in NOTFL. When the program has finished processing
the tape on the last logical unit specified in NOTFL, the program
will go to the first logical unit specified in NOTFL and expect the
next sequential output tape reel on this unit.
25. ***END OF OUTPUT REEL ON UNIT n RECORDS i THROUGH j WRITTEN
The program has encountered the end of reel marker on the tape on
unit n. The program backs the tape 1 or 2 records, writes an end
of file mark, an end of tape sentinel record and two more end of
file marks. This tape is unloaded and the program goes to the
next sequential output tape and rewrites any records that were
backed over on the previous reel.
26. ***END OF OUTPUT DATA ON UNIT n RECORDS i THROUGH j WRITTEN, xxx.x
FEET OF TAPE USED
The program has successfully written the output data to the last
output tape. The program prints the amount of tape used in feet,
assuming the tape is 9-track and written at 800 bpi.
27. ***WARNING - NOT ENOUGH ROOM ON REEL ON UNIT n, PROG STARTS FIRST
OUTPUT REC. ON NEXT REEL
There was not enough room on the first reel to accommodate a com-
plete record and the end of tape sentinel record information. The
program goes to the next sequential output tape to start the tape
output.
28. @ASG,T nnnnnnnnnnnn. ,F/ii/POS/ii
@US E 12,nnnnnnnnnnnn.
MASS STORAGE CSF$ REQUEST REJECTED, STATUS=XXXXXXXXXXXX, TRIED M
TIMES
3-108
-------
TABLE 3-7 (Continued)
28. (Continued)
The program has attempted to assign mass storage unit 12 and has
failed. Check the FAC status bits to determine the cause of the
error.
29. **WARNING - COMPLEX TERRAIN SWITCH SET WITH DEPOSITION (NS), COM-
PLEX TERRAIN IGNORED
The user has attempted to calculate concentration with deposition
occurring while using terrain elevation data. The SHORTZ program
has discarded the terrain data in all calculations.
3-109
-------
(This Page Intentionally Blank)
3-110
-------
SECTION 4
USER'S INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE LONG-TERM
(LONGZ) MODEL PROGRAM
4.1 SUMMARY OF PROGRAM OPTIONS, DATA REQUIREMENTS AND OUTPUT
4.1.1 Summary of LONGZ Program Options
The program options of the long-term computer program LONGZ
consist of three general categories:
Meteorological data input options
Dispersion-model options
Output options
Each category is discussed separately below.
a. Meteorological Data Input Options. Table 4-1 lists the
meteorological data input options for the LONGZ computer program. All
meteorological data may be input by card deck or by a previously generated
tape inventory (see Section 4.1.1.C below). LONGZ accepts STAR summaries
with six Pasquill stability categories (A through F) or five Pasquill
stability categories (A through E with the E and F categories combined).
Alternately, LONGZ accepts seasonal or annual summaries of the joint fre-
quency of occurrence of wind-speed and wind-direction categories, subdi-
vided into four time-of-day categories (night, morning, afternoon and
evening). Site-specific mixing depths, vertical potential temperature
gradients and ambient air temperatures are LONGZ input requirements rather
than options. Although the program contains default values for the wind-
profile exponents and vertical turbulent intensities, the user may also
enter site-specific values of these parameters. Suggested procedures
for developing these inputs are given in Section 2.1.1.2. The remaining
meteorological data input options listed in Table 4-1 are identical to
4-1
-------
TABLE 4-1
METEOROLOGICAL DATA INPUT OPTIONS FOR LONGZ
Input of all meteorological data by card deck or by previously generated
tape inventory
STAR summaries with five or six Pasquill stability categories
Site-specific mixing depths
Site-specific ambient air temperatures
Site-specific wind-profile exponents
Site-specific vertical potential temperature gradients
Site-specific vertical turbulent intensities (different values may be
entered for stacks and for building and area sources)
Entrainment coefficients other than the Briggs (1972) coefficients
Wind system measurement height other than 6.1 meters
TABLE 4-2
DISPERSION-MODEL OPTIONS FOR LONGZ
Inclusion of the effects of gravitational settling and dry deposition
in concentration calculations
Inclusion of terrain effects
Cartesian or polar receptor system
Discrete receptors (Cartesian or polar system)
Stack, building and area sources
Pollutant emission rates held constant or varied by season, wind speed
and stability
Time-dependent exponential decay of pollutants
Time periods for which concentration calculations are to be made
(seasonal and/or annual)
4-2
-------
the SHORTZ meteorological data input options discussed in Section
3.1.1-a.
b. Dispersion-Model Options. Table 4-2 lists the dispersion-
model options for the LONGZ computer program. In general, these options
correspond to the SHORTZ dispersion-model options discussed in Section
S.l.l.b. Pollutant emission rates may be held constant or varied by
season or by wind speed and stability in LONGZ calculations. The program
uses seasonal STAR summaries to calculate seasonal and/or annual concen-
tration values or an annual STAR summary to calculate annual concentration
values. Additionally, monthly STAR summaries may be used to calculate
mon thly c one entra t ions.
c. Output Options. Table 4-3 lists the LONGZ program output
options. A more detailed discussion of the LONGZ output information is
given in Section 4.1.3.
The LONGZ program has the capability to generate a master tape
inventory containing all meteorological and source inputs and the results
of all concentration calculations. This tape can then be used as input
to future update runs. For example, assume that the user wishes to add
a new source and modify an existing source at a previously modeled
industrial source complex. Concentration calculations are made for
these sources alone and the results of these calculations in combination
with select sources from the original tape inventory are used to generate
an updated inventory. That is, it is not necessary to repeat the concen-
tration calculations for the unaffected sources in the industrial source
complex in order to obtain an updated estimate of the concentration
values for the combined emissions. The optional master tape inventory
is discussed in detail in Section 4.2.4.b.
The LONGZ user may elect to print one or more of the following
tables:
4-3
-------
TABLE 4-3
LONGZ OUTPUT OPTIONS
Master tape inventory of meteorological and source inputs and the
results of the concentration calculations
Printout of program control parameters, meteorological data and receptor
data
Printout of tables of source input data
Printout of seasonal and/or annual average concentrations calculated at
each receptor for each source or for the combined emissions from a
select group of all sources
4-4
-------
The program control parameters, meteorological input data
and receptor data
The source input data
The seasonal and/or annual average concentrations cal-
culated at each receptor for each source or for the
combined emissions from select source groups or for all
sources
4.1.2
Data Input Requirements
This section provides a description of all input data parameters
required by the LONGZ program. The user should note that some input
parameters are not read or are ignored by the program, depending on the
values assigned to the control parameters (options) by the user.
a. Program Control Parameter Data. These data contain
parameters which provide user-control over all program options.
Parameter
Name
ISW(l)
Master Source/Concentration Magnetic Tape Input Option
Specifies whether or not tape input is being used. A
value of "0" indicates tape input is not being used. A
value of "1" indicates tape input is being used and the
tape data are read from the logical units specified by
the array NINFL below. A value of "2" also indicates
tape input in the same manner as a value of "1". However,
if "2" is specified the program assumes that new meteoro-
logical data are to be read from data card to replace that
taken from the tape. In this case, all concentration arrays
for each source are recalculated. The default for this
parameter is "0".
4-5
-------
Parameter
Name
(ISW(2)
Master Source/Concentration Magnetic Tape Output Option
Specifies whether or not tape output is being used. A
value of "0" indicates tape output is not being used. A
value of "1" indicates tape output is being used and the
output is written to the tape or tapes specified by the
logical units given by the array NOTFL below. A value of
"2" indicates tape output in the same manner as a value of
"1"; however, the program additionally prints a table of
the output source inventory. The default for this param-
eter is "0".
ISW(3)
Seasonal Concentration Print Output Option Specifies
whether or not seasonal concentrations are to be calculated
and printed. A value of "0" specifies that seasonal concen-
trations are not printed. A value of "1" indicates seasonal
concentration tables are to be printed. The default for
this parameter is "0".
ISW(4)
Annual Concentration Print Output Option Specifies
whether or not annual concentrations are to be calculated
and printed. A value of "0" specifies that annual concen-
tration tables are not printed. A value of "1" indicates
annual concentration tables are to be printed. The default
for this parameter is "0".
ISW(5)
Print Input Data Option Specifies which input data except
for source data are to be printed. A value of "0" indicates
program control and meteorological data are not printed.
A value of "1" indicates program control and meteorological
data are to be printed. The default for this parameter is
"0".
4-6
-------
Parameter
Name
ISW(6)
Print Input Card Sources Specifies whether or not the
input data card sources are to be printed. A value of "0"
indicates the input data card sources are not to be
printed. A value of "1" indicates the input data card
sources are to be printed. The default for this param-
eter is "0".
ISW(7)
Print Input Tape Sources Specifies whether or not the
input tape sources are to be printed. A value of "0"
indicates the input tape sources are not to be printed.
A value of "1" indicates the input tape sources are to be
printed. The default for this parameter is "0".
ISW(8)
Receptor Terrain Elevation Option Specifies whether the
user desired to input the terrain elevations for each recep-
tor point or to use the program as a flat terrain model.
A value of "0" indicates terrain elevations are not to be
input and a value of "1" indicates terrain elevations for
each receptor point are to be input. Note that terrain
elevations cannot be used when calculating concentration
with deposition occuring (see Section 2.4.4). The default
for this parameter is no terrain or "0".
ISW(9)
Wind Speed Power Law Option If a value of "0" is used,
the wind speed power law is based on emission elevation
above the airport (weather station) elevation. If the
emission elevation is below the airport (weather station)
elevation, no power law is used. If a value of "1" is
used,the wind speed power law is based on the emission
height above terrain and a power law is always used. If
this parameter is not punched, the program will default
to a value of "0".
4-7
-------
Parameter
Name
ISW(IO)
Print Output Unit Option This option is provided to
enable the user to print the program output on a unit
other than print unit "6". Otherwise, print output goes
to the specified unit. Also, if this value is punched
and not equal to "6" or "56", two end-of-file marks are
written at the end of the print file and the tape is
rewound.
ISW(ll)
Optional Format for Joint Frequency of Occurrence This
parameter is a switch used to inform the program whether
it is to use a default format to read the joint frequency
of occurrence of speed and direction (FREQ) or to input
the format via data card. If this option is not punched
or is "0", the program uses the default format given under
FMT below. If this option is set to a value of "1",
the array FMT below is read by the program.
ISW(12)
Optional Format for Source Card Input Data This param-
eter is a switch used to inform the program whether it is
to use a default format to read the card input source data
or to input the format via data card. If this option is
not punched or is "0", the program uses the default format
given under SFMT below. If this option is set to a value
of "1", the array SFMT below is read by the program.
ISW(13)
Receptor Reference Grid System Option Specifies whether
a right-handed rectangular Cartesian coordinate system or
a polar system is to be input to the program to form the
receptor reference grid system. A value of "0" indicates
a Cartesian reference grid system is being input and a
value of "1" indicates a polar reference grid system is
4-8
-------
Parameter
Name
1SW(13)
(Cent.)
being input. If this parameter is not punched, the
program will default to a value of "0".
ISW(14)
Discrete Receptor Option Specifies whether a right-
handed rectangular Cartesian reference system or polar
reference system is used to reference the input discrete
receptor points. A value of "0" indicates that the Car-
tesian reference system is used and a value of "1" indi-
cates a polar reference system is used. If this parameter
is not punched, the program will default to a value of "0".
ISW(15)
Source Receptor Option Specifies whether a right-
handed rectangular Cartesian reference system or polar
reference system is used to reference the input source
coordinates. A value of "0" indicates that the Cartesian
reference system is used and a value of "1" indicates a
polar reference system is used. If this parameter is not
punched, the program will default to a value of "0".
ISW(16)
Turbulent Intensities Option This option allows the
user to enter different turbulent intensities for stacks
and for building and area sources. If this parameter is not
punched or is "0", the program uses the same turbulent
intensities (SIGEPU) for all source types. If ISW(16)
equals "1", different turbulent intensities are entered
for stacks (SIGEPU) and for area and building sources
(SIGEPL). No default turbulent intensities are provided
if ISW(16) equals "1". The default value for the param-
eter ISW(16) is "0", or the same turbulent intensities
for all source types.
4-9
-------
Parameter
Name
ISW(17)
ISW(18)
ISW(20)
NSOURC
Rural/Urban Model Option If the Turbulent Intensities
Option is not used (JL.e_. , if ISW(16) equals "0"), this
option directs the program to use the Cramer, et_ al_. (1975)
rural or urban turbulent intensities corresponding to the
Pasquill stability categories as default values for all
source types. The program uses the rural turbulent in-
tensities as default values if ISW(17) equals "0" and the
urban turbulent intensities as default values if ISW(17)
equals "1". The default value for the parameter ISW(17)
is "0". It should be emphasized that the program will
not use default turbulent intensities if the parameter
ISW(16) above equals "1".
Reserved for future options.
Number of Data Card Input Sources This parameter
specifies the number of input card image sources. This
includes card images that specify a new source being
entered and card images that specify modifications or
deletions to sources input from tape. If this value is
not punched or is "0", the program assumes all sources
are input from tape. The maximum number of sources that
can be processed is 14000 and 14000 is the largest source
identification number (NUMSQ1) possible.
NGROUP
Number of Source Combination Groups This parameter
specifies the number of different source combinations for
which print output is desired. A source combination
consists of one or more of all the input sources and is
the summed output of those selected sources. The maximum
value for this parameter is 1000. If this parameter is
4-10
-------
Parameter
Name
NGROUP
(Cont.)
not punched or is "0", the program assumes that no concen-
tration output tables are to be produced. Also, if this
parameter is not punched or is "0", the associated param-
eter arrays NSOGKP and IDSOR below are not read by the
program and can be ignored.
NXPNTS
X-Axis/Range Receptor Grid Size This parameter specifies
the number of east-west receptor grid locations for the
Cartesian coordinate system X-axis, or the number of
receptor grid ranges (rings) in the polar coordinate system,
depending on which receptor grid system is chosen by the
user under parameter ISW(13). This is the number of X-axis
points to be input or the number of X-axis points to be
automatically generated by the program. A value of "0"
(not punched) directs the program to assume there is no
regular receptor grid being used. The maximum value of
this parameter is related to other parameter values and
is given by the equation
E > |N +N +2N 1 + 6 |N -N +N (4-1)
- Lx y xyJ Lxy xyJ
where
E = the total amount of program data storage
in BLANK COMMON. The design size is 12000,
but can be increased by a simple program
modification given in Section 4.2.3.a under
Card Group 2
N = number of points in the input X-axis
of the receptor grid system (NXPNTS)
x
4-11
-------
Parameter
Name
NXPNTS
(Cent.)
N = number of points in the input Y-axis
of the receptor grid system (NYPNTS)
N = number of discrete (arbitrarily placed)
input receptors (NXWYPT)
xy
This parameter is ignored by the program if tape input is
being used.
NYPNTS
NXWYPT
Y-Axis/Azimuth Receptor Grid Size This parameter
specifies the number of north-south receptor grid loca-
tions for the Cartesian coordinate system Y-axis, or the
number of Y-axis azimuth bearings from the origin in the
polar coordinate system, depending on vhich receptor grid
system is chosen by the user under parameter ISW(13).
This is the number of Y-axis points to be input or the
number of Y-axis points to be automatically generated by
the program. If the parameter NXPNTS is set non-zero,
the parameter NYPNTS must also be non-zero. The maximum
value of this parameter is given by the equation under
NXPNTS above. The parameter NYPNTS is ignored by the
program if tape input is being used.
Number of Discrete (Arbitrarily Placed) Receptors This
parameter specifies the total number of discrete receptor
points to be input to the program. A value of "0" (not
punched) directs the program to assume no discrete re-
ceptors are being used. Also, the maximum value of this
parameter is ignored by the program if input tape is
being used. ISW(14) specifies whether these points are
in Cartesian or polar coordinates.
4-12
-------
Parameter
Name
NSEASN
Number of Seasons This parameter specifies the number
of seasons or months in the input meteorological data. A
value of "0" (not punched) defaults to "1". Also, if
annual meteorological data are being used, a value of "1"
must be specified. The maximum value of this parameter
is "4". This parameter is ignored by the program if an
input tape is being used.
NSPEED
Number of Wind Speed Categories This parameter specifies
the number of wind speed categories in the input joint
frequency of occurrence of wind speed and direction (FREQ).
A value of "0" (not punched) causes the program to default
to "6" (maximum). This parameter is ignored by the program
if an input tape is being used.
NSTBLE
Number of Pasquill Stability Categories This parameter
specifies the number of Pasquill stability categories in
the input joint frequency of occurrence of wind speed and
direction (FREQ). A value of "0" (not punched) causes
the program to default to "5" (maximum=6). This parameter
is ignored by the program if an input tape is being used.
NSCTOR
Number of Wind Direction Sector Categories This param-
eter specifies the number of wind direction sector cate-
gories in the input joint frequency of occurrence of wind
speed and direction (FREQ). A value of "0" (not punched)
causes the program to assume the standard "16" (maximum)
sectors are to be used. This parameter is ignored by the
program if an input tape is being used.
4-13
-------
Parameter
Name
NSOSX
Total Number of Tape Output Sources - This parameter is
used only when both input and output tapes are used and
specifies the total number of non-deleted sources in the
output tape inventory at the completion of the run. If
not punched or a value of "0" is used, the program uses
NSOURC or NSOURC plus the number of sources on the input
tape. This parameter must be punched if both input and
output tapes are used and NSOURC is greater than zero,
unless the card sources are only additions to the inventory.
NSTOP
Last Source Option This parameter specifies the source
identification number (NUMSZ1) of the last source to be
read from an input tape. If not punched or a value of
"0" is punched, the program will read the entire input
tape.
NINTP
Number of Input Tapes - This parameter gives the number
of input magnetic tapes when the ISW(l) > "0" option is
selected. If this parameter is not punched or is set to
a value of "0", the program defaults to a value of "1".
The maximum for this parameter is "3".
NOTTP
Number of Output Tapes This parameter gives the number
of output magnetic tapes the user has provided when the
ISW(2) > "0" option is selected. If this parameter is
not punched.or is set to a value of "0", the program de-
faults to a value of "1". The maximum for this parameter
NINFL
Input Tape Logical Unit Numbers This parameter is an
array of a maximum of three logical unit numbers used
4-14
-------
Parameter
Name
NINFL
for magnetic tape input. If the values in this array are
not punched or are set equal to "0", the program defaults
the values to "2", "0" and "0", respectively. The user
must equate the logical unit numbers specified here with
the external file name assigned to the tape as shown in
Section 4.2.2.
NOTFL
Output Tape Logical Unit Numbers This parameter is an
array of a maximum of three logical unit numbers used for
magnetic tape output. If the values in this array are
not punched or are set to values of "0", the program
defaults the values to "3", "0" and "0", respectively.
The user must equate the logical unit numbers specified
here with the external file name assigned to the tape as
shown in Section 4.2.2.
NSOGRP
Number of Sources Defining Combined Source Groups This
parameter is not read by the program if the parameter
NGROUP above is zero or not punched. Otherwise, this
parameter is an array of NGROUP values where each value
gives the number of source identification numbers used to
define a source combination. The source identification
number is that number assigned to each source by the user
under the source input parameter NUMSQ1 below. An example
and a more detailed discussion of the use of this parameter
is given under IDSOR below. A maximum of 1000 values are
provided for this array.
IDSOR
Combined Source Group Defining Sources This parameter
is not read by the program if the parameter NGROUP above
4-15
-------
Parameter
Name
IDSOR
(Cent.)
is zero or not punched. Otherwise, this parameter is an
array of source identification numbers that define each
combined source group to be output. The values punched
into the array NSOGRP above indicate how many source
identification numbers are punched into this array suc-
cessively for each combined source output. The source
identification numbers can be punched in two ways. The
first is to punch a positive value directing the program
to include that specific source in the combined output.
The second is to punch a negative value. When a negative
value is punched, the program includes all sources with
identification numbers less than or equal to it in abso-
lute value. Also, if the negative value is preceded by
a positive value in the same defining group, that source
defines the first of the sources to be included with
those defined by the negative number, but no sources with
a lesser source identification number are included. For
example, assume NGROUP above is set equal to 4 and the
array NSOGRP contains the values 3, 2, 1, 0. Also,
assume the entire set of input sources is defined by the
source identification numbers 5, 72, 123, 223, 901, 902,
1201, 1202, 1205, 1206 and 1207. To this point we have a
total of 11 input sources and we desire to see 4 combi-
nations of sources taken from these 11. Also, the array
NSOGRP indicates that the first 3 values in the array
IDSOR define the first source combination, the next 2
values (4th and 5th) in IDSOR define the second comb-
ination, the 6th value in IDSOR defines the third comb-
ination and the last combination has no defining (0)
sources so the program assumes all 11 sources are used.
4-16
-------
Parameter
Name
IDSOR
(Cont.)
Similarly, let the array IDSOR be set equal to the values
5, 72, -223, 1201, -1207, -902. The program will first
produce combined source output for sources 5, 72 and all
sources up to and including 223. The second combined
source output will include sources 1201 through 1207.
The third will include sources numbers 5 through 902
and the last will include all sources input. Note that
the source identification numbers in each defining group
are in ascending order of absolute value. The maximum
number of values that can be input to this array is 1000.
FMT
Optional Format for Joint Frequency of Occurrence This
parameter is an array which is read by the program only
if ISW(ll) is set to a value of "1". The FMT is used to
specify the format of the joint frequency of occurrence
of wind speed and direction data (FREQ, f^ j ^ £ in
Table 2-7). The format punched, if used, must include
leading and ending parentheses. If parameter FMT is
omitted from the input deck, the program uses the default
format "(6F10.0)". This default format specifies that
there are 6 real values per card occupying 10 columns each,
including the decimal point (period) and the first value is
punched in columns one through ten. If the user has received
the STAR data from an outside source, the deck must also
be checked for the proper order as well as format and,
if the order is not correct, the data must be repunched.
The correct order of the STAR deck punched in a format
not compatible with the default format for FMT is
4-17
-------
Parameter
Name
STABILITY D ESE .0013385 .0053384 .0166148 .0184133 .0032859 .0004853
Mill!! i i I '
i J i 4 i i i t i » n n tj w « « ii ii'.»n 11 n n « :s H !! a n n ji » » * » K » u » « n u » II (I O II II n »] M IS » 1! H H K
I I I
I I I I L MIL II
This format directs the LONGZ program to skip the first
19 columns on each frequency of occurrence card read and
to read six equally-spaced real values from the card.
Each value occupies 9 columns including the decimal point
(period). The first value begins in column 20. The
program interprets the leading blank character of each
value as zero.
SMFT
Optional Format for Source Data This parameter is an
array which is read by the program only if ISW(12) is
set to a value of "1". The array SFMT is used to specify
the format used for the input card source data. The format
punched, if used, must include leading and ending paren-
theses. If ISW(12) is not punched or is set to a value
4-18
-------
Parameter
Name ~
of "0", the parameter SFMT is omitted from the input deck
and the program uses the default format "(15,211,6F7.0,4F6.0,
F5.0,I2)". This format is used to read the variables
SFMT NUMSQ1, TYPE1, DISP, Ql(l), Ql(2), Ql(3), Ql(4), DX1,
(Cont.) DY1> H1> HS1> TS1} vOLl, RDS1 and NVS1. These parameters
are the primary source inputs and are defined under the
source input data below.
b. Receptor Data. These data consist of the (X,Y) or (range,
azimuth) locations of all receptor points as well as the elevations
of the receptors above mean sea level.
Parameter
Name
Receptor Grid System X-Axis or Range This parameter is
read by the program only if the parameters NXPNTS and
NYPNTS are non-zero and only if an input tape is not
being used. This parameter is an array of values in
ascending order that defines the X-axis or ranges (rings)
(depending on ISW(13)) of the receptor grid system in
meters. If only 2 values are input and the parameter
X NXPNTS is greater than 2, the program assumes the X-axis
(range) is to be generated automatically and assumes the
first value is the starting X coordinate and the second
value is an increment used to generate the remaining
NXPNTS evenly-spaced X coordinates. If all receptor
points are being input, NXPNTS values must be punched.
The origin of the grid system is defined by the user and
can be anywhere.
Receptor Grid System Y-Axis or Azimuth This parameter
V
is read by the program only if the parameters NXPNTS and
4-19
-------
Parameter
Name
Y
(Cont.)
NYPNTS are non-zero and only if an input tape or data file
is not being used. This parameter is an array of values in
ascending order that defines the Y-axis or azimuth bearings
measured clockwise from zero degrees (north) (depending on
ISW(13)) of the receptor grid system in meters or degrees.
If only 2 values are input (third value is zero) and the
parameter NYPNTS is greater than 2, the program assumes the
first value is the starting Y coordinate and the second
value is the increment used to generate the remaining NYPNTS
evenly-spaced (rectangular or angular) Y coordinates. If
all receptor points are being input, NYPNTS values must
be punched. If polar coordinates are being used, Y is
measured clockwise from zero degrees (north).
(Discrete)
Discrete (Arbitrarily Placed) Receptor X or Range This
parameter is not read by the program if the parameter NXWYPT
is zero or if the program is using an input tape. This
parameter is an array defining all of the discrete receptor
X points. The values are either east-west distances or
radial distances in meters, depending on the type of refer-
ence system specified by ISW(14). NXWYPT points are read
by the program. The origin of these points is the same as
the origin of the regular (non-discrete) grid system if
one is used. Otherwise, the origin is defined by the user
and can be located anywhere.
(Discrete)
Discrete (Arbitrarily Placed) Receptor Y or Azimuth
This parameter is not read by the program if the param-
eter NXWYPT is zero or if the program is using an input
tape. This parameter is an array defining all of the dis-
crete receptor Y points in meters or degrees. The values
are either north-south distances or azimuth bearings
4-20
-------
Parameter
Name
(Discrete)
(Cont.)
(angular distances) measured clockwise from zero degrees
(north), depending on the type of reference system specified
by ISW(14). NXWYPT points are read by the program.
Elevation of Grid System Receptors - This parameter is
not read by the program if the parameter ISW(8) is zero
or if an input tape is being used or if NXPNTS or NYPNTS
equals zero. This parameter is an array specifying the
terrain elevation in meters above mean sea level at each
receptor of the Cartesian or polar grid system. There are
NXPNTS NYPNTS values read into this array. The program
starts the input of values with the first Y coordinate
specified and reads the elevations for each X coordinate
at that Y in the same order as the X coordinates were
input. A new data card is started for each successive Y
value and the NXPNTS elevations for that Y are read. The
program will expect NYPNTS groups of data cards with
NXPNTS elevation values punched in each group. For
example, assume we have a 5 by 5 Cartesian or polar
receptor array:
Rectangular
Z21
Z6
Zl
Z22
Z7
Z2
Z23
Z8
Z3
Z24
7
9
Z4
Z25
zio
Z5
4-21
-------
Parameter
Name
Polar
Z
(Cont.)
-X5
-X4
-X3
-X2
-XI
Y3
The values Z,
through Z. are read from the first card
group, the values Z, through Z.. _ from the second card
group and Z21 through Z? from the last card group.
Elevation of the Discrete (Arbitrarily Placed) Receptors
This parameter is not read by the program if the parameter
(Discrete) ISW(8) is zero or if the parameter NXWYPT equals zero.
This parameter, which is an array specifying the terrain
elevation in meters at each of the NXWYPT discrete recep-
tors, is input in the same order as the discrete receptors,
c. Identification Labels and Model Constants. These data
consist of parameters pertaining to heading and identification labels
and program constants. These data except for TITLE are not read by the
program if an input tape is being used.
4-22
-------
Parameter
Name
TITLE
Page Heading Label This parameter is an array that
allows up to 80 characters of title information to be
printed as the first line of each output page.
LUNT
Concentration Units Label This parameter is an array
used for the optional input of the concentration units
label. There are a maximum of 24 characters provided
for an optional output units label for concentration.
This label is defaulted to "(micrograms/cubic meter)" for
concentration if the parameter TK below is not punched or
is
"0".
LKNT
Source Units Label This parameter is a 12 character
array provided for an optional source input units label.
This label is defaulted to "(grams/second)" if the param-
eter TK below is not punched or is "0".
ROTATE
Wind Direction Correction Angle This parameter is used
to correct for any difference between north as defined by
the X, Y reference grid system and north as defined by the
weather station at which the wind direction data were re-
corded. The value of ROTATE (degrees) is subtracted from
each wind-direction sector angle (THETA). This parameter
is positive if the positive Y axis of the reference grid
system points to the right of north as defined by the
weather station. Most weather stations record direction
relative to true north and the center of most grid systems
are relative to true north. However, some weather stations
record direction relative to magnetic north and the ends
of some UTM (Universal Transverse Mercator) zones are not
oriented towards true north. The user is cautioned to
4-23
-------
Parameter
Name
ROTATE
(Cont.)
TK
check the wind data as errors in the wind direction dis-
tribution will lead to erroneous program results.
Model Units Conversion Factor This parameter is pro-
vided to give the user flexibility in the source input
units used and the concentration output units desired.
This parameter is a direct multiplier of the concentration
equation. If this parameter is not punched or is set to
a value of "0", the program defaults to "1 x 10 " micro-
grams per gram. This default assumes the user desires
concentration in micrograms per cubic meter and the input
source units are grams per second. Also, if the default
value for this parameter is selected, the program defaults
the units labels in the arrays LUNT and LKNT above. If
the user chooses to input this parameter for other units,
he must also input the units labels in LUNT and LKNT
above. This parameter corresponds to K in Equations (2-
32), (2-37) and (2-42).
HA
Station Elevation This parameter gives the elevation
of the airport or weather station in meters above mean sea
level and is used only if terrain elevations are input for
the receptor points.
UTMX
X-Origin of Polar Reference System This parameter gives
the east-west Cartesian coordinate of the origin of the
polar reference system and/or discrete polar coordinates.
If this parameter is not punched or a value of "0" is used,
all polar coordinates are relative to the point (0,0), and
the polar coordinates are printed. However, if this param-
eter is set to a non-zero value, all polar coordinates are
4-24
-------
Parameter
Name
UTMX
(Cont.)
are relative to this Cartesian X coordinate and the
program converts all discrete polar coordinates to their
respective Cartesian coordinates for the calculation and
print output of concentration tables.
UTMY
Y-Origin of Polar Reference System This parameter
gives the north-south Cartesian coordinate of the origin
of the polar reference system and/or discrete polar
coordinates. If polar coordinates are not used, this
parameter is ignored. If this parameter is not punched
or a value of "0" is used, all polar coordinates are
relative to zero and the polar coordinates are printed.
However, if this parameter is set to a non-zero value,
all polar coordinates are relative to this Cartesian Y
coordinate and the program converts all discrete polar
coordinates to their respective Cartesian coordinates for
the calculation and print output of concentration tables.
ZR
GAMM1
Weather Station Wind Measurement Height This parameter
is the height above ground level in meters at which the
wind data were recorded. If this parameter is not
punched or has a value of "0", the program defaults to
"6.1" meters. This parameter corresponds to Z_, in
K
Equation (2-13).
Adiabatic/Unstable Entrainment Coefficient This param-
eter, which is used in plume rise calculations, is the
air entrainment coefficient for an adiabatic or unstable
atmosphere. If this value is not punched or is "0", the
program uses "0.6" as the default value. This parameter
corresponds to y in Equation (2-3).
4-25
-------
Parameter
Name
GAMMA2
Stable Entrainment Coefficient This parameter, which
is used in the plume rise calculations, is the air en-
trainment coefficient for a stable atmosphere. If this
value is not punched or is "0", the program uses "0.66"
as the default value. This parameter corresponds to
Y in Equation (2-7) .
Acceleration Due to Gravity This parameter, which is
used in the plume rise calculations, is the acceleration
due to gravity. If this parameter is not punched or has
a value of "0", the program uses "9.8" meters per second
squared as the default value.
DECAY
Decay Coefficient This parameter is the coefficient
(seconds ) of time-dependent pollutant removal by physi-
cal or chemical processes (see Equation (2-12)). The
default for this parameter is "0".
d. Meteorological Data. These data are the meteorological
input parameters classified according to one or more of the categories
of wind speed, Pasquill stability or time of day, wind direction and
season or annual. These parameters are not read by the program if an
input tape is being used, unless ISW(l) is set equal to a value of "2".
Parameter
Name
FREQ
Joint Frequency of Occurrence This parameter array
consists of the seasonal or annual joint frequency of
occurrence of wind-speed and wind-direction categories
classified according to the Pasquill stability categories
4-26
-------
Parameter
Name
or four time-of-day categories (f. . , 0 in Table 2-7).
IjJ jKj*
This parameter has no default and must be input in the
correct order. The program begins by reading the joint
frequency table for season 1 (winter) and stability
category 1 (Pasquill A stability or night). The first
data card contains the joint frequencies of wind speed
categories 1 through 6 (1 through NSPEED) for the first
wind direction category (north). The second data card
contains the joint frequencies of wind speed categories 1
through 6 for the second wind direction category (north-
northeast) . The program continues in this manner until
the joint frequencies of the last direction category
(north-northwest) for stability category 1, season 1 have
been read. The program then repeats this same read
sequence for stability category 2 (Pasquill B stability
or morning) and season 1. When all of the stability
category values for season 1 have been read, the program
(c t- } repreats the read sequence for season 2, season 3, etc.,
until all of the joint frequency values have been read.
There are a total of NSPEED*NSCTOR* NSTBLE*NSEASN values
read in this data card group and a total of NSCTOR*NSTBLE*
NSEASN data cards. If the total sum of the joint frequency
of occurrence for any season (or annual) does not add up
to 1, the program will automatically normalize the joint
frequency distribution by dividing each joint frequency
by the total sum. Also, the program assumes stability
categories 1 through 6 are Pasquill stabilities A through
F. Alternately, the program assumes that time-of-day
category 1 is night, category 2 is morning, category 3 is
afternoon and category 4 is night. Seasons 1 through 4
4-27
-------
Parameter
Name
FREQ
(Cont.)
are normally winter, spring, summer and fall. See the
parameter FMT above for the format of these data.
TA
Average Ambient Air Temperature This parameter array
consists of the average ambient air temperatures (T , 0
3. 3 K. } X/
in Table 2-7), classified according to season (or annual)
and stability or time of day category, in degrees Kelvin.
One data card is read for each season (1 to NSEASN) with
the temperature values for stability categories 1 through
NSTBLE punched across the card. When the program has
completed reading these data cards, it will scan all of
the values in the order of input and, if any value is not
punched or is zero, the program will default to the last
non-zero value of TA it encountered.
HM
Mixing Layer Depth This parameter array consists of
the median mixing layers depth in meters (H t ,, in
HI ) i y K. y A/
Table 2-7), classified according to wind speed, stability
or time of day, and season (or annual). The program
begins reading the mixing layer depths for season 1. The
program reads the mixing layer depth values for each wind
speed category (1 to NSPEED) from each card. There are
NSTBLE (1 through NSTBLE) cards read for each season.
The program scans each value input in the order of input
and, for each season, if a zero or non-punched value is
found, the program defaults to the last non-zero value
encountered within the values for that season.
DPDZ
Potential Temperature Gradient This parameter array con-
sists of the vertical gradients of potential temperature
4-28
-------
Parameter
Name
DPDZ
(Cont.)
in Table 2-7 I , classified according to wind speed
and stability or time-of-day category in units of degrees
Kelvin per meter. There are NSTBLE (1 through NSTBLE)
data cards read with the values for wind speed categories
1 through NSPEED read from each card.
UBAR
Wind Speed This parameter array consists of the median
wind speeds in meters per second (U{ZR). in Table 2-7)
for the wind-speed categories used in the calculation of
the joint frequency of occurrence of wind speed and
direction. There are NSPEED values read from this card
and if any value is not punched or is zero, the program
defaults to the following set of values: 0.75, 2.5, 4.3,
6.8, 9.5 and 12.5 meters per second.
THETA
Wind Direction This parameter array consists of the
median wind direction angles in degrees for the wind-
direction categories used in the calculation of the "joint
frequency of occurrence of wind speed and direction.
There are NSCTOR values read from 1 to 2 data cards and,
if the first two values of this array are not punched or
are zero, the program defaults to the following standard
set of values: 0, 22.5, 45, 67.5, 90, ..., 336.5 degrees
(N, NNE, NE, ..., NNW). The wind direction is that angle
from which the wind is blowing, measured clockwise from
zero degrees (north).
Wind Speed Power Law Exponent This parameter array
consists of the wind speed power law exponents (p in
Equation 2-13)) classified according to wind speed and
4-29
-------
Parameter
Name
stability or time-of-day category. There are NSPEED (1
through NSPEED) values read per data card for stability
categories 1 through NSTBLE. If any value on any data
card in this set is not punched or is zero, the program
defaults to the value from the following set of values:
P
(Cont.)
Pasquill
Stability
Category
A
B
C
D
E
F
Wind Speed Category Number
1
.10
.15
.20
.25
.30
.40
2
.10
.10
.15
.20
.25
.30
3
.10
.10
.10
.15
.20
.20
4
.,10
.10
.10
.10
.15
.15
5
.10
.10
.10
.10
.10
.10
6
.10
.10
.10
.10
.10
.10
SIGEPU
Standard Deviation of the Wind Elevation Angle for Elevated
Sources This parameter array gives the standard deviation
of the wind elevation angle for stack sources (and building
and area sources if ISW(16) equals "0") by wind speed and
stability or time-of-day category. There are NSPEED
values read (1 through NSPEED) per data card for stability
categories 1 through NSTBLE. The units of SIGEPU are
radians or degrees. If the value is greater than or
equal to "l", the program assumes the units are degrees.
If the option ISW(16) equals "1", the values of SIGEPU
are used only for stack (TYPE1="0") sources and no default
values are provided. Also, the values for building and
4-30
-------
Parameter
Name
SIGEPU
(Cont.)
area sources are read into the parameter SIGEPL below. If
the option ISW(16) equals "0" the values of SIGEPU are
used for both stack (TYPE1="0") sources and building (TYPE1
="1") and area (TYPE1="2") sources. Default values are
provided if any value of SIGEPU is "0" or not punched. The
default value depends on the stability category (order of
the data card) and ISW(17). If ISW(17) equals "0", the
rural mode is assumed and default values in order of
stability category are .1745, .1080, .0735, .0465,
.0350 and .0235 If ISW(17) equals "1", the urban mode
is assumed and default values in order of stability cate-
gory are .1745, .1745, .1080, .0735, .0465 and .0465
The default values given do not depend on wind speed cate-
gory.
SIGEPL
Standard Deviation of the Wind Elevation Angle for Building
and Area Sources When ISW(16) Equals "1" This parameter
array gives the standard deviation of the wind elevation
angle for building and area sources by wind speed and
stability or time-of-day category when ISW(16) equals "1".
If ISW(16) equals "0", this parameter array is not read
by the program and the values used for building and area
sources are taken from SIGEPU. If ISW(16) equals "1",
there are NSPEED values read (1 through NSPEED) per data
card for stability categories 1 through NSTBLE. The
units of SIGEPL are radians or degrees. If the value is
greater than or equal to "1", the program assumes the
units are degrees. There are no default values provided
for SIGEPL.
e. " Source Data. These data consist of all necessary information
required for each source. These data are divided into three groups: (1)
4-31
-------
parameters that are required for all source types, (2) parameters that
are required for stack sources, and (3) parameters that are required for
building sources and area sources. The order of input of these parameters
is given at the end of this section. These data are not read by the program
if NSOURC equals "0".
Parameter
Name
MJMSQ1
Source Identification Number This parameter is the source
identification number and is a 1 to 5 digit integer. This
number cannot be defaulted and cannot have a value larger
than 14000. Sources must be input in ascending order of
the source identification number, but source numbers need
not necessarily be continuous.
DISP
Source Disposition This parameter is a flag that tells
the program what to do with the source. If this parameter
is not punched or has a value of "0", the program assumes
this is a new source for which concentrations are to be
calculated. Also, if the program is using an input.tape,
this new source will be merged into the old sources from
tape or will replace a tape source with the same source
identification number. If the parameter DISP has a value
of "2", the program assumes that the tape input source
having the same source identification number is to be de-
leted from the source inventory. The program removes the
source as well as the concentration arrays for the source.
If the parameter DISP has a value of "1", the program
assumes the source strengths to be read from data card
for this source are to be used to rescale the concentra-
tion values of the tape input source with the same source
identification number. The new source strengths input from
card replace the old values taken from the input tape and
4-32
-------
Parameter
Name
DISP
(Cont. )
the concentration arrays taken from tape are multiplied by
the ratio of the new and old source strengths. This option
can only be used with sources that were originally entered
with the DISP = "0" option, not the DISP = "3" option. If
the parameter DISP has a value of "3", the program assumes
the source emission rate is to vary with wind speed cate-
gory, stability or time-of-day category and season and
reads the source emission rates into the array QSS1 below,
rather than the array Ql. The affected source is treated
by the program as if DISP was set to a value of "0".
TYPE1
Source Type This parameter is a flag that tells the
program what type of source is being input. If this
parameter is not punched or is "0", the program assumes
a stack source. If this parameter has a value of "1",
the program assumes a building source. Similarly, if
this parameter has a value of "2", an area source is
assumed.
DX1
Source X Coordinate This parameter gives the Cartesian
X (east-west) or polar (range) coordinate, depending on
ISW(15), of the source location in meters (X in Table 2-9)
relative to the origin of the reference grid system being
used. If DX1 is the range in polar coordinates and UTMX,
UTMY above are greater than "0", DX1 is relative to
(UTMX,UTMY).
DY1
Source Y Coordinate - This parameter gives the Cartesian
Y (north-south) or polar (azimuth bearing) coordinate,
depending on ISW(15), of the source location in meters or
degrees (Y in Table 2-9) relative to the origin of the
reference grid system being used. If DY1 is the azimuth
4-33
-------
Parameter
Name
in polar coordinates and UTMX, UTMY above are greater
(Cont.) than "0", DY1 is relative to the point (UTMX,UTMY).
Height of Emission This parameter gives the height
above ground in meters of the pollutant emission. For
HI
building sources, this is the height of the building.
For area sources, this is the characteristic height.
Source Elevation This parameter gives the terrain ele-
HS1 vation in meters above mean sea level at the source loca-
tion and is not used by the program unless receptor
terrain elevations (ISW(8)) are being used.
Source Emission This parameter array gives the emission
rate of the source for each season. If DISP above is "0"
or "1", NSEASN values are read from the primary source
data card. If DISP is "3", the source emission rates are
Ql read into QSS1 below from a secondary group of source
data cards and this parameter is ignored . There are no
default values provided for the parameter Ql and the
program assumes "0" is a valid source emission. The
input units of source emission are mass per unit time and
the default units are grams per second.
Alternate Variable Source Emission This parameter array
gives the emission rate of the source for each season, wind
speed category and stability or time-of-day category and is
used only if the parameter DISP above equals a value of "3".
There are NSPEED values read per data card and NSTBLE data
cards read per season, 1 through NSEASN. There are no de-
default values provided for the parameter QSS1 and the
program assumes "0" is a valid source emission. The input
units are the same as for Ql above.
4-34
-------
Parameter
Name
NVS1
Number of Particulate Size Categories This parameter
gives the number of particulate size categories in the
particulate distribution used in calculating ground-level
concentration with gravitational settling and dry deposition
occurring. The program assumes complete retention of the
particulates at the ground surface with deposition occurring.
If the parameter NVS1 is greater than zero, the program
reads NVS1 values for each of the parameter variables VS1
and FRQ1 below. The maximum value of NVS1 is 20.
VS1
Settling Velocity This parameter array is read only if
NVS1 above is greater than zero. This parameter is the
settling velocity in meters per second for each particulate
size category (1 through NVS1). No default values are pro-
vided for this parameter.
FRQ1
Mass Fraction of Particles This parameter array is read
only if NVS1 above is greater than zero. This parameter
is the mass fraction of particulates contained in each
particulate size category (1 through NVS1). No default
values are provided for this parameter.
Stack Source
Parameters
TS1
Stack Gas Exit Temperature This parameter gives the
stack gas exit temperature (T in Table 2-9) in degrees
S
Kelvin. If this parameter is negative or zero, its abso-
lute value is added to the ambient air temperature to form
the stack gas exit temperature. For example, if the stack
gas exit temperature is 15 degrees Celsius above the ambient
temperature, enter TS1 as "-15."
4-35
-------
Stack Source
Parameters
VOL1
Volumetric Emission Rate This parameter gives the volum-
etric emission rate in cubic meters per second. The volum-
etric emission rate is determined by the product of the
inside stack area times the gas exit velocity. No plume
rise is calculated if VOL1 is equal to "0".
RDS1
Stack Radius This parameter gives the inner stack
radius in meters and no default is provided. This parameter
is used to calculate the stack exit velocity for use in
Equation (2-5), which adjusts the calculated plume rise
to account for downwash effects when the wind speed at
stack height approaches or exceeds the stack exit velocity.
If the ratio of the exit velocity to the mean wind speed is
greater than 1.5, no correction is made. If the ratio of
the exit velocity to the mean wind speed is less than or
equal to 1.0, plume rise is set equal to zero. The cor-
rection factor f given by Equation (2-5) ranges from 1.0
to 0 for exit velocity to mean wind speed ratios between
1.5 and 1.0. See Appendix G for a detailed discussion
of the correction factor f. If RDS1 is input as "0" or
not punched, the program assumes that there are no downwash
effects and full plume rise is calculated.
Sll
Length of Short Side This parameter gives the length in
meters of the short side of a building or area source.
S21
Length of Long Side This parameter gives the length in
meters of the long side of a building or area source.
4-36
-------
4.1.3 Output Information
The LONGZ program generates four categories of program output.
Each category is optional to the user. That is, the user controls all
output generated by the program for a given run except warning and error
messages. In the following paragraphs, each category of output is re-
lated to the specific input parameter that controls the output category.
All program output are printed except for magnetic tape.
a. Input Parameter Output. The LONGZ program will print
all of the input data except for source data if the parameter ISW(5) is
set equal to a value of "1". An example of this output is shown in
Figure 4-2 of Section 4.2.4 and in the example problem given in Appendix
D.
b. Source Parameters Output. The LONGZ program will print the
input card and tape source data if the parameters ISW(6) and ISW(7) are
both set to a value of "1". Also, if ISW(2) the tape output option
is set to a value of "2", a complete source output inventory listing is
produced. An example of the printed source data is shown in Figure 4-3
of Section 4.2.4 and in the example problem given in Appendix D.
c. Seasonal/Annual Concentrations. The options ISW(3) and
ISW(4) are used to specify whether seasonal output or annual output or
both are to be generated. If seasonal (winter, spring, summer, fall)
meteorological data are input, the program can be directed to produce
tables of seasonal as well as annual concentrations by setting the param-
eters ISW(3) and ISW(4) equal to "1". Also, only seasonal tables are
produced if ISW(3) equals "l" and ISW(4) equals "0". If the parameter
NSEASN is set equal to a value of "1" and only annual output is selected,
the program labels the output concentrations as annual concentrations.
However, if seasonal output is selected with NSEASN equal to "1", the
output tables are labeled as seasonal tables (season 1, season 2, etc.),
4-37
-------
requiring the user to keep track of the actual meteorological season.
Example seasonal and annual output tables are shown in Figures 4-4 and
4-5 in Section 4.2.4 as well as Appendix D.
d. Magnetic Tape Output. The LONGZ program will write all
input data and all concentration calculations to magnetic tape. These
data are written to the logical unit numbers specified by the parameter
array NOTFL. This tape must be assigned to the run prior to the execu-
tion of the LONGZ program and the tape(s) must be equated to the logical
unit number(s) given in NOTFL. If seasonal meteorological input data are
used, the program saves only seasonal concentrations on the output tape.
If annual meteorological data are input, only the results of the
annual calculations are saved. This output tape can be read back into
the LONGZ program to print tables not output in the original run and/or
to modify the source inventory for corrections or updates in the source
emissions. The instructions on how to assign the output magnetic tape
are given in Section 4.2.2 and approximations as to the length of mag-
netic tape required are given in Section 4.2.5.C. A more detailed
description of the contents and format of the output tape file is given
in Section 4.2.4.
4.2 USER'S INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE LONGZ PROGRAM
4.2.1 Program Description
The long-term (LONGZ) program is designed to calculate ground-
level average concentrations produced by emissions from multiple stack,
building and area sources. The ground-level concentrations can be cal-
culated on a seasonal (monthly) or annual basis or both for a maximum
of 14000 sources. The program is capable of producing the seasonal and/
or annual results for each individual source input as well as the combined
(summed) seasonal and/or annual results for multiple groups of user-
selected sources. The program concentration calculations are performed
4-38
-------
for an input set of receptor coordinates defining a fixed receptor grid
system and/or for discrete (arbitrarily placed) receptor points. The
receptor grid system may be a right-handed Cartesian coordinate system
or a polar coordinate system. In either case, zero degrees (north) is
defined as the positive Y axis and ninety degrees (east) is defined as
the positive X axis and all points are relative to a user-defined
hypothetical origin (normally (X=0, Y=0), although the Universal Trans-
verse Mercator (UTM) coordinates may be used as the Cartesian coordinate
system).
Capabilities of the LONGZ program include:
The capability to calculate long-term ground-level
concentrations
The capability to process up to 14000 sources
The capability to model stacks, building sources and
area sources in the same execution
The capability to specify source locations anywhere"
within or outside of the receptor grid system or dis-
crete receptor points
The capability to produce either seasonal or annual
results or both
The capability to display concentrations from individual
sources
The capability to display combined (summed) concentra-
tions from multiple user-defined subsets of the sources
or from all sources
4-39
-------
The capability of saving the results of all calculations,
the source data and the meteorological data on a master
source/concentration inventory magnetic tape
The capability of updating (adding to, modifying or
deleting) a master source/concentration inventory
magnetic tape
The capability to specify a regular receptor array or
a set of discrete (arbitrarily placed) points or both
The capability to specify a right-handed Cartesian coor-
dinate system or a polar coordinate system for the regular
receptor array or for the discrete (arbitrarily placed)
receptors
The capability to specify terrain elevations for each re-
ceptor and source for concentration calculations
The capability of using either seasonal or annual meteoro-
logical data
The capability of specifying the number of wind speed,
Pasquill stability or time-or-day and wind direction
categories in the meteorological data
The capability to vary source emissions by season or by
wind speed category, Pasquill stability or time-of-day
category and season (season is defined as winter, spring,
summer and fall or annual only)
The LONGZ computer program is written in FORTRAN and is de-
signed for use on a UNTVAC 1110 computer. The program requires approx-
4-40
-------
imately 50,000 words (UNIVAC 1110) of executable core for instruction
and data storage. The program also requires from two to four input/out-
put devices, depending on whether the tape input/output options are
used. Input card image data is referenced as logical unit 5 and print
output, which requires 132 character print columns, is referenced as
logical unit 6. The optional tape input is referenced as logical unit
2 (default) and the output is referenced as logical unit 3 (default).
The user has the option of either using the default logical unit numbers
given here or specifying alternate logical unit numbers. Also, the
LONGZ program requires random access mass storage referenced as logical
unit 12. The mass storage is automatically assigned by the program and
is transparent to the user. The computer program consists of a main
program (LONGZ) and 7 subroutines (MODEL, BLOCKL, OUTPT, TITLR, INPOUP,
ASSIGN and DEFFIL). The FORTRAN source code for each of these routines
is given in Appendix B.
4.2.2 Control Language and Data Deck Setup
a. Control Language Requirements. The following illustrates
the required ECL control statement runstream for a typical run on a
UNIVAC 1110 Operating System:
1. @RUN, priority jobid,account,userid,
time,pages
2. @SYM PRINT$,,device
Optional, used to
direct print output
to a specific print
device when running
in batch mode
3. , @ASG,A prog-file.
4-41
-------
@ASG,A data-file.
Optional, used only
when the LONGZ pro-
gram input data has
been placed in a file
or data element with-
in a file.
@ASG,options input-tape-file.,type,
reel-number
@USE nn,input-tape-file.
@MOVE input-tape-file.,£
/Optional, required
\only if ISW(1)=1
Optional, required
only if data on
the input-tape-file
is file H+1 on tape,
@ASG,options output-tape-file.,type,
reel-number
@USE mm,output-tape-file.
I Optional, required
Jonly if ISW(2)=1 or 2
I and data are output
\to tape
@MOVE output-tape-file.,
Optional, required
only if the data-
output-file is file
2,4-1,
@ASG,CP print-file.
@BRKPT PRINT$/print-file
Optional, used to
direct print output
to a specific print
device when running
.. in demand mode
@XQT prog-file.LONGZ
card-input-data
or
Input data cards for
the LONGZ program
| when the program is
'run in batch mode
4-42
-------
@ADD data-file.
or
@ADD data-file.data-name
input data
)cards have been
]placed in a data
(file
LONGZ input data
cards have been
placed in a symbolic
element in a data
file
10.
@BRKPT PRINT$
@FREE print-file.
@SYM print-file,.device
Optional, used with
7 above to direct
the print output to
a specific print
device
11.
@FIN
where
priority = job run priority
jobid = six-character user supplied job ident-
ification
account = account number
userid = 12-character user supplied project
number or user number
time = execution time required in minutes
pages = output pages required
4-43
-------
device = printer symbiont name, on site or
remote, to which you desire the print
file to go
prog-file = the name of the program file. This
illustration assumes the user (installa-
tion) has assembled and collected
(linked) the long-term program into
this file and called the absolute
program LONGZ
data-file = the name of an optional data file into
which the user has placed the input
card data for LONGZ
input-tape-file
a user supplied file name used to refer-
ence the optional source/concentration
inventory input tape. This tape was
created by a previous run of the LONGZ
program
options = tape assignment options T, H, F, J, /W
T temporary, tape
H high density, use only if U9H
is specified for type
F tape file is to be labeled
with a label that requires
only the reel-number to be
correct, use this option only
on output permanent tapes
that are to be labeled
J specifies the tape is unlabeled.
This option may not be allowed
4-44
-------
at your installation for
permanent tapes. However.
the J option should be
specified for scratch tapes
/W specifies the tape is an
output tape and a write
ring is to be inserted
The options follow the comma and are
placed together in a continuous string.
type = the type of tape input/output device.
Use 16N or U9V if the tape density is
1600 bpi or use U9H if the tape den-
sity is 800 bpi
reel-number = the physical tape reel-number as-
signed by the installation tape
librarian. Each tape reel-number
is unique. If a scratch tape is
desired for output then type BLANK
for reel-number
nn = the FORTRAN logical unit number with
which the LONGZ program is to refer-
ence (read) the input tape. This
number is defined under the NINFL
parameter input option. This number
cannot equal any of the standard I/O
(card reader, printer, punch) device
logical unit numbers and must be a
value allowed by the UNIVAC NTRAN I/O
4-45
-------
routines at your installation. The
default input unit number for LONGZ
is
Ho II
the number of file-marks to space
over on the input tape to position
the tape at the desired input data
set. The MOVE card is only required
if
output-tape-file
a user supplied file name used to
reference the optional source/con-
centration inventory output tape.
This tape must be assigned using
the W option.
mm = the FORTRAN logical unit number with
which the LONGZ program is to refer-
ence (write) the output tape. This
number is defined under the NOTFL
parameter input option. This number
cannot equal any of the standard
I/O (card reader, printer, punch)
device logical unit numbers and must
be a value allowed by the UNIVAC
NTRAN I/O routines at your installa-
tion. The default output unit num-
ber for LONGZ is "3".
print-file = optional, user supplied, file name to
be used for the LONGZ print output
file. If the user is running from
an interactive terminal and this
option is not used all print output
4-46
-------
will be printed at the terminal in
132 character line images. As the
print output volume could be large,
it is recommended that the print-file
option be used and the print file be
SYM'ed to an on-site printer (in 10)
after the execution of LONGZ.
card-input-data = LONGZ program input card data defined
in Section 4.1.2 and shown in Figure
4-1. If the user is running from an
interactive terminal, it is recom-
mended that the data be placed in a
data file or in a symbolic element
within a data file prior to execu-
tion of LONGZ. The user would then
use an @ADD command to add the data
to the run stream.
b. Data Deck Setup. The card input data required by the LONGZ
program depends on the program options desired by the user. The card input
deck may be partitioned into five major groups of card data. Figure 4-1
illustrates the input deck setup. Note that some of the card groups shown
may be omitted from the input deck, depending on the input options chosen.
The five major input deck groups are:
1. Title Card (One data card, always included in the input
deck).
2. Program Option and Control Cards (The first two cards of
this group are always included in the input deck. However,
some of the parameters on these two cards may not be used
when tape input is used. The remaining cards in this group
are included only if NGROUP is greater than "0").
4-47
-------
Z (elevations deck)
Y (discrete receptors)
Y (grid system Y-axis deck)
X (discrete receptors)
X (grid system X-axis deck)
f
IDSOR
(2)
f
NSOGRP
f
ISW
NSOURC.NGROUP,NXPNTS,etc.
(I)
TITLE
FIGURE 4-1. Input data deck setup for the LONGZ program.
4-48
-------
THETA
UBAR
SIGEPL
SIGEPU
ROTATE,TK,HA,UTMX,UTMY,etc.
DPDZ
HM
TA
FREQ
FMT (joint frequency of occurrence
(FREQ) data format)
FIGURE 4-1. (Continued)
4-49
-------
VS1.FRQ1
QSS1
NUMSQ1,TYPE1,DISP,
. . ., NVS1 (source
data card NSROUC)
(5)
VS1,FREQ1 (particulate data)
QSS1 (variable source emissions)
NUMSQ1,TYPE1,DISP1, . . ., NVS1
(source data card 2)
VS1,FREQ1 (particulate data)
QSS1 (variable source emissions)
NUMSQ1,TYPE1,DISP1, . . ., NVS1
(source data card 1)
SFMT (source data card format)
FIGURE 4-1. (Continued)
4-50
-------
3. Receptor Data Cards (The number of data cards included in
this group depends on the parameters NXPNTS, NYPNTS,
NXWYPT and ISW(8). These cards are not included in the
input deck if tape input is used, ISW(l) equals "1" or
"2").
4. Meteorological Data Cards (This card group is included in
the input deck only if tape input is not used or if the
tape input switch (ISW(l)) is set equal to "2". Also,
the first card (FMT) in this group is included in the
input deck only if ISW(ll) equals "1").
5. Source Data Cards (This card group is included in the
input deck only if NSOURC is greater than "0". Also, the
first card (SFMT) is included only if ISW(12) equals "1".
The variable source emission cards (QSS1) are included in
the deck only if the parameter DISP on the previous
source card equals "3". Also, the particulate data cards
are included in the data deck only if NVS1 on the pre-
vious source card is greater than "0").
4.2.3 Input Data Description
Section 4.1.2 provides a summary description of all input data
parameter requirements for the LONGZ program. This section provides the
user with the FORTRAN format and order in which the program requires the
input data parameters. The input parameter names used in this section
are the same as those introduced in Section 4.1.2. Two forms of input
data may be input to the program. One form is card image input data (80
characters per record) in which all required input data may be entered.
The other form is magnetic tape on which some of the required data were
stored as part of a previous run of the LONGZ program. Both forms of
input are discussed below..
4-51
-------
a. Card Input Requirements. The LONGZ program reads all
card image input data in a fixed-field format with the use of a FORTRAN
"A", "I" or "F" editing code (format). Each parameter value must be
punched in a fixed-field on the data card defined by the start and end
card columns specified for the variable. Table 4-4 identifies each
variable by name and respective card group. Also, Table 4-4 specifies
the card columns (fixed-field) for the parameter value and the editing
code ("A", "I" or "F") used to interpret the parameter value. Parameters
using an "A" editing code are alpha-numeric data items used primarily
for labeling purposes. These data items can be punched anywhere in the
specified data columns and can consist of any character information. If
not punched, these data items are interpreted as blanks. Parameters
using an "I" editing code are integer (whole number) data items. These
data items must be numeric punches only and must be punched (right
justified) so the units digit of the number is in the far right column
of the field. If the punch field for the variable is not punched (left
blank), it is interpreted as zero. Parameters using an "F" editing code
are real number data items. These data items can be punched like integer
("I") data items (right justified) if they are whole numbers. However,
they must be punched with a decimal point (".") if they contain a frac-
tional part. These data items are interpreted as zero if not punched.
Card Group 1 in Table 4-4 gives the print output page heading
and is always included in the input data deck. Any information to
identify the output listing or data case may be punched into this card.
If the card is left blank, the heading will consist of only the output
page number.
Card Group 2 contains the parameters that specify the number
of input card sources, size of receptor arrays, the number of categories
in the input meteorological data, and the input source units and output
concentration units. These parameters are regarded as options because,
if any are zero, a particular function is not performed. Many of the
4-52
-------
-a-
I
w
J
PQ
c
o
H
4-1
cx
H
M
O
CO
cu
Q
cu /~.
21 ""O 4J
3 O cfl
H H
pi 4J O
O -H fn
fn TJ v-x
W
CO
c
-a g
^ 3
Cfl rH
C-3 O
o
cu
4-1
cu cu
cfl cfl
)-< 2!
cfl
P-i
a.
T) 3
i-i 0
cfl i-t
U O
rH
cu
^Q
m
^H
60
C
H
13
CO
cu
.c
cu
60
CO
Oi
^1
eu
4-1
o
CO
n
cfl
O
o
oo
^.J.
o
CS
0
oo
i-H
H
r-l
H
i
cu
,0
o
o oo
4J ,_{
CO ,fl
CU 60
0 3
n o
3 !-i
O J3
CO 4J
4J CO
3 00
O* «~^
c
H CO
a.
cu 3
60 O
cfl M
go
13
13 ^
W cfl
cfl U
O
^4
<4H CU
O 13
G
>-i 3
CU £
rC 13 O
e co rH
3 CU CU
M
1
i 1
O
ai
o
CO
1^,
m a) cu
en o j= jc x-s i
G u 4-1 4J -a o
O CO CU )H CU
4J3co o o co a) co iJ
Cd g -H rH 4J -H
G-HCO CO CO G, CU JS
H X G -H -H g W O
r^ Cfl O X X >->
6gO Cfl Cfl i-H 4J^V4
O ^^ 1 1 -H 3 O O
0 C X! fx H o.«4H
GO tfl c ^i
OJO-H 0) CU M -HgC
O^H4J J5 4: -U 3CB
(-l-UCfl 4J 4J -H (Ugi-H
3 cfl £3 ,O J2 *H fd
OW-H fi c M -MX
C04JJ3 -r( iH tfl Cfl<4-(
GS g e*-' ce-H
4JCUOCO COCU COCU -H
COOCU JH4J M-U CU CUT)
CUC O OCO OCO 4J C0,fifl
VfOCU^ 4J>^ 4J>) CU GE- «5C ^C
£< co co H 2;
1= H H P* co
PH P-t Cli 2 CU
o £3 &H S co
^y »"^ hg^ ^^ ^»
(N
CO
4J
3
cu
c,
Cfl
TJ
0)
60
CO
CU
rfi
4J
O
G
13
G
cfl
cfl
h
60
O
cu
cfl
O
H
4-1
Cfl
O
4J
CO
CU
CO
13
CU 41
M CO
CO 3
CO 60
(H G
CU -H
4j (U
Q) rQ
cfl CO
M -H
tfl
Oi ^
CU
CO
cu
H
K
4-53
-------
cu
3
C
H
4-1
O
I
-d"
c
0
H
4J
ft
H
Vl
a
CO
cu
Q
CU x~»
2 T) 4J
2 c5 i
H 5
CXj 4J 0
O -H En
En T3 ^
W
CO
G
TJ g
Vi 3
Cfl rH
CJ O
CJ
cu
4-1
cu cu
CO cd
Vi 2
PH
ft
T) 3
Vl 0
cd Vi
o o
i
0
1
0)
S
H
4J
Vl
O
!>>
4J
H
i-i
H
jl")
cfl
Cfl
rH
rH
H
3
cr
CO
cfl
PM
LM
O
Vi
cu
43
3
2
CN
M
O
CN
1
CN
*
w
( 3
M
H
cn
2
CN
<4H
O
c
>, o
a -H
C 4-1
cu u
3 eu
& to
01 -H
Vl T3
14-1
TJ
4J C
p3 co
H
O 'O
r-) CU
CU
CU Pi
43 CO
4-J
13
G G
H -H
co
CU <+-!
H O
Vl
o at
00 CJ
cu G
4-1 CU
cfl Vl
0 Vl
3
Cfl CJ
TJ 0
/*-%
4-1
C
o
CJ
m
co
H
4J
, I
3
cfl
0)
T3
CD
43
4-1
-a
G
cfl
VO
co
H O
£ M
3 0
S
H AS
td G
cfl cfl
6 H
cu
43 U-fl
H -H
1
CU
C rH
vH ft
e
CO O
cu cj
u
Vl CU
3 43
O 4J
CO
4-1
13 Cfl
CU
4-1 ?*.
cu vi
rH O
CU 4-1
*rt cl
1 CU
G >
0 G
G -H
u-i CU
0 P.
cfl
ll 1_1
0)
o 4J
S 3
3 ft
G 4J
3
rH O
cfl
4-1 CU
O 43
H 4-1
10
rH
O
CO
1
VO
CN
^
pd
o
2
»
O
Vl 1
cu to o
N 3 CU
rH 2
Vl ft
o
CJ .
T3 Di CO
cu ro cu
43 O 0
CJ C/2 Vl
C 2 3
3 0
ft Vl CO
O
4-1 CU
O O ft
c e! co
] i 4J
M-* O
M C/2 4J
2 3
ft
CO C
C CJ Tt
3 CO
Vi 3 U-j
O
CU S
43 cfl Vl
4J Vl CU
6043
<4-4 0 6
0 Vl 3
ft G
C
O CD CU
H 43 43
4-1 4-J 4-1
G
Cfl
43 »
^1 ^J
3
O^ ^
4J a
3 4J
O cfl
cu
G 00
cfl
CJ
4j fv;
3 p
ft O
S-3 ^2
H 2
43 43
4-J 4-1
0 -H
_ o ^
m T3
H CU
CO
>> 3
i-l
G cu
O Vl
cfl
Vl CO
cfl (I) O
co ft vi
CD Cfl CU
0) 4-1 N
cu
43
4-1
G
H
CO
cu
H
0
M
CU
JJ
cfl
a
TJ
CU
CU
ft
CO
TI
c
H
^
M-l
O
^
0)
£
^
2
CN
IH
CN
CO
1
i (
CO
K
Q
P4
FU
CO
2
vO
-rj
G co
H -H
^
S
0 g
H
CU X
o cd
G g
ai
Vl CU
Vl 43
3 H
CJ
o
o
G
«-l O
O -H
4-1
>, 0
CJ CU
G Vi
CU -H
3 "0
tr
CU T)
Vi G
MH CO
4J T3
G CU
H CU
O ft
!-) CO
Vl
o
^
c
cfl
(-1
U-I
H
cu
3
rH
CO
4J
rH
3
CO
14-1
CU
a
cu
43
CO
H
V40
13
C
cfl O
Cfl
cu
H
Vl
o
bO
CU
4-1
CO
O
J_J
o
4-1
CJ
CU
CO
G
o
H
4J
CJ
cu
Vl
H
TJ
13
G
H
5
M-l
O
VI
cu
43
S
3
2
CN
rH
C
C "H
H ^
i_l
O
k^
c
cfl
43
IM
H
vO
r-l
CO
rl
4J
rH
3
Cfl
cu
0)
43
4-1
Tj
C
cd
\D
t i
CO
H O
p.
H
CU
a.
cfl
cfl
u
cu
O
CO
O
T3
CO
Vi
00
o
VI
ex
0)
43
Cfl
O
o
4-J
Cfl
cu
CO .
T3
cu cu
£ *
CO 3
W
^
Q)
4J a;
CU 43
3 co
G
co
cu
H
K
4-54
-------
TJ
CU
H
4J
c
O
I
CJ
cu -a
ft CU
cfl 43
w a
C
4-J 3
3 ft
ft
G 4J
H 0
G
G
O 14-1
M
cu
CJ
M *
3 B
O cfl
ca s-i
60
4J O
CO >-l
CO ft
rH
CU
m r;
O 4-1
M >>
CU 43
43
s *o
D CO
fl CJ
J_l
cu
a cu
^1 43
3
0 O
CO 4J
^o
M
cr>
ro
1
CO
Oi
o
H
t/D
2
4-1
CN C
O
CJ
|
14-1
O
1
o
c
cu
cu
43
4-1
O
4-)
CO
*"C3
CO
CU
[4
B
cfl
S-l
60
O
}^
ft
cu
43
4-J
M
O
M
cu
N CU
rH
J-l -H
O >4-l
1
O
C 4J
0 3
H cfl
4-1
cfl co
M -H
4_1
C rH
cu cu
CJ 43
G cfl
O rH
a
ca
CU -H
43 43
4J H
00
G
H CO
> 4-J
-H -H
60 C
3
ca
M 4- *
> 3
rH O
rH i-t
Cfl O
CJ
H T3
4-1 M
cfl CO
E U
T3
C
CO CO
cu
O CO
-3- CU
n
G 4-1
B G
3 CU
O CO
0 ft
G 60
H G
H
4-1 -a
l-i G
CO Q)
4-1
CO T3
C
CO
T3
CU 60
43 C
O -H
C 13
3 CO
ft 0)
rH
CO
H CU
T)
rH 3
CU rH
43 O
CO G
rH -H
c
O
H
Cfl
CO
1-1
B
0)
CO
CU -H
a
!-l rH
3 (U
O 43
cfl cfl
rH
CU
43 CO'
4-1 T+
r-;
60 H
c
rl
H CO
60 4J
H
CO' C
i-i 3
CU
4-1 4->
U 3
cfl ft
S-i C
cfl «H
CJ CU
4-1
CN Cfl"
rH M
-J-
^
ro
LO
f^.
1
vO
..
y
H
3
rJ
c
J-l 4-1 B
CU M 3
4-1 rH
cu o
S CJ
Cfl T3
S-i CU C
Cfl 4-1 -H
ft rH
3 4-1
CU CO >-i
43 14-1 CO
4-i cu 4-i
T3 CO
T-t CO «
H TJ
a a)
CU CN 43
1 1 rH CJ
rH G
H ft 3
>+-i 3 ft
o
>, 5-1 CD
rH O -H
rH
Cfl 13 rH
O M CU
rl CO 43
4-1 U Cfl
Cfl rH
B a
O O CO
4-1 -H
3 £** 43
CO H 4-1
60
c
H
T3
c
CU
T3
c
CO
60
c
iH
*TD
cfl
cu
rH
OJ
o
3
rH CO
CJ 01
C CO
H CU
43
T3 4-1
c c
cfl CD
}-j
*d" Cfl
\O ft
o
01
CO
3
4-1
o
c
cu
ft
CO
4-1
4-1
3
ft
G
H
II
o
rl
o
r*y^
c
cfl
1 1
«
K^
43
0)
f^ *^
4-1 CU
H
S '1 1
0 -H
S-i U
U-l CU
ft
T) CO
CO
cu co
r-l 4-1
H
4-1 C
3 3
ft
C rH
H CO
o
CU -H
ft 60
CO O
4J H
II
I 1
,_J
tn
2
M
z
CN
M
CN
1
i 1
**^s
S
w
M
«
CO
ft
G
cu
ft
cfl
4-1
TJ
cu
60
cfl
42
O
o
42
4-1
O
G
TJ
3
60
O
^
ft
CU
43
4-1
43
>>
CO
U
H
4-1
cfl
O
4-1
cfl
cu -a
CO CU
CO
0) 3
M
cfl 60
C
CO -H
>-l CU
CU 42
4-1
CU CQ
CO CN
ft
r4
CU O
CO
CU rH
H II
*
4-55
-------
13
0)
3
H
4-1
a
o
u
I
«*
W
c
o
H
4-1
ft
H
Vl
O
to
CU
Q
cu x-\
;z; T3 4-1
<; o co
M O 6
H Vl
Pd 4-1 O
0 -H ^
M
CO
Cj
t) S
Vl 3
CO rH
0 0
CJ
Vl
4-1
cu o)
e e
CO cfl
Vl Z
CO
PM
ft
a 3
Vl 0
CO Vl
CJ CJ
0)
f
4J
^
0 J3
4-1
o
c o>
0) -H
T5 4J IM
01 4J -H
CO -rl U
3 Vl CU
S ft
4-1 CO
O CD
C -H CO
4J
01 4-> -H
ft 3 C
CO ft 3
4J 4-1
3 rH
4-1 O CO
3 o J
ft 01 -H PL,
4J ft 60 H
3 tfl o 0
0 4J rH 3
II II
o ^
Vl
O
^j
fl
CO
T-H
PQ
CM
M
*3"
1
n
CM
N '
^
C/3
H
-.
4-1
CO C
0
CJ
1
o ,a o
4J Vl
TO £U
C cu
0> -rl 6
4-1 co
O CO
B ^
cu
g 4-1
CO CU
Vl £
60 CO
O Vl
Vi CO
ft ft
II
O
Vl
o
AJ
c
cfl
PQ
CM
M
O
» 1
1
Ov
to
N^X
£5
CO
II
1
o
o
T3
c
CO
, 1
01
T3 W
O Vl
S o>
4J
4-J 01
3 E
ft CO
rl Cfl
ft
4-1
H O
ft 4J
II
r-t
rrj
^
CO
0
4-1
3
H
4-1
C
H
ft
CO
4-1 CU
O CJ
c vi
o o
13 CO
II
O
Vl
O
^
rj
CO
i 1
CM
r- 1
CM
t I
I
i i
i i
VD
^
C/3
r-l
CO
0)
CJ
Vl
3
o
CO
T3
Vl
Cfl
CJ
4-1
3
ft
C
H
4J
C
rl
Vl
ft
II
i 1
4-56
-------
a
cu
d
H
4-1
d
o
u
I
rO
CU r~-
rH
CU Q,
3
d 0
H rH
cfl O
rH
rH *rj
CU rH
4-1 CO
£_}
a
co g
cu o
4H
4-1
O CO
d d
o
O -H
"O 4J
II
O
rH
O
d
cfl
M
CN
H
vO
i i
1
in
rH
,-~\
00
^g
CO
M
CO
4-1
CO
"a
d
o
H
4-1
cfl rQ
r* f*"**
0)
rH D,
CU 3
O
d rH
H 0
cfl
rH rQ
rH rH
CU Cfl
4-1 C_)
*^3 S
CO O
0) rH
II
I 1
4-1 M
rH 01 1
d 0 & rH
4J rH O O< O CU
M _S 0) -i-t >-< O, C04JCQ
H 00 A to -H -H -H
H 4J CO CO O CU
SCUCO-H d s>?
CfljSCUgCU cOOCfl
rH SCUXd rHrOrH
d 4J 0 Cfl
Vl O rH CU *H rH rH
CU-HOJ334J CU4JCU
3M WOCfl 3rd?
OCOW rH4-l OOOO
& -rl VH MH CU CO O. -HP.
g o M ft T3 cu -a
-acup, rncu-Ordcflcu
a) M co cu to cu co
CJd-H .-HJ33 CUdT33
p,ocod H-> p.od
CO OWCflWCO COCO
aCU-HrdCUlH T3 >,
'OCU>4-100& "tJCUdfl
dcoocflTH s dco-ri?
lHCOrQ4-ICUrHCO -HCflCOrH
S^lCOCOXOrH 3rQrHCB
II II
O rH
M
0
r*
3
pq
CN
H
00
rH
1
I 1
CT*
N»X
rg
CO
M
d
cu
4J
4J
H
^
u
CO
H
4J
3
p.
4.)
3
o
4-1
d
rH
^H
p.
rH
rH
cfl
II
o
rH
0
d
cfl
pq
CN
M
o
CN
1
Ox
rH
CD
r H
S.X
^5
CO
M
VO
4-1
H
d
3
rH
£0
o
H
60
o
rH
o
4J
d
cu
4-1
4J
H
^
J5
CO
H
4-1
3
t-M
M
d
4-1
H
d
3
P.rH
4-1
3
o
4-1
r*
rl
rH
p.
rH
rH
cfl
II
o
A
d
cfl
a
rl
00
o
rH
cu
rd
4-1
o
4J
o
^
4-1
M
vO
in
o
4-1
H
cfl
3
a1
cu
4-1
o
d
to
H
d
1
u
H
rH
3
cu
^1
CO
CO
v^
rH
cfl
g
cu
rH
H
>4H
1
4_j
o
1
T)
d
cu
TJ
d
3
0
3
cu
M
CO
H
4-1
H
PJ
3
cu
r?
4-1
H3
d
Cfl
d
cu
u
4-57
-------
T3
cu
fi
H
4J
a
o
CJ
I
sr
w
C
o
rl
4J
P.
H
O
co
0)
Q
0) x-s
JZ 'O 4-J
2 o cfl
H C
PS 4J 0
O iH ^
W
CO
C
-o g
}H 3
CO rH
O O
U
Vi
0)
4J
cu a)
vi a
cfl
P-I
a,
rO j3
VI O
cfl )H
0 0
^
&
To
ru
Vi
4-1
o
C
CO
H
cfl
00
S
P. cfl
O 60
M O
a vi
P,
rl (!)
cfl J3
U 4J
II
O
o
C
cfl
rH
CM
M
CM
CM
1
rH
CM
X~N
i-H
i-H
CO
M
^
4J
CO C
O
U
cu
JO
o
4-1
co
rH
L-l Cfl
S ^*
E 60
' O
^1
CO P.
oo
CU
p, r;
3 4J
O
Vt ^i
rj ja
T3 T3
)H CO
cfl OI
U !H
II
-1
^
,-ft
O
TJ 4J
CO
CU CO
rl -H S
cfl
[ i ^^^ < [
O H 60
C § 0
CO W P.
r^ ^^^
cu
00 00 rC
rH i-H 4J
B
3 rl 3 ,0
O 60 O
vi o vi -a
O )H O CO
P. cu
*T3 'O IH
!H 01 Vl
cfl j3 CB a
U 4J U ^2
II II
O rH
o
C
CO
rH
PQ
CM
M
^^
CM
1
CO
CM
x~%
CM
1
CO
rH
C C CU
H ^5
CO /~v CO 4J
H fl -H cfl -a
cfl rH CU
S i-l S 0) -H
CU LO 0) Vl 14-1
CO 4J CO CO O
>> JH >i cu cu
co co co 4J a.
O CO CO
*O ^ T3 C >H
H -H -H 4J S
M Vi CO Vl T3 C H
60 CO 0) 60 !H «rl P
iH 4J O O
Vi 3 CO IH O a. T3
O 60 C O 0 C
4J C -H 4J CU CO
p, co -a p, IH x
CU 4-1 !-l CU Cfl 4J XI
a o o o rH s
cu cu o 01 o o N
IH Vl a I-l P. 4J O
II II
O rH
o
C
cfl
rH
pq
CM
M
vO
CM
1
IT)
CM
x"^
CO
i l
CO
M
""O M
01 cfl
O rH
cfl 3
rH 60
p4 rj - "^
CO CO
>> 4-1 aj
iH O 4J
H Oi CO
rl Vl C
CO T-l
IH P T3
4-1 -H IH
H 0
£> CU O
IH !H U
cfl CO ^^,
Cft CO
0) !H -A
4J O CO
0) 4J 0)
V* P- 4-1
CJ CU Vl
W CJ «
H CU C_)
T3 JH ^->
II'
O
o
C
Cfl
rH
PQ
CM
M
oo
CM
1
r*^
CM
/ N
>y
H -rl Xl
4-1
01 CO T3
iH rH CU
CO' -H
Vl CO CJ
o cu 01
4-1 4-1 P,
P. Cfl CO
01 C
O -H 4-1
0! -O C
IH IH -H
- O O
CU O P.
4J U
cu cu
a to j-i
CO rH
rl O O
II
i-H
S_)
«g«
p^
1 i
TJ
§
^
^H
G
r^>
4-58
-------
C
O
<
*"* L<
0) P
>
4-1 43
cfl
rH 13
01 0)
S-i -H
u-i
to -H
01 U
4J Ol
cfl CX
C tn
H
X3 4-1
rJ S >H
O -H g
O O H
a a. p
tn
01
H
\ i
-H
CO rH
C rH
0) CO
4J
H 0
4-1
c -a
01 01
rH W
3 3
j-i o) tn
3 rJ 01
4-1 CO Cu
^*»
01 >~x 4J
g P
cfl PM 01
to u u
0 H
01 M 3
43 CO O
4J * ' CO
II
o
jj
o
B
cfl
M
£N
h-l
CM
CO
1
r-H
CO
^(-^
rH
V*
CO
M
CO
01
H
4-1 tQ
T-1 ^
to o
C cfl
01 4-1
4-1 tO
c
rH ^4
0
4-1 I4H
B
01 13
rH 01
3 !-i
43 01
rJ 4-1
3 C
4-1 01
4-1 0)
C 43
01
M 0
01 4-1
U-l
M-l 0)
H rJ
T3 Cfl
II
rH
to
0)
U s-^
S-l O
3 II
O rH
CO U
PM
CO >H
01 H,
Cfl
to
O Jrf
B CJ
CO CO
4J
60 CO
£3
13 O
rH <4-l
H
3 P
43 PM
W
rJ O
O M
14-1 CO
13 01
B tO
cfl P
^-^
r 1
II 0
w
p^
fH .
H CO
v-' 01
CJ
60 !-i
B 3
T3 CO
rH
rH **N
3 CM
43 II
1 1
r4 M
O PM
U-l >H
H
^ x_ ^
PM
W cfl
O 0)
M >-i
CO cfl
13 T)
B S
CO cfl
0)
j-i
CO
Cfl
0)
H
4-1
H
to B
C O
0) -H
B 0.
H O
4J cn
B -H
0) 43
rH 4-1
3
43 !-i
M O
3 <4-l
4J
13
4-1 0)
rH ^
3 -H
CO >
U-i O
0) >M
13 Cu
CO
01 01
M 3
CO rH
cfl
tfl >
01
H i 1
4-1 Cfl
H In-
to 3
B ^
01
B u~l
ON
4-1 rH
B «-'
01
rH
3 rH
43 CO
}_|
3 4-1
4-1 01
J-I «
rH rJ
3 01
CO g
U-l CO
01 M
13 U
II
O
^
O
B
cfl
, I
CM
1 1
d"
CO
(
CO
CO
^ X
rH
^
CO
M
jj
o
B
rH
rH
H
^
g
Cfl
M
00
O
a
0)
t"j
H
O
II
^O
rH
**^*
^2
c/>
M
UH
H
tn
01
H
4-1
r-l
CO
B
4-1
B
H
B
01
rH
3
43
3
4-1
rH
4-J II
r^ /*"*\
,3 ^O
Cfl rH
M 1 ***
0) 3
13 W
M
0)
tn u-i
3 iH
o) cn
r4 01
CO 3
rH
tfl CO
01 >
H
4-1 B
H Cfl
tO 43
B rJ
01 3
B ''~s-
H in
r^
4J ON
B iH
0) --^
rH
3 rH
43 cfl
JM-
3 4-1
4-1 0)
4-1
rH 1-1
3 0)
CO g
U-l CO
01 M
13 U
II
r 1
4J
O
C CO
O)
rH -H
rH 4J
- 1 -H
3 tn
B
g 0)
Cfl 4-1
M B
00 -H
O
Cu B
0)
0) rH
43 3
H 43
^t
3
4-1
O
II 4-1
j***i\ ^H
vD 3
rH C3
*-_T* l^|
3 0)
CO 13
M
01
U-l CO
H 3
rH
II
X**.
^O
i-H
^^^
^
CO
M
U-4
-H
4-59
-------
-d
cu
3
C
o
M
-i O
cfl Vi
C_J O
C C
O O
H i-l
4-1 4-1
Cu ft
o o
cu o)
t-4 )H
3 3
4_) 4J
3 3
til l^j
!-( !-i
O O
MH «4H
^3 *O
CU 01
0) Ol
ca co
cu o)
PH I"**!
CM CN
M M
t*o oo
en en
1 1
en en
x"*v x^»
00 CTi
rH rH
N X ^->
s rs
C/l C/3
M M
~
4-1
f) C
o
^
c
o
H
4-1
ft
O
CU
i-i
3
4-1
3
14-1
5_,
O
4-4
13
Q]
fc
0)
CO
cu
pi
CM
M
O
x^
1
en
/ N
o
CM
x-^
£Z
CO
M
U-l
O
e
3
B
-i-l
X co
CO 0)
£ Or
CO
CO 4J
CO 4J
Ol CU 3
B ft ft
3 CO C
CO 4-1 -H
Cfl
cfl u y_i
3 O
6 ft
CO C V4
M -H 0)
60 J3
o cu e
}-> C 3
& o c
u n
0 0
J-i A
O
c
C A 1
i\ CO
ca
CN
M
CM
*>
I-J
[H
Z
M
Z
CM
4-1
H
C
3
T-H
cfl
U
H
60
O
--I
CO
H
01
ft
Cfl
4->
3
ft
C
H
O
4J
T)
CU
CO
3
J_j
cu
"e
^
4-1
H
C
rH
CO
O
H
60
O
rH
II
O
A
C
cu
ft
cfl
4-1
4-1
3
ft
C
H
4-1
CO
!H
H
MH
0)
4-1
0)
a
c
01
)-l
0)
U-l
I-l
f
^
fl
C 0
O 4-14-1
3
Cfl T3 ft
H CU C
CO -H
0) 3
r4 T3
01 i-l C
JS 01 O
4-1 J3 O
B cu
CO 3 CO
01 CU C
E ft 0)
3 CO 4J JS
CO -U tH 4-1
cfl n
CO 4J 30)
3 O
6 ft rH C
cfl c cfl o)
>H -H a i-i
60 iH 0) CU
O CU 60U-I ft
i-i fl O 0) cfl
ft O rH )H 4-1
II II
0 0
!H A
O
C
c
CO
rH
P3
CN
M
00
SJ"
1
r*-
"^
CM
s *
H-3
pL|
Z
H
Z
4-60
-------
T3
CU
C
H
4-1
C
O
o
PQ
c
o
H
CX
H
O
CO
cu
Q
cu ^
J25 ""O 4-*
< O rt
IX U S
H >-i
Pi 4J O
O -H fe
fr T3 v'
W
CO
c
o e
H 3
rt rH
0 0
o
t-l
cu
4J
cu cu
e e
rt rt
J-i 13
rt
ex
rO 3
!-i O
rt ^
cj e>
o
c
CU
J-i
rt
cu
cu
X!
4-1
CO
cu
^
co
CO
rt
1
1-1
00
o
J-l
CX
II
o
^,
o
c
rt
pa
CN
M
O
1
CTi
-3"
/^
co
**-s
! 1
fn
M
S3
CO
CD
cu
cx
rt
4-t
4-1
3
CX
CS
H
O
4-1
ti
a
x:
cu
o
e
^
4-1
C
0
o
o
4-1
4-1
T3 3
CU CX
CO C
3 -H
M ""O
cu u
3 4-1
C
cu
^j /""i
H 4J
C
3 CU
O
rH C
« CU
U !-i
H CU CU
00 MH CX
o cu rt
i-H (-1 4->
II
o
A
c
CO
4-1 O
H 4-14-1
4-> C 3
CO 3 T3 CX
M CU 4->
H rH CO 3
UH rt 3 O
CJ
0) -H 1-14-1
x: oo cu co
4-1 O XI i-l
rH B -H
CO 3 <4H
0) co C
S -H CU
3 4-> XI
CO CU -H 4-1
co ex c
rt rt 3 a>
4J 0
g rH C
rt 4J rt cu
1-13 O l-i
00 CX -H 0) CU
O 4-> 00 HH CX
M 3 O CU rt
CX O rH M 4-1
II II
o o
M A
0
C
«3
rt
«
CN
H
CN
m
i
, i
in
, ^
i i
V-X
^ -3
p-<
H
0
0
C
cu
CO CX
H rt
4-1
cu
1-1 4J
0) 3
XS CX
4-1 4-1
3
CO O
cu
B cu
3 C
CO O
CO
rt c
w
e x:
rt 4-1
1^
oo cu
O V4
M O
CX g
II
o
^1
o
c
rt
PQ
CN
M
<)
m
1
en
m
**^».
cs
x^
t 3
pL(
H
o
o
O 4J C
4J 3
ex cu
T3 4J 1-1
a) 3 rt
CD O
3 CU
T) ^4
l-i C cu
cu o x:
XI CJ 4-1
B cu
3 co co
C cu
cu B
4J X! 3
H 4J CO
C co
3d) rt
U
rH C B
rt cu rt
CJ 1-1 1-1
H 0) CU 00
00>4H CX O
0 CU rt H
rH IJ 4-1 CX
II II
o o
A )-i
o
S
c
rt
M
CN
M
vD
m
1
in
in
/~^
CO
X '
^J
pE-l
H
o
CO
cu
CX
rt
4J
4-1
3
CX
4->
3
o
o
^
4-1
c
rt
x:
4-1
CU
1-1
Q
g
o
4-)
0
cu
CD
3
CO
1^
0)
i
3
c
4J
H
c
3
rH
rt
o
H
00
o
rH
II
o
A
c
4-1
3
CX
4-1
3
o
T3
1^
rl
4-1
0)
?"!
4-1
cu
o
c
01
1-1
CU
U-l
01
r*
cu
CX
rt
4J
A-61
-------
13
0)
G
H
4->
O
U
M
-4 O
cfl S-i
U O
0)
C T3 O
H ^ O
>4-l CO 14-1 O
01 0 -H -t
o
<+-i o) co 44 m
O O M 4-1 CJ O
4J CO CO Q)
S-I T3 T3 g
0) 60 0) 3
43 G S-i CO TJ S
S -H 0) -rl S-i -rl 0)
3 CO 43 43 CC X l-l
G 3 H H 0 cfl 01
B 43
Ol 0) 4J
43 !-l » . 3 CO 4J
4J CO C 01 P, 3
O H C 01 P.
>> 3 -H 0) -H ^ C
^W O 4-1 43 cfl -H
H >> C3 0)
0 C 13 42 01 0)
01 CO -H CO 4-1 !-l 43
P. S-i 43 0> 01
to oi E s-i E 43 G
42 O O H CO
o E cj co ^ o
4-13 O) >4-t
C 0) 3 . 4J
T3 1 U i-l T3 O cfl
01 Q M CO 0) 43
CO M 3 > 4J II 4J
3 O 4J
01 CO PL, -H PL, CO
>* O JD E 3 0)
cfl !-i 43 O O O 3
H 3 0 prf rt t-H
VJ O cfl O to O cfl
>3~
M
O
CN
O
>
p_j
p5
o
0
CO
2
-i
C O H cfl
1 cfl 0 T3
Q T3 01 > 1-1
M 0) U CO CO
C M O 4J 0
0) -H 3 O cfl
O ,.Q O ^^ 'X3 J '
M S co -H 3
3 O cfl p.
0 0 ,_) 14-1 -H G
CO cfl o 43 -H
0) 3 H
Q) 43 T3 E Q)
43 4J -H 3 43
4-) > S 4J
CxO-H -rl 0)
.- ^ «-i fc> ., c3
^» W w ?i W G
<4H -H C Cfl 01 O
H S -H S 43 !-i
O V-i H-l O
01 O "O Cfl 4J
P. IH c 3 T3 II
CO CO 0) P. 01
G J-l C -U fl,
O -H 4J CO -H 4J tD
4-13 -HO
o) p. 01 oi E prf
T3 CO 4J M 43 O O
01 3 3 01 &
CO O 43 G CO
3 O H cfl -H 4-t
4J 0) O -H
>> a p,
cfl co ^ « 4J 3 44
M S-i 3 4J CO o CJ
S_l 0) O 3 43 ^ O)
OO-X)
VO
M
CO
r )
43
O
CN oo cd X-N
vo « i r^ o) *O
II 1 S-l
r-» o u
14-1
**^r
Prf
O
Q
M
LO
.
CO 4-1 4-1
S-I O 4-> CO 3
0) | C 4J p.
01 -H 43 S-i O g -H -H
S X 4-> p, 0) O
cfl 4J Vj p, 0)
C 1 5^ Q) S^ 0 43
HXr-143 cfl C M4J
G 4J 4J -H G
CO 0) O CO i-l B
4J 43 Ol G O
H M )-i 43 4J CO M-l
O M 01 4J E
P. G N CO O) 13
H 1 CO -H S-I 0)
S-i C E C iH 4J
O-r-IOIQ T3014-1O
4JIM4J G4J G43-H
P,0)CO COO4JEII
0) T) >> Ol S-i CJ O
CJ CO S-I -H Ol 0) CO
OIS-I CfllWC04JCOH
S-i Q) T) CO -H S
T3 -H CO Ol O) S-I PM
CO S-I S-I4J4343 01 AX
K -H Ol O
PM OOS-i O CC13 60MM-I
X G O P. C 00 -H
g; v-( 4J 6 Cfl O
T3 p, O 3 4J 13 44
OOIO4JCO-HCOCOOI
CJ 0) C6 !«! 0) cj T3
>> CO S-I 4J Cfl CO
Cfl CO CO 6 3 CO Cfl
S-I Ol V-| CO 01 -H 4J
M C43-H M434-I43 cfl
O
O
I I
Pn
oo
CJ
Oo O cfl /-^
' CM 00 0) T)
1 1 1 S-I
' i i i i M cfl
< t»» O cj
4-1
X
K
K
VD
a
H
0)
43
CO
H
co a)
M P,
^^ CO
4-1
4-1
3 4->
P. 3
c a,
H G
H
Ol
P. ai
cfl 4=
4-1 4-1
H O
t-i
^i LM
O
0) C
T3 0)
M
T) CO
^ 4-1
CO
o co
H
4-J
3 CO
p. M
G Q)
rl 4J
01
01 S
43 cfl
4J ^1
S-i 01
M-l CO
0)
-a 43
01 4-1
4J
[ I Ij
H O
o
G
Ol O
CO 4-1
CO
co S
3 O
O "4-1
M-H
T3 0)
3^
01
CO 13
0) 0)
43 CO
H 3
K
X
4-62
-------
CU
C
H
4J
a
o
u
I
i
4J 3
O. to x
CU -H Z
CJ
cu a, M-I
J-l 3 -H
o
co u 4*:
4-1 00 U
cu cu
S-l T3 13
U J-i
to cfl CO
H O 4-1
13 cfl
CO 13
H -H
PM 43 4-1
£* H 3
pC £U
S 5
Z 1-1
to
M-l J-l CU
0 CU 43
4J 4-1
^ CU
to e e
Vl 0
<1 -H M-l
O
CD
11
£tj
oo
CJ
o o o a s-^
I CN OO CU 13
II 1 J-l
i i i i i M cfl
> i f*» O CJ
M-l
X
*
*
cfl
\o
I a. cu C/D
CO 13 0) 43 W H
S-l C O CO 4J CU -T-l Z
CU CU CU O CU 4-1 px.
4J CJ J-l ^ S *^ CO p. £H
QJtn 4J3CS-I3Z
E co cu to co cu o
43 4J 10 C J-l <4H
H iH S-) -H 00
M-l -H 6 X T3 4»J
CO x""\ O '11 HJ 03 O Ki O
4J en }-i 4J co cu
C I CO CU 00 CU CJT)
H "-' -rl 43 O 43 13
O. C/j CO £X CO -H 4J
M 1 >-, M-l 3 43 cfl
S-l SH rH CU O H 13
OS C 43 4J
4JOCUO4J4JC 4-1
CX 43 M CU 3
QJ bO -W ^H ** CQ E 03 fv
ac HO4JCU4JC
CU -i-l 00 S-l W S-l C -H
S-4 13 C CU a -H
C -H N CU C 0 CU
H a -H CU C 4J 4J
Z CU M-l 4J O CU 00
pu, 'O CU CO £3 to 43 C3 S
>-i T) >, -H 4J -H O
Z to to cu C J-i
cu s-i s-i 4J to -H M-I
M-l CU CU T3 cfl CO "H CO
O J-l 13 -H S-l g T3
OOS-I S-l CO-H13 CU CU
P*\ 0) O 00 4J 'II r^ LJ ij
cfl 13 !3 O 4J
S-4 OOS-l-HCUCJCU-rlO
-l
K
X
.
x-N 4J
W & 3
4-1 ^H O.
C v ' t3
H S -rl
O C/3
a, M cu
M C 4J
o o
4J &
OH 00 O
CU (3 S-l
a -H M-I
CU 13
J-l C -O
cu cu
CU Q, 4-1
u cu 4-> o
CU TJ -H
^ 6 II
a en o
10 CU H
H CU to PH
13 S-l «rl fH
00 3
H cu a x
PM 'O 3 Z
[3 J-l J-i n-j
XI O 60-H
Z
tfl T) ^> CU
cfl E CO cfl
S-l -H 4-1
S-i C 43 cfl
< -H H 13
O
O
i i
fa
00
o
O O O cfl x-x
i CM CO CU 13
II 1 S-l
i i » i i I S-i cfl
? * r^ o cj
>-i
K
CO
00
H
CU
CN
i-l
O
CO Q)
3 -u
Pu 3
c a
ri C
H
CU
p. CU
Cfl J3
4J 4J
H O
H
rM M-l
O
CU fi
13 CU
^5
T) cfl
J-l 4-1
Cfl
CJ tO
H
4J
3 CO
a j-i
C cu
H 4J
cu
cu e
43 cfl
4J J-l
CO
n cu
M-l CO
Q)
T) 43
CU 4J
H O
O
CU O
Cfl 4-1
CO
to S
ex s-i
3 O
O M-l
S-i C3
00 -H
-a cu
S-l 43
cfl H
CJ
0) .
W 13
0) QJ
43 CO
H 3
4-63
-------
cu
G
o
u
si-
sr
rJ
pq
H 4-1 |2 Xl t-l
S S3 4-1 CO Cfl
l-l M CO >
C >. B -H
H XI O M "4-1
CU CU O
W CO CO XI ft
£ EH *r*l 4-1 cfl r-l
OS -H 4J QJ
H pL( CU (D *O
J 1 K> *1 iJ Lj
** c*S fJ * rn
CO 3 O M-i 3 O
> H -H ft
CU CU 00 C CU
rH XI r« -H XI
CU 4-1 T3 O 4J ft
Vw CU C 3
H O U O rJ
cfl to !-i IM 00
M r4 CO 4-1 O
t-i o T-I co 4-1 -a
eu 4J xi *a o Y> M
4J ft H II CU CO
cu 4J co 4-1 a
u-i 0 3 H
o , CU -H X 4J XI
CO XI 4-1 & 4J
s-4 o co cu cu
W CO >, XI r-l 0) O
4-l
CO r-l Ti
r-l 00
CU ^
4-1 T3 O
CU U CJ
B Cfl -0
O
C -a
H CO J-l
r-l CO
co x; u
C H
O 4J
H 3O
4-1 ft
Cfl rJ fl H
^ O Ti
CU 4-1 H
rH ft CU fi,
CU QJ XI >>
a 4-1 ^
G a; M
CO O
r-l CU rJ M
r-l 4-1 U-I O
CU CU
4J )-l T3 O
U CU
"4-1 CO J-l ||
O -H 4J
-a -H x->
>> B co
co x: o ^
>-i a &
H cfl CO CO
4-1 4J
O Cfl
00 C -H
C ^"-^
*H 4J
^ nJ v"3
u-i oo B
O ft O
CU 3 U-I
ft O
CO M 4J
O rH
co *a cfl
r-l S-l U-I
t-l Cfl CU
X! CO
H 3
K
K
4-64
-------
13
0)
G
H
4J
C
o
i
-3-
pq
<
H
G
O
H
4-1
CX
H
Vl
O
to
0)
Q
0) .--,
J3 ^rj 4J
2 O Cfl
H C
p4 4-> O
O iH fe
ft, *rj ^* '
W
CO
C
-d 6
Vi 3
CO rH
U O
U
Vl
01
O) 0)
i ctj
Vi 2
cd
fx,
CX
13 3
Vl O
cfl Vi
O O
1 T3 Vl
Vl Vl G O)
3 O CO Vi 13
U 4-1 O Vi
O >, O
O C Vi Q)
O O 60 0)
4-1 -rl CO CB 43
O 4-1 01 4J 4-1
O 4J G
>-, CO CO 01 Vl
o vi o a o
G -rl 1-14-1
O) 13 >> 01
3 cfl cx 4-1
0"C T3 X
01 C 1 cfl 01
Vl Cfl "4-t 4-1
UH O Cfl
13 1 cfl 01
4J a) a) 43
C 0) g 13 4-1
H CX-H Q)
O CO 4-1 CO 01
T-I CO Ol
13 JH co co
Q) C O Vl
43 iH CX CO
4J U >, X -01
4J Q) G 3
60 Q) vH 0 rH
C 43 rH G -H Cfl
r! 4-1 t-t O W >
> 43 W O
H 4-1 Cfl CO CO 4-1
60 O 4J 0) Vl 3
CO W 4n CX
^ 0) C
cfl O 43 43 CO -rl
Vl G O O
Vl O) cfl cfl to 4H
^
r4
*
K 43
K CJ
K Cfl /-^
O O O 0> 13
t-H CN vO Vl
1 1 1 Vl cfl
rH r 1 1 1 O CJ
0-
W
pfy
^
*
)£
cfl
oo
^^
4-1 01
H 0)
rH W CO
H 0>
G 43 3
H Cfl « rH
4-1 G Cfl
to co o >
01 Cfl
Vl 4H Cfl 4-1
3 O fll 3
4-1 CO CX
cfl G G
Vl O 13 -H
0) iH G
CX 4-1 Cfl 4-1
So o
01 C >.
4«J J i~i TH
4H O 01
Vl 6013
H Cfl 01 M
CO 4J O
CO cfl
4J CO O 0)
G 43
01 G !>> 4-i
H -H cfl
43 > 13 Vl
S "H 1 0
CO CO 'i i M )
N< O
4H | 4J
O Cfl CO *
CU B' O)
>-, CU -H 4-1
Cfl Vl 4J
Vl 60 01
Vi CO Vl 43
<$ 13 O 4J
O
O
I 1
pL|
vO
CJ
O O O cfl , x
-H CN \O 0) 13
It 1 Vl
*-H rH il Vl Cfl
-i in o o
4H
H
K
ic
*
CTl
Cfl Vl 0)
CO O 43
4-1
to >»
Vl 4J 01
O) iH CU
4-1 rH 00
0) iH to
S 43 01
cfl 3
G 4-1 G rH
H to O cfl
to >
CO 13 Cfl
43 C 01 4J
4-1 Cfl CO 3
CX CX
CO T3 13 G
13 01 G -H
Q) cfl
Vl CX 4H
ai to >» o
>> Vl
CO 13 O Vl
rH C 60 0)
H 0) 13
60 S 4J Vl
G CO O
H 4H O
X O 01
H >s43
S G « 4-1
O 13
4H -H 1 Vl
O 4J 4H O
O O 4H
>, G 1
cfl 3 01 4J
Vl 4H 0 X
Vi -H CO
<; CO 4-1 4-1
o
o
1 1
fn
vO
o
O O O cfl x-v
i i CN vo 0) 13
II 1 Vl
I « i i I Vl cfl
t-i in o cj
ii
g
K
K
*
O
ii
60
C
H
CU
43
Cfl
rl
r 1
II
/"\
14
N^
^J
CO
M
FC3
4-i
H
£j
4J
3
CX
pj
H
01
CX
CO
4J
4H
H
^
CJ
0)
13
13
CO
CJ
3
CX
ri
rl
Q)
j2
4J
g
0
^1
U-l
T-J
o)
4J
4J
H
g
O
CO
cfl
CO
CX
3
O
60
13
cfl
O
01
CO
01
43
H
K
*
K
x_x
^
CO
M
rl
vT
01
^
0)
5
o
33
01
CX
CO
4J
4-1
3
CX
G
H
01
43
4-1
g
0
4H
G
0)
^
Cfl
4-1
to
H
CO
at
4-1
0)
cfl
Vi
CO
CX
Q)
to
Q)
rj
4-1
Vl
O
4H
G
O
H
4-1
cfl
g
£^
O
4H
G
H
0)
r\
4J
Tj
C
CO
13
01
W
3
e
CO
Vl
60
O
CX
CO
43
4J
^
43
T)
cfl
01
Vl
O
Vl
CO
CO
CX
3
O
V-)
60
13
Vl
CO
O
0)
CO
0)
43
4-J
»
CN
Vl
O
O
II
-a
Vl
cfl
U
C
o
y
y*
£t)
4H
H
Q)
rH
43
CO
O
H
iH
CX
CX
CO
4-1
O
G
cu
Vl
CO
a
c
CO
^
CO
Vl
Vl
cfl
to
H
43
4J
Vl
o
4-4
13
co
to
3
to
C
3
i-H
0
CJ
13
Vl
cfl
O
4-1
rH
3
cfl
4H
CO
13
0)
43
4-1
0)
Vl
CO
OJ
to
01
43
H
JC
K
K
K
4-1
3
CX
G
H
CO
H
CO
CX
3
O
Vi
o
4-65
-------
13
0)
H
4-1
O
C_5
Cd
nJ
m
<
H
c
o
rl
4J
P.
H
}_i
0
CO
cu
Q
CU X-N
Z 13 J-l
-i O
cfl S-i
CJ O
I
C cu
QJ S-I Ol CO
4J Ol 13 C/3 0)
0 P. G 3
P, cfl i-H
G cfl
<4-l -H 13 >> >
O > 0) S-l
i-l O> O 4-J
4J CU P. 60 3
G :*: en cu P.
CU 4J G
H W 13 CO -H
T) O> C O
CO CU -H H-|
S-l S-l 5 ?» O
60 60 CO
0) M-l T) !-i
iH 13 O 1 CU
CO 14-1 13
0 C G 0 M
rl i-l 0 1 O
4J -HO)
Vi O) 4-1 g 0)
01 W 0 -rl 43
> 3 C 4J 4-1
J-l 3
cu cfl m s-i t-i
& M O O
4-1 0) Cfl <4-l
P. >>
14-1 g CO 4-) 4-1
O CU Cfl -H X
4-1 i-l 0)
>^ j-l 1-1 4-1
ca i-i cu 43
t-l Cfl 4-1 CO 01
!-) -H Q) 4-1 43
<2 j-i g en 4-i
o
o
I
Lx<
SO
0 s-*
O O O cfl 13
-I 01 SO Ol VJ
II 1 Cfl
i I »-f i I S-I O
-i in o
M-l
N
Q
&4
p
*
*
1
13
CU
CO
3
S-l
0)
01
g
cfl
03
P.
a
o
1 1
o
cu
S-I
S-i
o
o
rj
o
H
J-l
O
cu
H
T3
"O
G
H
&
O
r*n
[xi
r*-
I
t I
W
"^4
H
O
K
K
*
CN
i I
r?
4-1
^1
O
G
G
H
CU
0
CU
cu
m
H
>>
G
cO
^i
O
>4-4
4J
0
cu
o
o
o
J-l
^
T) CU
H ,C
t^ 4J
60 CO
CU
M ^
O
J-l Ol
P. J3
CU 4-1
O
CU fx,
CU 13
O 0)
C C
CU -H
*j Ui
cu cu
y-i 13
o>
M CO
cfl
0
4-1 4-1
^j
>. 0
f^ C
r^ *"O
Oi G
C cfl
H
0) 01
13 4-1
CO
CO >,
Cfl Cfl
o o
W M
O IH
O
Ol T3
M (U
4-1
0) O
S-l CO
0) i-i
13 >->
,0
cfl 3
4J CO
cO
13 CO
H
'O
c w
H H
5
' 0)
§e
H
4-1
CO
4J 13
CO CU
^t
Jj
O
60
CU
U
(fl
0
C
o-
H
4-1
O
01
t-l
r-4
n
13
G
H
43
0
cfl
0)
1
O
S-I
p.
o
4-1
13
0)
CO
3
M
O
4-1
a
CO
G
o
CO
cu
>
o
o
CO
4-1
G
t-H
0)
13
O
o
0
i I
frj
p^
r-H
1
oo
K>
H
2 '
"rf 4-1
3 -rl
C
C 3
o
H CU
JJ 4J
cfl cfl
S-l S-i
4-J
c c
S o
0 -H
C w
o co
0 -i-l
g
4-1 01
3
P. 0>
4J 0
3 S-i
0 3
0
13 CO
0)
W 4J
H 3
CO P.
cu C
-a -H
cu cu
43 43
4J 4-J
CU g
0 0
3 S-i
13 «w
O
O
r^
X
1 1
Cfl
H
fc^l
H
S-i
O
*4-l
4-1
i \
3
cO
U-l
01
13
C
O
rl
4-1
Cfl
^4
4-1
G
01
O
o
o
01
ff~\
H
G
H
4->
4J 3
3 P.
a c
4-1 -H
3
O 13
G
60 CO
rj
H H
g CU
3 4J
CD 0)
to g
CO
O
g i-l
cfl 4-3
S-i 3
60 O
S-i S-i
0) 0)
a a
to en
g g
cfl cfl
60 60
O O
S-l S-l
o o
H -H
E g
13
C
O
O
01
£-1
01
a
CO
g
CO
H
60
B
H
CO
4-1
H
C
3
01
O
!-i
3
0
13
01 S-i
CO O
3
O
60
G II
H
CU x-»
CO S
H C/3
^^ CU
s >
co cu
I-l
15 «
4-1 P.
3 co
P, 4-1
G
H 4-1
3
CU P.
P. G
cd i-l
4J
CU
^ S
o o
O S-i
TJ <4-l
T) C
M CU
cfl ^5
O cfl
4->
U S
3 cfl cfl
P, -H M
C 00
H CO O
cu cu
H cfl CN
K
K
K
4-66
-------
01
3
H
4-1
C
O
o
M
o
O -H fn
UH -0 ^
W
CO
"° H
CO rH
U 0
U
Vl
Q)
Ol Q)
e e
cfl cfl
J"l t^4
Cfl
PM
a.
13 3
Vl O
CO Vl
C_) cj
CO
Vl Ol
01 Vl
4-1 CO
Ol
6 CN
cfl
^ o.(
cfl 3
0; O
01 O
r\
4-1 13
- cfl
C U
0)
CO G
O O
A
O Ol
co o
H ,O
cfl
H H
CO 2
<*-< rJ
0)
-a -a
C
01 cfl
A
4J H
4-1 J3
M hJ
'"7
fy* 4J
H C
O
u
K
* 4-1
* a
CM O
I U
4-1
01
CO
^
rH
r-H
Cfl
O
H
4-1
CO
e
o
4-1
3
CO
1
H
Vl 00
O O
rH
V O w
Vl Vl i
003
(X 0) m
J-l 4J (it
H 0) oJ
^0 £ <-rt
W-l 01 QJ
°:5£
/ \
rJ -fl
01 O .
SI
1-1 l"£j
^^ *S -U 3
<" « r-l rH
i ' Ol nj cfl
W & o >
O
f^
ti^
^^
CN
1
00
i4
*^
rc
C 1
H G
H
01 13
4-J Vl
CO O
C 0
H 0
a
Vl Vl
O cfl
O rH
a o
a.
/ -\
S Vi
H O
!~* m
**~*
G
G -H
03 bO
H -H
CO Vl
0) O
4.J
Vl 01
CO rG
CJ 4-1
4-1 <4H
CO O
cu
£ co
1 Vl
4-1 01
CO 4-1
CO Ol
[V] C3
o
*
I-N.
fe
t i
CO
I
CN
fe3
~g^
H
r^3
0
Vl
0)
N
CO
H
0)
3
rH
cfl
^
4-1
rH
3
CO
M-J
Q)
'O
01
f~]
H
CO
0)
4-1
cfl
C
H
1
0) G
4J -H
cO *T3
c M
H O
-O 0
Vl CJ
O
0 Vl
a to
rH
^~\ o
s &.
H
3 VI
*-* o
MH
G
CO G
H -H
CO OC
0) -H
JJ ti
Vl 0
cS
U Ol
<-J
^3 4-J
4-1
3 4H
O O
CO
1 CO
rG Vl
4-1 01
Vl 4-1
O 0)
S 6
0
fs^
fl^
co
C^)
i
CN
CO
r*
^r]
^
p~i
Q
l|
0}
N
CO
^
Ol
3
CO
>
^
rH
3
CO
01
Ol
H
CO
O)
4J
CO
CN
Vl CJ
0) 01
a, co
CO 1=
Vl
oj oo
4-1
Q) cr>
E
CO
G -H
H
4J
4-J "S
H CO
> m
CO Ol
Vl 13
00
0)
O A
4J H
0)
3
rO rO
CU
G Vi
O CO
H 3
4J 0*
cfl co
Vl
0) 13
i-l G
QJ o
O O
CJ 0)
-u
O CO
CO G
O
CO -H
Vl 4-J
CU cfl
4-1 4-J
0) CO
6 M
G Oi
H A
4-1
4-1 CO
A 0)
00 £
H
01 Vl
X O
o
p-s.
In
CN
1
O
<
PS
N
\D
CO
H
0)
3
rH
Cfl
4-1
t-H
3
cfl
<+H
0)
13
0)
_rj
£_|
*^
01
Vl
3
CO
cfl
0)
6
CO
Cfl
CO
0)
J-l
0)
e
O) Vl
CO O
O
oo
C II
H
Ol x-x
w
H
14-4
S >
C/2 (L)
M &
O
js ss
,»
U (X
3 CO
a -u
c
H 4J
3
ai a,
O. C
cfl -H
4J
(U
M-t .C
H 4J
-* S
O O
(U M
*a m
CO ^
a to
4J .
w e
3 CO CO
p. -rl Vl
C 00
H W O
VI Vl
Q) <1) (X
J3 W
4-1 (U 0)
e « 5
O Vi
Vl cfl >,
13 0) 13
01 CO CO
4J 0) 0)
4J rC Vl
H 4J
B oi
O Vl Vl
O cfl
O) IM
Vi ca
cfl G CX
o
CO
3
O
4-1 Vl
3 CO 00
o e
Vl Vl 13
(50 O Vl
T3 C a
Vl -H
Cfl Q)
CJ O) CO
,C 0)
Ol 4-1 JS
CO 4-1
01 13
AC"
H Cfl CN
K
K
K
4-67
-------
T3
cu
e
H
U
e
o
o
W
n4
P5
Description
CU X-N
a 13 w
<£ Q rt
H S
P5 -U O
O -H PM
F*< T» »-*
H
CO
« e
Vl 3
rt H
U 0
u
Vl
CU
u
oi cu
rt rt
Vi 3
rt
PM
O.
T3 3
Vl 0
rt vi
u o
Air entrainment coefficient for an adiab-
atic or unstable atmosphere. The default
is 0.6
Air entrainment coefficient for a stable
atmosphere. The default is 0.66
Coefficient (seconds ) of time dependent
pollutant removal by physical or chemical
processes. Default is zero or no decay
o o o
in in 1-1
P4 h <-i
Fn
CT> vO CO
m <>o r-»
I i I
ro o r-»
in \D \o
-I IM ?H
§ S ff")
i-H 4-l
^^
^4
PM
U
CJ
M
CO
K
X
K
to
M «
CU
js a
4-1 n)
H 4J
4J 3
3 eu
CX C
C -H
H
cu
CU J3
CX -U
^! C
o cu
cu AS
TJ rt S
JJ cfl
-a IH
V-l CO M
rt -H o
O l-i
co a
4J VI
3 CU 0)
P. 4J ^3
j- CU 4J
H 6
CO !>>
CU Vi JZ
J2 cd
-u a, -a
CB
CU
cu
CO
CU
J3 CU
U !-(
CO
Vl
M
O
4J <4H O.
H 3
SCO
O O
Q]
i-i
H 60
CO
Vl CO
o u
3 C QJ
O -H CO
VI 0)
00 Q) .C
X -U
T3 4J
Vl
rt T) CN
O C
rt Vi
cu o
CO T3
cu cu o
,C CO
H 3 II
*
K
JC
4-68
-------
C
O
U
C
o
H
4J
ft
H
J-f
O
CO
01
Q
O) ^N
Z 13 4-1
<* O cfl
H fi
P3 4-> O
O -H PLI
h 13 ^
w
co
c
-d S
fi 3
Cfl H
U 0
U
J-.
0)
0) 01
cfl cfl
J-i 23
cfl
PJ
ft
"O 3
J-l 0
CO J-l
O O
oo i
.n e
O 13 vO Pi -H
CO C <
01 O - H " CO
o n co »H -H
4-1 0) . 3
O CO -3- T3 * -o
fi "-" M
0) M - cfl 01 (u .
3 Q) u-) 13 O y o
H ft C S
cfl CN CO ^ Q)
> CO 4J to c N
J-i - CO 0) m
C OJ 10 -H rH CO
CO JJ r-~ 01 J-i ,n -H
H QJ ,C 0
TJ S O 4-1 60 rfl (4
01 0) <
E fi 01 S-i 4J n_, PQ
H J-i O CO .H |3
0) CO 4-1 O
rC >> T3 4-<
4-1 J-l CO O T3 QJ o
O 01 0) 0) -0
60 00 3 CO 0) -H 0)
C Q) r-t ~>. ft > 3
H 4J CO E CO o iH
C (0 > 1 J-i Cfl
HO iO T3 cu >
cfl 4J.fi
4J 13 r-l CN -H CD >-
C 0) 3 r-l £ Jj C
O Ol cfl cfl cfl
O ft 4-1 T3 >-,
CO Ol fi J-l CO J-i
>-i 13 c8 cfl d) o
cfl 13 E 3
J-l C 0) to g rH 4J
J-l -rl f, 3 CO 3
o.
o
o
1 1
fn
\D
J3
U
O O O cfl /-N
>-H CN \O Q) t3
II * ' 1 J-l
1 t-H i-l J-l Cfl
-H 10 o a
4-1
^-^
(*i
<3
pq
3
K
-X
*
iO
i i
CO CO
>, OIT)
4J 4-1 3 fi
CO -H X rH CO
4J rH 0) cfl O
C -H 4J >
Q) .0 -*5
C co 01 4-1 C o
O 4J J3 r-i Cfl J^
ft CO 4J 3 iH 0)
X Cfl J3 N
01 TJ 0) 4-1
c ai oi 4-< to
S Cfl Cfl T3 -H -H
Cfl
r-t TJ 13 TJ P-l
0) . C 0)
J-l Ol CO Cfl "O 4-1
oi ft a) -HO
& CO -H CO r>
O J-l 0) O Q)
ft 13 O 3 fi 3
fi 60 r-l O- 'H
T3 -H 01 cfl CO
O) S 4J > Ol >
0) cfl fi
P, 4-1 a 4-1 CO >>
to o o c
1 >, to CO
T3 fi cfl S-i 0)
C O 13 0) 3 >-i
H -H ) T3 -! O
5 4J 4-1 J-l cfl
O O 0 > *-»
4^ fi 1 3
O 3 0) O) -1-1 ft
4-1 S J= -^ C
>, -H 4J 3 -H
Cfl Cfl 4J Cfl
J-l J-l 4-1 01
J-l CO J-l O <" fi
> 1 M
1 1 r-i J-l CO
r-l IO O O
4-1
****
PM
K
*
*
^O
t ^
o co
>> C 4-1 0) 4-1
fi O O > 3 3
H I fi -H 13 tO rH ft
GOI4JPS Ol CB C
COO)3OOO4JCS|>'H
0) J-l CTOIH SrHCN
I-H-HOIJ-IO4-13 4-101
bO'OJ-l-HC-0 cfl »rHJ-i
C 4-ITJ24-14-IO3CO
Cfl 4J CO 0) . Cfl
C04JrrJ J-lT3O4-ICfl
fi M C fi -H 0) TJ
O-H-H Cfl^4-l CO COQS-I
4-1 4-1 O S, -HO) Cfl
O -ri134JO) r-|.O
010) 0)J-i.fl>i60CO
COjCOIOIO4-ICflCO)^i
4JJ3ftfi J-icfloifi
fi 4-1 CO 4-1 J-l J-l CO
Of. CO-HCflfloflrH
H4JfiT3Ol OOJJ2
4-1-H-HfiOl "CO-HT3
O^ -H1-ITJ-H4J O
0) TJgOOfiJIOioS
>-l M 0) OICfl4-IOI>4J
HfiCQ4-|t3 ^ Jj r-~.
XJ'HSO T)O-Hcn4-l
C O cfl J-l 13 en -H
T3 fi >> 0) fi Ol 0)
C-HJ-IOO1J-IN13 "T3
HoOOfiN Jj.Ol
£0)600) OlOtCfl 13
rQOI^>,JjJ^T3 .-H
4-1 4-IJ^r-ICflCOC >
O CO cfl 3 T 1 cfl«O
0)OOCflCOC04-J fi
>>o> oEoioico "ft
Cflr4fiOfi33 O
fi60O OHHO) 0)
J-i O1-H4-I fi cfl cflj-JiOi-i
> 4J -* CD
O
O
1 1
fe
oo
y
O O O cfl s \
r-i CM oo oi T3
ii i t-i
>-l i 1 --( J-l Cfl
r-i r^ o u
4-1
*^r
<
f-l
w
*-r-t
H
4:
K
«
r^
i i
60 ^
S S
H 02
01 M
,0
u-t
to -H
-H
0)
II >
01
05
ft
4J 3
3 a
ft a
fi -H
H
Q)
(0 ,C
ft 4J
cd
u e
O
A! C
O 0)
Q) ^
T3 CO
M CD (J
cfl -H 60
O O
CO )-i
4J J-l ft
3 0)
ft 4-1 0)
fl 0) ,C
H e 4J
CO
0> J-i >,
f, Cfl ,0
4-1 ft
-a
E 0) cfl
o co 01
J-i 0) ^
4-) ,C
4J Ol
13 J4
0) Vi cfl
4J O
4-1 4-1 CO
H ft
e a 3
o o o
H J-l
Ol 4-> 60
J-l cfl
cfl E T3
J-l J-l
CO O cfl
ft '
3 C
O -H OJ
J-l CO
00 Ol Q)
U-l U
Cfl -O CM
a c
CO Jj
cu o
CO 13
Ol Q) O
n w
H 3 ii
4-69
-------
01
C
H
4J
C
O
H3 X~N O
cd o
CU v£>
to II P4
^3*
o ^~«
4J CN -
"-t O
O s^ .
0) 13 r^
w en fn
3 H \O
4J U-, >
cd *H '
B M
>-* *"O CN
O CO
m cu -
M LO
CJ M
J2 -U ^
4J O
C cn
bO^ H
C
H cd 4-1
j>» oo cd
u-i 1-1 a
H to
0 O. O
CU 3 <4-l ^N
Oi O CN
CO ^ 4J l-l
O rH
>, 3 "
ca -a ro o
$-1 ^-) 14-1
^ cd cu in
<; u Q tn
-< CUOJ3 cdOO
&, jZ a) 60 vi to ui to j-> to co to
C CU 4-1 *"O CO r3 00 O cd CU cd oO
i-i-C o f-i,r: COCHO
4JCOC04JM O'a^HOCO-rl'O
00 4-1 CU 4J J-l *H O 4-* to
* ^-1 *^ CO to .**! CU "H CO CO Pi CO CO CO Cd
MO'OCU4-I O OA3WCU1-)CJ
CU CO r^ QJ j_( t) ) (^ Q ,,_j ^ | i
r^ M pT 4-) E oO 3 "H 4J w ^4 S Cd 4J
BCU33CDO OX E> O CU O CU X
3*uocuE4J cncucus 4-iocu
£H M M £3 0} O £Z 13 CU £4 ^
O O "H 0^ O 4-* i-1 'i ) ±4 cj *rt o
C OOCU bO 33*Hcd^}-iO
O bO T3 CU > i CJ £3 P-( -r) C M >-l CO OCJcU^HCt)
4J-HC04JO.S3 ^*T3 Cl'H CUOOCO CO 4-JO'OO
cdt3u s-icoo cjHcd o cujarMT-i cncoc/>--H
OC SCU3cn Cd-HCU iHSCXg CU-Hr-12
HO) ONO 4J3I-I 4-ICUC03CO-U COJ335M
*4^ CJ to to 4J Cn *** Cd *H C^ 4-1 (3 *H *H 3 4-1 CJ ^Z *H
HCOVJM-ICOJ33 CO
4J CO CU H 4J CX II II II OH ||
C ,0 T3 Cd C CU 0,
CUCECU3cd-H CXO^HCN COO *-l
T3-H34JCTOO >, -H
"H £2 4-1 CU » < <~{ 4\J V^ *T3 !^(
CO -H CJ O O
CU CU £3 E U CO CO CU CU
UUOOPnO 3 M C3 M C
334-iCUOOi-i 3cd 3cO
OOcfl!-(t/5i-IO OH OH
WCOOC0230M-I wpq wpq
in ^ -H
H H M
m
1 \0 t^
i i
i i ^^
O* £i4 p^
CO p | t/3
2 SH 1 1
§ HP
cd
oo
, i
4-70
-------
13
0)
H
4-1
C
O
w
j
M
<
H
c
o
H
4J
&
H
J-,
O
CO
01
p
0) x-v
Z TJ 4J
G CJJ M
00 -H O O Q
C
H
e
O
O
G
H
0)
4-1
0)
rH
01
TJ
II
CN
PL,
CO
h-l
P
CO
oo
r-H
4J 13 CO TJ
Cfl 4J r-H Cfl QJ S-l UH
S-i X CD" 0) 4J CO -H
4-> 0) CO !H cfl cj
G S 00 0) !H CO
0) rH CO 4J E CO
0 3 3 G O
G CO ,Q O JH TJ
O i -H 4J -H <4H 0)
O O- O - CO 4-1
CO TJ G TJ CO < CO O
TJ 2 CO S-l -H CO 01 S-l
G p 0) O cfl g w SH 0)
CO g; S-l TJ CJ 01 CD" H N
II
CO
s~>
4J
G
0
CJ
4-1
G
O
CJ
0)
p.
CO
CO
cfl
a
M 1
O
CO
4-1
H
C
3
C
0)
4->
CO
G
O
H
CO
CO
H
e
0)
a
S-l
3
O
CO
o
[^
pt4
4-1
rH
3
cfl
4-1
01
TJ
OJ
,-G
H
CO
CO
CO
S
M-l
0
CO
4-1
H
C
3
G
H
OI
4J
CO
SH
C
O
H
CO
CO
H
S
01
0)
U
}H
3
O
O
*
r*s,
fa
i i
CN
1
LO
i-H
CN
i H
o-
0)
r"j
H
.
yr ^,
W)
G
H
J-l
a.
CO
CN
C
o
CO
cfl
Q)
CO
r-l
O
14H O
}q
0) OI
S N
H
4-1 CO
H
4-1
H 4-1
G rH
3 3
cfl
!H 14-4
OI O>
O.TJ
0)
C
H
CO
CO .
CO X-N
01
14H S
o e
3
CO CO
4-1 ^"X
H
C co
^
G
C 0
H CO
CO O
0)
O) 4-1
H 4J
01 C H
033
H cfl
3 r-l U-l
O OI 0)
CO O. TJ
O
r*.*.
fa
00
CN
1
CN
CN
ro
i i
CD-
CO
CO
CO
S
M-l
O
CO
4-1
H
C
G
H
0)
4-1
cfl
S-l
c
O
H
CO
CO
H
s
0)
0)
CJ
^
3
O
en
o
r-s.
fa
IT)
CO
1
CN
^
v-x
< I
CD-
CD
,C
H
,
^-^
rH
rH
CO
N»X
x^J-
C
o
CO
CO
QJ
CO
S-l
o
14H
0)
e
H
4-1
4J
H
C
3
S-l
OI
a,
0
S-l
0)
N
ca
H
Q)
3
rH
CO
4J
rH
3
CO
m
OI
TJ
C
H
01
a
SH
3
O
CO
01
,c
4-1
MH
0
OI
4-1
CO
c
H
TJ
)H
O
o
o
X
c
CO
H
CO
0)
4J
!H
CO
CJ
O
px.
PH
CS
"^
i
CO
r-H
X
Q
CO
01
4-1
CO
G
H
!H
O
O x-s
a m
S-l N~*/
co 3
rH CO
O M
CX
c
c o
H
00
0) C
00 -H
G TO
CO G
S-i 0)
CX
ai oi
rG TJ
4J
M
r-l CO
0 V-l
01
ca 4-1
S-l 0)
QJ g
4-1
oi G
g -n
4-71
-------
13
0)
3
fl
H
4-1
fl
O
i
~, -H -H
4J 4J ^ \±^ rrj
H rH O rH
0) X CU -H CO
CJ CU fc4 X 3 rW
(-1 4-1 43 CU
3 CO CO 60 4J
O cfl CU S3 01 Ol
CO 60 QJ Ol 43 g
r-l rH 4J
QJ ^i 00 |2
43 CJ CU II M-l -H
4J cfl T3 O
4J r- 1 QJ
(2 CO (3 '-> CU CJ
O -H CO T3 M
II -H 3
CO CU CO O
O rH fc CN. CO
C CO 3 4J
O) H 4J H !-i co
ft CO o O 01
CU - M 43 H
T3 O 0) 1 CO cfl
TJ II II
01 rH rH
H W W
1H PH PL,
^-* ^H
CO H H
H
^cj 14^
£H *rH
o
VO
^
f«X,
V0
i
CN
VO
i 1 ^H
CO 1-1 ^H
HOW
.
|
1
OJ
Q*
^>
Jjj
01
a
3
o
co
cu
43
4J
rt
O
co
1
cu
ft
cu
a
rH
cu
H
<4-i
Cfl
H
43
H
O
vO
rH
rO
r^
1
00
vO
^
J
O
>
a
H
4J
cu
g
^1 /"~N
O 0
> QJ
CO
CO --~
60 g
^
O OJ
CO U
4J CO
CO l-l
II C
o
rH -H
rJ CO
O CO
> -H
CN CO
* oo
o c
o
-H rH
II
1 1
w
PH
H
CO
M
CU
4J
CU
S3
H
QJ
O
3
O
CO
CO
cu
CO
o
rrj
cu
CO
3
CO
cu
4-1
Ol
c
H
CO
3
iH
Cfl
^
a
CO
4-1
co
J^J
o
H
j»l
cu
4-1
c
M
O
in
prt
oo
I
r*^
^
CO
2
42
CO
cfl
G
Q
a
!-i
o
4J
(2
O
O
U
cfl
o
4-1
01
CO
H
0)
s
rH
4-1
H
g
H
rH
(.
01
ft
o
QJ
j-;
t.
M
i. .
CN
CN
g
o
H
4J
CJ
0)
CO
01
cu
CO
^
50
4_l
CJ
CU
U-l
cu
0)
OJ
4J
ft
g
H
o
01
3
_j
>
4-72
-------
13
cu
C
H
4J
C
o
i
-*
W
c
0
H
j_j
Cu
-H
Vi
O
CO
0)
Q
cu ^
<£ o cd
e2 u E
C~4 W
03 4J O
O -H PM
Px< TJ **" f
W
CO
C
TJ S
J-i 3
Cd rH
u o
o
J-i
CU
1 1
cu cu
E e
cfl cd
J-i Z
cd
a.
-a 3
1-4 O
cd J-i
CJ O
I
cd
s-i B o
C 4-> O CN
H C -H
CU 4J CO
CO O iH iH « l-i
01 C W TJ O
H O O S-I CU
i-i o cx cu co TJ
O 0) 4-1 3 O)
60 J-i TJ CU 43
CU O S 60 O
4J «W >, Cd C S
Cd rl rl -H 3
o C3 TJ cd cu cx
O CX 43
CU -H O CU
N 4J 4.) CO CU 43
H 3 -H S-i
to 43 CU 43 cd 4J
H 3 4J O
0) 1-4 TJ CO (3
4J 4-> MH C
Cd CO C O O 4J
rH -H O -H CO
3 TJ i-l 0) 4J 3
O 4J 3 cd S
H 01 01 rH > O
4J 4-1 rH Cd CU J-I i-l
M cd p. > rH CU CU
Cd rH CU CU 4-1 N
P. 3 TJ E CU
a 3 C E rH
U-J -H 43 E -H Cd cd
O 4J 4-1 i-l Cd S-I 3
J-I iH X S-I Cd 0*
j-i cd 3 cd S-i cx cu
(DO, E 0)
43 f3 4-1 tO 4J
E Q) O CU -H CO
3 43 -H 43 14-1 43 3
3 4J 4J H rH 4-1 E
CM
rH
o
CO
1
CT\
I*-*.
1 t
{/)
^
3
rt 4J
00 C
r-H o
o
p^
rH CU CU
(3 01 CO
o co cu
43
O 4-1
cd
CU CO 4-1
)-i O
CO
* rH 4-1
co cd 3
0) 3 CX
4-1 cr c
cd 0) iH
^
Cd U-4
C OO O
O -H
H )-l
co cx o>
CO 3 T3
H O r4
E ^ o
cu o
01
01 TJ 43
U r4 4J
M cd
3 U J-i
O 0
co c m
o
CU 4->
rH fl. X
43 C/3 0) CO
Cd M 4-1 0)
H Q 3
J-I 0) rH
cd UH 43 cd
> -H 4J >
o
o
II
fn
\o
(-J
a
o o o cd f >
r-l CN \O Ol TJ
II 1 J-I
i i i i i i j-i cd
i i ir> o cj
14H
^~s
1 1
CO
CO
o-
oo
1 1
}-f
01 >, 4J 01 CO Cd
CX i-l 3 4J S fH 4-1
o a, cd 3 43 cd
CO 60 C rH Cfl H TJ
VI CU -H 3 TJ
O) 4-1 a CU rH 4J
4-1 cd CU -H 43 3 3
01 U 43 4-1 f-i O ^-^ CX
S 4J >-i 43 C C
cu cd co o -H
CS N E CX . -H
i-l -H 0 >> >, 4-1 CU
CO (-1 0) S-i Cd 3 43
W «-l 43 O (-1 43 4J
CU CU 4J 60 i-l -H
H 4-1 TJ CU Cd S-i E
4J Cd Ol 14-1 4-1 4J O
HrH4J OCdCOCflJ-l
CJ 3 4-1 O -H -H 4H
O O -H C 43 TJ
rH -H E O 43 4-1 TJ
0) 4-1 O -H CJ 0) CU
>!-( O 4-lcdC434-l
cd to H a 01 -H 4-1 4J
DO CX -H I-H cd -H
C CO J-I i-l CO MH E
H43CX> 4HOCOO-
rH O 3 2 14-1 O O
4J QJ J-i M-( CO C3 4J (O *H »~H
0) 60 -H 03OOOCO
03 }-J g ]-) cj i-H p, ^
O *T3 F^ 4J V^ **~* O S
*-M 4-1 r-l O M-l 3 "-M O
O COOJ OrQ*~*r-)M-)
T3 O T3 «H OJ &0 -H
r*% C« r*^ rH . ^ I |
cQ O W tQ o3 4J iJ C^ T3 F^tj
r-lO*H4-J J-iCO JJMU
i-j CJ rC TO }^ «H 'f i O ^3 OJ
^COHT, <^OW«^
O O
0 CD
r-l ^-1
P2** J"1-l
oo oo
>% cu cu
43 rH 43 <4-l 43 Cd
U 0) 4J O 4-1 4J
oo ocd^^ co4J cd
i~i C^ OO G) 'O UJ QJ c3 S CO f2 *"O ^0
1 1 1 J-i W3-HOCUO J-<
«~H i 1 i 1 J-I Cd CU rH TJ rH 3 CU Cd
rH r^OO 43COCUrHrHf-HECJ
U-I 9n 5* £ O cd c/3 cd
^^ E >4-l > > tO
H
I 1 r 1
CO O"
> erf
o
00
1 1
4-73
-------
parameters on this card may alter the form of the input deck because
they specify how many data items to input to the program. The parameter
NSOURC specifies how many data card sources to input or how many times
the program is to read Card Group 18a. If NSOURC is zero, Card Groups
18 through 18c are omitted from the input data deck. The parameter
NGROUP is used to group selected sources into a combined output by
summing the concentration arrays of the selected sources. The user may
specify up to a maximum of 1000 different source combinations. If
NGROUP is left blank or punched zero, Card Groups 4 and 5 are omitted
from the input card deck and the program will not print any concentration
tables. NGROUP must be input greater than zero in order to produce
concentration tables and the value input specifies how many values are
to be read from Card Group 4 (NSOGRP). The parameters NXPNTS, NYPNTS
and NXWYPT define the size of the program receptor point arrays. The
maximum values of these parameters are limited by the core-use Equation
(4-1) given under NXPNTS in Section 4.1.2. However, the limit (E) given
in Equation (4-1) may be increased by increasing the PARAMETER MMM shown
on line number 22 in the FORTRAN listing of the main LONGZ program. If
an input tape is being used, these parameters are normally ignored by
the program because these values are taken from the input tape. The
remaining parameters on Card Group 2 specify the number of seasons
(NSEASN), the number of Pasquill stability or time-of-day categories, the
total number of sources output to tape (NSORX), the number of wind speed
categories (NSPEED), the number of wind direction categories (NSCTOR) ,
the last source desired from an input tape (NSTOP) and the units of
concentration and input source emission units, LUNT and LKNT, respec-
tively.
Card Group 3 gives the values of the program option array ISW.
This card is always included in the input data deck. However, the values
of ISW(9) and ISW(13) through ISW(15) are automatically set by the program
if you are using an input (source/concentration inventory) tape. The
4-74
-------
options on this card that determine whether or not some card groups are
included in the input data deck are ISW(l) and ISW(8). If ISW(8) is
left blank or punched zero, Card Group 7b is omitted from the input data
deck. If ISW(l) is equal to "1" (indicating an input data tape and using
the old meteorological data from the tape), Card Groups 8 through 17 are
omitted from the input data deck. Also, if ISW(ll) is left blank or
punched zero, Card Group 8 is omitted from the input deck and if ISW(12)
is blank or zero, Card Group 18 is omitted from the input deck.
Card Groups 4 and 5 always occur together and are included in
the input card deck only if NGROUP is greater than zero. Card Group 4
is the array NSOGRP used to specify the number of ID-numbers used to
define each source combination. Each value in NSOGRP specifies the
number of source ID-numbers to be read from Card Group 5 (IDSOR) in
consecutive order for each source combination. A positive source ID-
number punched into the array IDSOR indicates to include that source in
the combination. A negative source ID-number indicates to include that
source as well as all source ID-numbers less in absolute value, up to
and including the previous positive source ID-number punched if it is
part of the same group of ID-numbers defining a combination. If the
negative value is the first ID-number of a group of ID-numbers, it as
well as sources less in absolute values of ID-number are included in the
source combination. See examples given under NSOGRP and IDSOR in Section
4.1.2 and the example problem in Appendix D. The data values are read
from Card Group 4 using 4 card columns per value with a maximum of 1000
values and from Card Group 5 using 6 card columns per value, 13 values
per card with a maximum of 1000 values.
Card Groups 6 through 7b specify the X, Y and Z coordinates of
all receptor points. Card Groups 6, 7 and 7b are omitted from the input
card deck if the parameters NXPNTS and NYPNTS equal zero or if an input
tape is being used. Also, Card Groups 7b and 7c are omitted if ISW(8)
equals "0" or no terrain elevations are being used. Card Groups 6a, 7a
4-75
-------
and 7c are also omitted from the input card deck if the parameter NXWYPT
is zero or if an input tape is being used. Each of these card groups
uses a 10 column field for each receptor value and 8 values per data
card. The number of data cards required for each card group is defined
by the values of the parameters NXPNTS, NYPNTS and NXWYPT. Values input
on Card Groups 6 and 7 are always in ascending order (west to east, south
to north, 0 to 360 degrees). The terrain elevations for the grid system
on Card Group 7b begin in the southwest corner of the grid system or at
0 degrees for polar coordinates. The first data card(s) contain the
elevations for each receptor on the X axis (1 to NXPNTS) for the first
Y receptor coordinate. A new data card is started for the elevations
for each successive Y receptor coordinate. A total of NYPNTS groups of
data cards containing NXPNTS values each is required for Card Group 7b.
The elevations for the discrete receptors in Card Group 7c are punched
across the card for as many cards as required to satisfy NXWYPT elevation
values.
Card Groups 8 through 17 specify the meteorological data and
model constants and are included in the input data deck only if an input
tape is not being used or an input tape is used with ISW(l) equal to "2".
Card Group 8 is input only if ISW(ll) equals "1" and specifies the format
FMT which the program uses to read the card data in Card Group 8a. If
Card Group 8 is omitted from the input deck (ISW(ll) equals "0"), the pro-
gram assumes the format is (6F10.0) or there are 6 values per card occupy-
ing 10 columns each including the decimal point (period). Card Group 8a
is the set of data cards giving the joint frequency of occurrence of wind
speed and wind direction (FREQ) by season and Pasquill stability category
or time-of-day category. The joint frequency of occurrence data are input
to the program in a deck that contains NSEASN seasons, NSTBLE stability
or time-of-day categories within each season, NSCTOR wind direction cate-
gories within each stability category and NSPEED wind speed categories
within each direction category. The values for each wind speed category
(1 to NSPEED) are punched across each data card and are read using the
4-76
-------
format given in Card Group 8 or the default format used when Card Group 8
is omitted. The first card of each stability category is for direction
category 1 (normally north), the second card for direction category 2
(normally north-northeast), down to the last direction category (normally
north-northwest). Starting with season 1 (normally winter), the card
group contains a set of these (NSCTOR) cards for each stability or time-
of-day category, 1 through NSTBLE. The program requires NSCTOR*NSTBLE*
NSEASN data cards in this card group. This data deck is normally produced
by the STAR program of the National Climatic Center (NCC). Card Group
9 is the average ambient air temperature (TA). NSTBLE values are read
from each data card in this group and there is one data card for each
season, 1 through NSEASN. Card Group 10 is the median mixing layer
depth (HM.) for each speed and stability or time-of-day category and
season. The program requires NSPEED values per data card and one data
card for each stability or time-of-day category, 1 to NSTBLE. A group
of these NSTBLE cards is required for each season (1 to NSEASN) for a
total of NSTBLE*NSEASN data cards in Card Group 10. Card Group 11 is
the vertical gradient of potential temperature (DPDZ) for each wind
speed and stability or time-of-day category. NSPEED values are punched
across the card and NSTBLE cards (1 to NSTBLE) are punched for this
group. Card Group 12 contains meteorological and model constants; a
detailed description of these parameters (ROTATE, TK, HA, UTMX, UTMY, G,
GAMMA1, GAMMA2 and DECAY) is given in Section 4.1.2 above. Card Group 13
gives the standard deviation of the wind elevation angle (SIGEPU) for stack
sources only, if ISW(16) equals "1", or for both stack sources and building
and area sources, if ISW(16) equals "0". These values are given by stabil-
ity or time-of-day category and wind speed category. The program reads
NSPEED values from NSTBLE (1 through NSTBLE) data cards in this group.
Default values for this parameter are provided only if ISW(16) equals "0"
and only if the respective value is zero or not punched. The default values
depend only on the stability category and ISW(17), rural or urban mode
option. The default values for SIGEPU are shown in Table 4-5. Card Group
14 gives the standard deviation of the wind elevation angle (SIGEPL) for
4-77
-------
/"X
P3
|~~>
NX
^
O
60
0)
4J
CS
u
T)
CU
0)
H
13
h
iH 4.
I-l T
i-l r-
3 T
& J
M 1
rt A
P-l C/
CO
cx
g
vo m
CNi
I-H
CO
fc.
g
m
m
2-
CC
P.
g
00
vO
^s
,-^v
CO
cx
g
CO
CO
s
co
ex
e
m
CM
CO
0.
e
i-H
in
>->
J t^
-i M
H O
H 00
3 0)
1 -U
J Cfl
1 CJ
1
D
P-i
W
O
M
W
1
m o m in o m
^d* co co vo in co
r**« ^? r^* o o o o
in o in m c m
*^ co co vo in co
r^ o r^ -3- co CM
i-H -H O O O O
m o m m o m
*3" 00 CO VD in CO
r~ o r^
§ s ^ C
M CO
^ M
m m o m m m
s^" ^^ CO CO ^D vO
r^ r^ f^ p^« ««^ s^
m in o m m m
*d*
-------
building and area sources, only when ISW(16) equals "1". This card group
is omitted from the input data if ISW(16) equals "0". The program reads
NSPEED values from NSTBLE (1 through NSTBLE) data cards in this group.
No default values are provided for SIGEPL and if used all values must be
punched. Card Group 15 is the median wind speed for each wind speed
category (UBAR) and there are NSPEED values read from one data card.
The default values for UBAR are shown at the top of Table 4-5. Card
Group 16 gives the wind speed power law exponent (P) as a function of
wind-speed category and stability or time-of-day category. There are
NSPEED values read from NSTBLE data cards (1 through NSTBLE). The
default values for P are shown in Table 4-5. Card Group 17, the last of
the meteorological input card groups, gives the median wind direction
for each wind direction category (THETA). There are 8 values read per
data card in this group up to a maximum of NSCTOR (normally 16, 2 cards)
values. If the first two values of this array are not punched or both
set equal to "0", the program will default THETA to the standard 16 wind
directions (0, 22.5, 45, ..., 337.5).
The last card groups in the input data deck, Card Groups 18
through 18c, consist of source-related information. These card groups
are omitted from the input deck if the parameter NSOURC equals zero.
Card Group 18 (SFMT) provides for an optional input format for Card
Group 18a. Card Group 18 (SFMT) is read by the program only if the
option ISW(12) equals "1", otherwise it is omitted from the input deck.
Card Groups 18a, 18b and 18c, depending on DISP and NVS1, are read as an
ordered set by the program for each source, 1 to NSOURC. Card Group 18a
contains the primary source information including NUMSQ1, TYPE1, DISP,
Ql, DX1, DY1, HI, HS1, TS1, or Sll, VOL1 or S21, RDS1 and NVS1. If the
parameter DISP is not punched or is "0", the user must punch all
of the parameters on this card or accept the default value (if any) of any
parameter not set or punched "0". Also, Card Group 18b is not read if
DISP equals "0". If the parameter DISP is set to a value of "1", only
the parameters NUMSQ1 and Ql are read from this card and Card Groups 18b
and 18c are not read. If DISP equals "2", only NUMSQ1 is read from the
4-79
-------
card and Card Groups 18b and 18c are not read. If DISP equals "3", the
program treats this card as if DISP equaled "0", but ignores Ql from
this card and reads QSS1 in Card Group 18b. Card Group 18b consists of
NSTBLE*NSEASN data cards (read only if DISP equals "3"). The user must
punch NSPEED values on each data card, 1 to NSTBLE, and there are NSEASN
sets of these cards read (1 through NSEASN). The last card group, Card
Group 18c, is read only if the preceding Card Group 18a contained NVS1
greater than "0". This card group consists of two arrays of a maximum
of 20 values each. The first array gives the settling velocity for each
particulate category used in the calculation of concentration with
gravitational settling and dry deposition occurring. The second array
gives the mass fraction of each particulate category. The last settling
velocity punched is immediately followed by the first mass fraction value
on the punched cards. The user should remember that this program is not
designed to calculate concentration with deposition occurring with
terrain elevation data. Also, the program assumes that: all particulates
that reach the surface through the combined processes of gravitational
settling and atmospheric turbulence are retained at the surface.
b. Tape Input Requirements. The LONGZ program accepts an
input source/concentration inventory tape previously created by the
LONGZ program,, This tape is a binary tape, UNIVAC FORTRAN written
using the NTRAN I/O routines, that was created as an output tape in a
previous run of the LONGZ program. This tape contains all of the program
options that affect how the model concentration calculations were per-
formed, all of the receptor and elevation data, all of the meteorological
data, all of the source input data and the results of the seasonal
(annual) concentration calculations at each receptor point. The program
reads the data from the FORTRAN logical unit number(s) specified by
NINFL. The tape data are read only if option ISW(l) equals "1". The
input tape requires' the user to omit specified data card groups from the
input deck and makes the input of some parameter values unnecessary.
The omitted Card Groups and unnecessary parameters are indicated by a *,
4-80
-------
**, or *** in the Card Group and Parameter Name columns of Table 4-4.
The format and exact contents of the input tape are discussed in Section
4.2.4b below.
4.2.4 Program Output Data Description
The LONGZ program generates several categories of printed out-
put and an optional output source/concentration inventory tape. The
following paragraphs describe the format and content of both forms of
program output.
a. Printed Output. The LONGZ program generates 7 categories
of printed output, 4 of which are tables of average ground-level concen-
tration. All program printed output is optional except warning and
error messages. The printed output categories are:
Input Source Data
Input Data Other than Source Data
Seasonal Concentrations from Individual Sources
Seasonal Concentrations from Combined Sources
Annual Concentrations from Individual Sources
Annual Concentrations from Combined Sources
Warning and Error Messages
The first line of each page of output contains the run title (TITLE) and
page number followed by the major heading of the type or category of out-
put table.
The first category of printed output is the input card data
except for the source data. This output is optional and is selected by
the option parameter ISW(5). Figure 4-2 shows an example of the printed
input data. The example output shown in this section is output generated
from an example problem given in Section 2.6-. Figure 4-3 shows an example
of the source input data table. This example shows each input source
4-81
-------
o o
* o
o
o
# 0
* -< *> « »* O
» Ifl
* Ul
o of
W> O O 0 « « «
X >««o
X U ft Ck « -^ ttt (A U
lAOo to fc- «> at ae VN j wa-M=>
o
o
0
0
0
0
0
»
1
o
o
o
"
m f>
o
o
- .8000000
»
^
o
o
*
I O
* 0
W 0 <
u ** <
o
o
1
o
o
o
o
*
*
i ro
o
o
o
o
o
1
*
o
0
0
o
0
1 O
» o
> Ul 0 C
> Ul t*J <
* * «1 *
1 1 1
0 0 0 O
0000
» OD W «
1 1
1 1 (
o o o o
o o o o
t »-,,»«.
> O O 0 0 0 O
1 1
0)
o;
§
o
i-i
60
CO
D
C
C
CO
o
ra
CO
O
en
CO
0)
w
C
o
CO
O
1-1
o
M-l
CO
u
CO
'O
3
Cu
C
H
(JO
S B
U O
W -H
H 4J
r-H CO
h
01 4-1
H C
a. ->- v >->->
W
OH
4-82
-------
(A U
r> o o o o
jc
> c
«- a - » » «*
-^ CM r*> ^-
-H
J-J
a
o
CSJ
1
CD CD 0 CD GO
/> U» V* V> U*
to at to to to
ut «/> vt t/»
CO m CO CO BB
IO (/> tO
Pi
o
A-83
-------
o o z
* o o
t~ tn a
ac ut t-
c
H
4-1
C
o
P-J
I
w
OS
o
4-8 A
-------
3TUJOOOOO9OOOOOOOOOO
4J
c
o
o
4-85
-------
o ui at
36 CE *-
uj » ONIA c»oo
(K tA Ul O, C3CO
(A W «-
QJ
c
-H
4J
C
O
O
o
M
PM
4-86
-------
tft
at
u
u
K
- ~ . «w> oooooooooooo*sooo
ea %^
1 O
-------
i- «~ a «
« 9 (J
_f *
a LU a.
« v*
z a u
U Ul ft.
A Z »-
UJ >- -*. « *«
UJ OC » «J
0. O w
Ul -> 3 U
Of tA Ul 0.
Z H- -
o : u
>- ^
Z Ul 0.
oc o uj r»
ai u
. . M«V>
a* u
K 9 U
o ^
i ""x
a* u
*-.
ai
3
C
C
O
u
cxi
I
cd
A-88
-------
A. (j tfl
00
O. c^ooooooooooooooo
O X H- OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO Z t
u >- >" - ~. a <*
Ul at 9 O DC A ij
ft. O O ^
tfl t9 13 ^
ji-a* .... . .. _j». 9 U <->»<->
u m w 01 v
x « ** a ^
w IA ui a. «>oftO»«*»*o»»ooomr*rs.ff>(»o u> uj a.
Ik « « *M .... . *-4 XX CM
O » CJ * fcJ
>_ «.
UJ 0« OOOOOOOOOOOC.OOOO 0*>
CK Auir^. oooooooooooooooo ouir^
^- « - «
-------
-J UJ >
O Ut A.
te o. o
- w J
DC a» o
_j o ooo
OJ
D
^--va-^rMrwO^OffMroro
O
o
4-90
-------
CC h-
K
« -J
Q*
CC,
_j -» DC » (J Ot » O
tt O. O ^ 0 v
Ui » (-> » <_>
E o CD v en v
« 3C « ** OE ^
« O &UJIO OOO«O-« «-»OI-^^««O CtUJ₯> OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
U. -^
> ^* **
uj can r^w'*-o^f*>^'<«co^-'»'»**«-oro un oooooooooooooooo
u. z* oooooooooooooooo a; » oo-oooooooooooooo
« c: - *- «
» a o a o
I ».' »^
«
Vrt O1*
ZUiC'C'OC'C'OOC'C'C'CfOOO'OO ZUJC-OOOOOOOOOC- OOOOO-
OttOOOOOOOOOOC-OOOO-O OOiOOOOO'^O'&OOO^^O'OO'
»- LU » LU
QJ
D
C
O
o
CM
I
a!
a
M
PK
4-91
-------
XL OOOOOO
Q)
3
H
4J
c
O
O
CM
I
OS
3
O
h-t
4-92
-------
K >-
-------
UJ >- * * * I l
O O O O O O
O O O O O
o r> o o o o o
O 0.
t/> O G O
o o o
O O O
I O O O O O O UJ O UJ UJ O O O O O
I >-+*>* I I O. UJ > I X OJ >-+ + +**
> o o o o o o <_/ tnooooooo. tnoooooo
o o o in
UJ S- »*
Q_CC<>O
t/JOOO
b> >-+*+ I I
O-CtfOOOOOUJ
(AOOOOOOQC
0.0:000000 Q. IK O O O O O
(OOOOOOOO. W» O O O O O O
O FV O O O O O
UJ O O O O O
UJ >+* * * *
> O O O O O O I
o> o o o o o o
>.>->-£» >;->->->-
cc«:a.c*. a. ^ a. a: a:
ooo.o o o o o o
-. (SJ fO » fc-1
>->->->- 5-
o o o o o
OB CD CO CO CO
tr> f) to tn
tf> (A CO 4A
aa co CD co U
0)
3
c
o
u
cs
I
-3-
w
BJ
3
o
M
4-94
-------
m o » o o o
(M
O M O O O O O O
UJOO OOOOOO
ow>tn xtntnocoooo
it to v. ii o «
ui M ro ui _j
o o o o
>- UJ »
I
a
c
o
j-i
oc
ca
3
C
to
> DC _J (n
oooooo
cfl
C
O
CO
CO
QJ
CO
C
O
H
3
O
y
cu
f
4-1
C
o o o o o o
-a
a)
CO
3
CO
Q)
O
^
3
O
03
o o « -*
c
H
C
4-1 O
O -H
4J
M CO
C M
H 4->
4J C
CO CU
H O
<-( C
o
cu o
6 a)
(0 >
X OJ
W -H
O O O O O O
>C X X X
I
-a-
w
erf
D
o
M
En
4-95
-------
listed down the page. The third through sixth category of output tables
are concentration tables. Figures 4-4 through 4-7 show an example of
each type of output table. These tables are defined by their respective
headings and are all optional, depending on the parameters ISW(3) and
ISW(4) and NGROUP. Note that, if NGROUP equals "0" or both ISW(3) and
ISW(4) equal "0", concentration tables are not printed. The warning and
error messages produced by the program are generated by data errors
within the LONGZ program and are in general not associated with errors
detected by the computer system on which the program is being run.
These errors are given in Section 4.2.6 below.
b. Master Tape Inventory Output. The LONGZ program will, on
option, generate an output master source/concentration inventory tape.
This data tape is written only if the parameter ISW(2) equals "1" or "2"
and the data are written to the FORTRAN logical unit specified by NOTFL.
The data are written using the UNIVAC 1110 NTRAN binary write routines
and tapes must be assigned with the W option to place a write-ring in
the output tape. The format and contents of the LONGZ input/output tape
are shown in Table 4-6. This table gives the Logical Record, Word
Number, Parameter Name and whether the data are in an integer or floating
point (real) format. The logical record gives the order the respective
data records are written to tape and does not imply the physical (block)
length actually on the tape. The physical block length of each tape
record is 2000 UNIVAC 1110 words. Records 5 through 9 are repeated on
the output tape for as many sources that are processed by the program.
Records 6 through 9 represent the seasonal concentration calculations
for the seasons winter, spring, summer and fall. However, if only
annual meteorology is used by the LONGZ program, only record 6 will
occur on the output tape as annual concentration and records 7 through 9
are omitted. The last output record contains 999999 in the first word
of the record (record 5) and is followed by two consecutive end of file
marks. If the program reaches the end of reel marker on an output tape
prior to the end of the output data, the program will write an end of
4-96
-------
CO
O
II
3
T3
C
O
CO
CO
t-t
OJ
M
0
8
T
w « «
c
O
H
iJ
CO
S-i
-u
C
Ol
o
o
o
0)
0)
13
C
O
60
o m
3C **
O I
C
o
CO
CO
X O
-------
"> II O I
o tn x o
t- at o
Ul t- Z
uj i
-------
oooo-
ooooooooo
ooooooooo
13
0)
3
c
-H
4-J
c
o
O
4-99
-------
cu
o
M
3
O
CO
W>
c
H
CO
CO
o
3
o
c
o
H
4-1
QJ
O
C
o
o
1-f
HI
I
o
§
o
i-t
tfl
3
C
C
CO
x o
-------
OO9OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOA
OOCrOOOOOO^OOOOOOOOO
ooooooooooooooooooo
4-101
o « o n o « ro to s0
oo^oooooooo
0)
3
H
4J
c
o
o
oooooooooo
OOOOOO OOCf
I
-------
'-» ooo
E -i 00 ft-
: co eo »
I « M _ X
X r- UJ
ui o x '
CO CC K
ft- =>»
o to
% > I
co at i
>» in
to
*- ^ AJ CM -«
- esi m r» CM -
E
O
a
S
o
c
o
CO
CO
0)
03
S-i
0)
U-l
o
CO
VJ
iJ
c
0)
c
o
o
Q)
I - 13
c
3
O
i - o
CO
CO
QJ
CO
N *e t4_i
cor. ^
60
C
05
Cfl
X
W
w
OJ
o
M
3
O
CO
o c c o o c o
o o o o o o o
oooooooooo&o
OOCfOOOOCtOOOOOOGOO
vO
o-
a
4-102
-------
(A CD t-
O >C >JO O O
W5 H- O
OJ
-H
4-J
O
o c-oooooooooooocoooo
ooooooooooooooooooo
ooooooooooooooooooo
p
o
4-103
-------
* n* CD CD OD w * i
oooooooooo
o
4)
3
C
c
o
o
vO
I
ooc-cc-
PS
3
o
4-104
-------
*- - <>j ro M
fX CD ff*
' O CD O
sources
C
H
O
o
o
i-l
c
o
H
4J
ra
j-i
u
c
01
o
o
u
01
,I
I
T3
C
o
S-i
M
rt
3
C
tfl
u-i
o
60
c
O)
rH
!
X
w
o jc v o- *-
^ n i oe
Of. tft \A t
UJ H og Z
t- X vO UJ
« 01 CX
XIS
626
E
00 UJ
ID
-------
h- Ul
-------
TABLE 4-6
LONGZ INPUT/OUTPUT TAPE FORMAT
Tape
Logical
Record
1
2
3
4
Word
Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8-27
28-33
34-36
37
38-57
58
1 - NXPNTS
NXPNTS+1 -
NXPNTS+NYPNTS
NXPNTS+NYPNTS+1 -
NXPNTS+NYPNTS+
NXWYPT
NXPNTS+NYPNTS+
NXWYPT+1 -
NXPNTS+NYPNTS+
2*NXWYPT
1 - NXPNTS*NYPNTS
+NXWYPT
1
2-37
38-73
74
75-98
Parameter
Name
NXPNTS
NYPNTS
NSEASN
NSPEED
NSTBLE
NSCTOR
NXWYPT
TITLE
LUNT
LKNT
NSORY
ISW
IOVRSN
X (X-axis)
Y (Y-axis)
X (discrete)
Y (discrete)
z
TK
SIGEPU
SIGEPL
G
TA
Integer (I)/
Floating Point
(FP)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
4-107
-------
TABLE 4-6 (Continued)
Tape
Logical
Record
4
(Cont.)
5*
Word
Number
99-242
243-278
279-294
295-300
301-2604
2605-2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
1
2
3-146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154-173
174-193
194-195
Parameter
Name
HM
DPDZ
THETA
UBAR
FREQ
P
ZR
GAMMA1
GAMMA2
ROTATE
DECAY
HA
UTMX
UTMY
NUMSQ2
TYPE2
QSS2
DX2
DY2
H2
TS2
VOL2
RDS2
NVS2
VS2
FRQ2
DATE2
Integer (I)/
Floating Point
(FP)
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
I
I -
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
I
^Records 5 through 9 are repeated for each source input to the program.
4-108
-------
TABLE 4-6 (Continued)
Tape
Logical
Record
5*
(Cont.)
6**
7**
8**
9**
Word
Number
196
197
1 - NXPNTS*NYPNTS
+NXWYPT
1 - NXPNTS*NYPNTS
+NXWYPT
1 - NXPNTSANYPNTS
+NXWYPT
1 - NXPNTS*NYPNTS
+NXWYPT
Parameter
Name
HS2
NBX2
CON
CON
CON
CON
Integer (I)/
Floating Point
(FP)
FP
I
FP
FP
FP
FP
last 1 999999 I
*Records 5 through 9 are repeated for each source input to the program.
**Records 6 through 9 are concentration calculations for each season and
7 through 9 are omitted if the input data is annual.
4-109
-------
file mark, an end of tape sentinel record and two more end of file marks
and then go to the next specified output tape reel. The end of tape
sentinel record consists of 14 UNIVAC 1110 words, with the first word of
the record equal to an octal 541600000000 and all other words in the
record equal to zero. See Section 4.2.2 for the correct tape assign
cards.
4.2.5 Program Run Time, Page and Tape Output Estimates
This section gives approximations to the computer run time,
tape output and page output for the LONGZ program. Because of the
variability of problem runs and input parameters, the equations in this
section are meant only to give an approximation of the time, page and/or
tape usage function.
a. Run Time. The total run time required for a problem run
for the long-term (LONGZ) program is given by
Time (Seconds) =* <|N . (N . N + N ) . N . N . N 1 . f
JL s x y xy se st spj
where
HI + J + K) . (N . N + N ) . N . g> >
L x y xy seJ | -
(4-2)
120
N = the total number of sources (card + tape) for which concen-
tration calculations are to be made
N = the total number of points in the grid system X-axis, NXPNTS
X
N = the total number of points in the grid system Y-axis, NYPNTS
N = the total number of discrete (arbitrarily placed) points,
^ NXWYPT
N = the number of seasons, NSEASN
se
4-110
-------
N = the number of stability categories, NSTBLE
st
N = the number of wind speed categories, NSPEED
sp
I = the number of sources read from an input tape
J = the number of sources written to an output tape
K = the summation of the total number of sources in each source
combination printed. For example, if NGROUP were equal to
"4" and three sources were combined for the first group, ten
for the second, thirteen for the third and twenty-six for
the fourth group, then K would be equal to 52
f = 1.5 x 10~3
g = 2.2 x 10~3
The constants f and g have been calculated from example runs on a
UNIVAC 1108 computer. If the values of f and g given here are not
accurate for your runs, recalculate and replace them with more represen-
tative values.
b. Page Output. The total number of pages of output from
the long-term LONGZ program depends on the problem being run and is given
by:
Pages A + 1 + £
where*
A =
(4-4)
AN 1 TN 1 [N
M . L* . \JL\ + LSL
L 9j L38J Ll29j
*The L J symbols indicate to round up to the next larger integer if there is
any fractional part.
4-111
-------
where
( 1 ; if ISW(5) > 0
(o ; if ISW(5) = 0
1 ; if ISW(5) > 0
0 ; if ISW(6) = 0
( 1 ; if ISW(7) > 0
K = <
( 0 ; if ISW(7) = 0
f 1 ; if ISW(2) = 2
V 0 ; if ISW(2) f 2
(l ; if ISW(8) > 0 and ISW(5) > 0
VO ; if ISW(8) = 0 or ISW(5) - 0
N = total number of sources input via data card (NSOURC)
5 C
N = total number of sources input via tape
/rs 1 TN 1 TN ]\
i * 'vy.-iHafHiiJJ
I = number of seasons for which concentration is to be printed.
If seasonal output only, then I=NSEASN; if annual output only,
then 1=1; if both seasonal and annual output, then I=NSEASN+1.
N = total number of combined source concentration tables being
c printed (NGROUP).
(4-5)
4-112
-------
N = NXPNTS
x
N = NYPNTS
y
N = NXWYPT
xy
C = the number of pages expected from the system plus other
processing within the job
The above equations may not cover every option in the LONGZ program
and, if the system the user is using aborts runs that max-page, be generous
with the page approximation.
c. Tape Output. The total amount of tape used by a problem run
depends on the number of sources, whether seasonal or annual data are being
used and the size of the receptor arrays. This section provides the user
with an approximation to the tape length used in feet.
The total number of computer words output to tape is given by
Words = (2692 + N + N +
^ x y
2N
y
(4-6)
+ N (196 + N (N . N + N )))
s v se x y xy /
where
N = the total number of sources output to tape
5
N = the number of seasons, NSEASN
se
N = NXPNTS
x
N = NYPNTS
y
N = NXWYPT
xy
4-113
-------
The user can approximate the length of tape required by
Length (feet, » (("ff ^ 36) + 0.75 ffgf) + 6.0) / 12.0 (4-7)
where
B = the number of bits per computer word (UNIVAC 1110 is 36)
D = the tape recording density chosen by the user or required
by the I/O device, 200, 556, 800 or 1600 bpi
B = "6" for 7-track tape or "8" for 9-track tape
y
The values 0.75 and 6.0 inches are used assuming the interrecord gap is
0.75 and the end of file is 6 inches.
4.2.6 Program Diagnostic Messages
The diagnostic messages produced by the LONGZ program are associ-
ated only with data and processing errors within the program and should
not be confused with those produced by the computer system on which the
LONGZ program is run. WARNING messages could indicate data errors and
should be examined thoroughly when they occur. A list of the messages
are given in Table 4-7 with the probably cause of the respective message.
4-114
-------
TABLE 4-7
LONGZ WARNING AND ERROR MESSAGES
1. ***WARNING - TAPE SOURCE n NOT FOUND - INPUT CARD SOURCE IGNORED,
DISP = m.
The user has specified an input card source ID-number with a disposi-
tion code DISP that requires an incoming tape source. The program
has been unable to locate the corresponding tape source.
2. WARNING - FREQ. DIST. IS NOT 1.0 FOR SEASON n, PROG NORMALIZES BY
FACTOR xxx.x.
The sum over all categories of the joint frequency of occurrence of
wind speed and wind direction for season n is not exactly 1.0 and
the program normalizes the frequency distribution by the factor
xxx.x; execution continues.
3. **ERROR INPUT TAPE RECORD n.
The program has encountered an unrecoverable input error at tape
record n. Check the accounting sheet or the system log device for
the system error code.
4. **ERROR OUTPUT TAPE RECORD n.
The program has encountered an unrecoverable output error at tape
record n. Check the accounting sheet or the system log device for
the system error code.
5. *WARNING Z >HM+HA, SOURCE i, SEASON j, STABILITY k, SPEED I,
X = xxxx.x, Y = xxx.x.
The terrain elevation exceeds the mixing layer elevation for this
combination of source, season, stability and wind speed.
6. - END-FILE, RECORD n, INPUT TAPE.
The program has encountered an end of file at n on the input tape.
4-115
-------
TABLE 4-7 (Continued)
7. TOO MANY WARNING MESSAGES PROG STOPS PRINTING THEM.
The program stops printing warning messages 5 above after 50 of
these messages are printed.
8. ***READ ERROR ON UNIT n AT RECORD m.
The program has encountered an unrecoverable tape read error. Check
the accounting sheet or system log for the error code.
9. ***END OF DATA ON UNIT n, m RECORDS READ.
Normal termination of input data.
10. ***END OF FILE ON UNIT n, m RECORDS READ.
Normal end of file on input data.
11. ***WARNI.^G - MORE INPUT REELS THAN UNITS ASSIGNED PROG. GOING TO
FIRST UNIT ASSIGNED.
The user has specified more tape reels NINTP or NOTTP than have been
specified in the array NINFL or NOTFL. The program assumes the user
has directed the operator to mount additional tape reels beginning
with the first specified logical unit (NINFL(1) or NOTFL(1)).
12. ***END OF OUTPUT REEL ON UNIT n, RECORDS m THROUGH H WRITTEN.
The program has filled a tape reel, written the end of tape sentinel
record and is going to the next output reel.
13. ***END OF OUTPUT DATA ON UNIT n, RECORDS m THROUGH £ WRITTEN,
xxxx FEET OF TAPE USED.
Message to inform the user that the last of the source/concentration
inventory has been written to tape and giving the amount of tape
used in feet.
4-116
-------
TABLE 4-7 (Continued)
14. ***WARNING - NOT ENOUGH ROOM ON REEL ON UNIT n, PROG. STARTS FIRST
OUPUT REG. ON NEXT REEL.
There is not enough room on the first output reel to place the first
record and end of tape sentinel information, so the program goes to
the next sequential output reel.
15. @ASG, T nnnnnnnnnnnn., F/ii/POS/ii
@USE 12, nnnnnnnnnnnn.
MASS STORAGE CSF$ REQUEST REJECTED,
STATUS = 000000000000,
TRIED j' TIMES
The program has attempted to assign mass storage unit 12 and has
failed. Check the FAC status bits to determine the cause of the
error.
16. **WARNING - COMPLEX TERRAIN SWITCH SET WITH DEPOSITION (NVS1), COM-
PLEX TERRAIN IGNORED
The user has attempted to calculate concentration with deposition
occurring while using terrain elevation data. The LONGZ program
discards the terrain data for all calculations.
17. **ERROR - USING COMPLEX TERRAIN WITH DEPOSITION (NVS1) AND NOT
FIRST SOURCE
The LONGZ program attempts to discard all terrain data when con-
centration with deposition occurring is being calculated. How-
ever, the first source input did not have NVS1 set and the pro-
gram allowed invalid calculations for that source. If you have
terrain data in the data set and deposition is occurring, the
first source input (from card or tape) must have NVS1 set
greater than zero.
4-117
-------
(This Page Intentionally Blank)
4-118
-------
- ' REFERENCES
Benkley, C. W. and L. L. Schulman, 1979: Estimating hourly mixing depths
from historical meteorological data. Journal of Applied
Meteorology, 18. 772-780.
Bigg, E. K., G. P. Ayers and D. E. Turvey, 1978: Measurement of the
dispersion of a smoke plume at large distances from the source.
Atmospheric Environment, 12, 1815-1818.
Bjorklund, J. R. and J. F. Bowers, 1979: User's instructions for the
SHORTZ and LONGZ computer programs. H. E. Cramer Company, Inc.
Technical Report TR-79-131-01, H. E. Cramer Company, Inc., Salt
Lake City, UT.
Bowers, J. F. and H. E. Cramer, 1976: Comparison of calculated and observed
charateristics of plumes from two coal-fired power plants located
in complex terrain. Preprint Volume for the Third Symposium on
Atmospheric Turbulence, Diffusion and Air Quality, American Meteor-
ological Society, Boston, MA.
Bowers, J. F., J. R. Bjorklund and C. S. Cheney, 1979: Industrial Source
Complex (ISC) Dispersion Model user's guide. EPA Reports
EPA-450/4-79-030 and EPA-450/4-79-031 (NTIS Accession Numbers
PB80-133044 and PB80-133051), U. S. Environmental Protection
Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC.
Bowers, J. F. and A. J. Anderson, 1981: An evaluation study for the
Industrial Source Complex (ISC) Dispersion Model. EPA Report No.
EPA- 450/4-81-002 (NTIS Accession No. PB81-176539), U. S..
Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC.
Briggs, G. A., 1969: Plume Rise. Available as TID-25075 from
Clearinghouse for Federal Scientific and Technical Information,
Springfield, VA, 80.
Briggs, G. A., 1971: Some recent analyses of plume rise observations. In
Proceedings of the Second International Clean Air Congress,
Academic Press, NY.
Briggs, G. A., 1972: Chimney plumes in neutral and stable surroundings.
Atmospheric Environment, _6(7), 507-510.
Briggs, G. A., 1975: Plume rise predictions. Lectures on Air Pollution
and Environmental Impact Analyses, American Meteorological
Society, Boston, MA.
Brownlee, K. A., 1965: Statistical Theory and Methodology in Science and
Engineering. John Wiley and Sons, NY.
5-1
-------
REFERENCES (Continued)
Calder, K. L., 1971: A climatological model for multiple source urban air
pollution. Proceedings 2nd Meeting of the Expert Panel on Air
Pollution Modeling, NATO Committee on the Challenges of Modern
Society, Paris. France, July 1971, 33.
Cramer, H. E., 1957: A practical method for estimating the disperal of
atmospheric contaminants. Proceedings of the First National
Conference on Applied Meteorology, American Meteorological
Society, C-33 to C-55.
Cramer, H. E. , et_ al_. , 1972: Development of dosage models and concepts.
Final Report under Contract DAAD09-67-C-0020(R) with the U. S.
Army, Deseret Test Center Report DTC-TR-72-609, Fort Douglas,
UT.
Cramer, H. E., H. V. Geary and J. F. Bowers, 1975: Diffusion-model calcu-
lations of long-term and short-term ground-level SO concentra-
tions in Allegheny County, Pennsylvania. EPA Report 903/9-75-0IS
(NTIS Accession No. PB-245262/AS), U. S. Environmental Protection
Agency, Region III, Philadelphia, PA.
Cramer, H. E., 1976: Improved Techniques for modeling the dispersion of
tall stack plumes. Proceedings 7th Meeting of the Expert Panel
on Air Pollution Modeling, NATO Committee on the Challenges of
Modern Society, Arlie, Virginia, September 1976, 731-780.
Cramer, H. E. and J. F. Bowers, 1976: Assessment of the air quality impact
of emissions from the Emery and Huntington Power Plants. _ H. E.
Cramer Company, Inc. Technical Report TR-76-114-01 prepared for
U. S. Department of Interior, Bureau of Land Management, Denver,
CO.
Cramer, H. E., J, F. Bowers and H. V. Geary, 1976: Assessment of the air
quality impact of S02 emissions from the ASARCO-Tacoma smelter.
EPA Report No. EPA 910/9-76-028, U. S. Environmental Protection
Agency, Region X, Seattle, WA.
DeMarrais, G. A., 1959: Wind speed profiles at Brookhaven National
Laboratory. Journal of Meteorology, 16, 181-190.
Draxler, R., 1979: A summary of recent atmospheric diffusion experiments.
NOAA Technical Memorandum EAL ARL-78, Air Resources Laboratories,
Silver Spring, MD.
Environmental Protection Agency, 1969: Air Quality Display Model.
Prepared by TRW Systems Group, Washington, D. C., available as P3
189-194 from the National Technical Information Service,
Springfield, VA.
5-2
-------
REFERENCES (Continued)
Environmental Protection Agency, 1977: User's manual for the Single Source
(CRSTER) Model. EPA Report No. EPA-450/2-77-013. U. S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC.
Environmental Protection Agency, 1978: Technical support document for
determination of good engineering practice stack height. Draft
EPA OAOPS Report, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research
Triangle Park, NC.
Hanna, S. R. , _et_ al. , 1977: AMS Workshop on Stability Classification
Schemes and Sigma Curves - Summary of recommendations. Bulletin
American Meteorological Society, _5JU12), 1305-1309.
Holzworth, G. C., 1972: Mixing heights, wind speeds and potential for
urban air pollution throughout the contiguous United States.
Publication No. AP-101, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Research Triangle Park, NC.
Huber, A. H. and W. H. Snyder, 1976: Building wake effects on short-stack
effluents. Preprint Volume for the Third Symposium on
Atmospheric Turbulence, Diffusion and Air Quality, American
Meteorological Society, Boston, MA.
Irwin, J. S., 1979: Estimating plume dispersiona recommended generalized
scheme. Preprint Volume for the Fourth Symposium on Turbulence,
Diffusion and Air Pollution, American Meteorological Society,
Boston, MA.
Luna, R. E. and H. W. Church, 1972: A comparison of turbulence intensity
and stability ratio measurements to Pasquill stability classes.
Journal of Applied Meteorology, _1_1^(4), 663-669.
McDonald, J. E., 1960: An aid to computation of terminal fall velocities
of spheres. Journal of Meteorology, 17, 463.
Osipov, Y. S., 1972: Diffusion from a point source of finite time of
action. In AICE Survey of USSR Air Pollution Literature - Volume
XII, distributed by National Technical Information Service,
Springfield, VA.
Pasquill, F., 1961: The estimation of the dispersion of windborne
material. Meteorology Magazine, 90, 33-49.
Pasquill F., 1974: Atmospheric Diffusion (Second Edition). Ellis Horwood
Limited, Sussex, England, 429.
Plate, E. J. and A. A. Quraishi, 1965: Modeling of velocity distribution
inside and above tall crops. Journal of Air Pollution Control
Association, 27(9), 863-866.
5-3
-------
REFERENCES (Continued)
Schulman, L. L. and J. S. Scire, 1980: Development of an air quality
dispersion model for aluminum reduction plants. Environmental
Research and Technology, Inc. Document P-7304A prepared for the
Aluminum Association, Inc., Washington, B.C.
Touma, J. S. , 1977: Dependence of the wind profile power law on stability
for various locations. Journal of Air Pollution Control
Association, _2_7(9), 863-866.
Turner, D. B., 1964: A diffusion model for an urban area. Journal of
Applied Meteorology. 3/1), 83-91.
Turner, D. B., 1969: Workbook of Atmospheric Dispersion Estimates, PHS
Publication No. 999-AP-26, U. S. Dept. of Health, Education and
Welfare, National Air Pollution Control Administration,
Cincinnati, OH.
Yamamoto, S. and 0. Yokoyama, 1974: A practical method for estimating the
dispersion of plumes. Journal of Japan Soc. Air Pollution,
9(2), 287.
5-4
-------
TECHNICAL REPORT
(Please read Instructions on the reverse
DATA
before completing)
1. REPORT NO.
EPA-903/9-82-004a
2.
3. RECIPIENT'S ACCESSION NO.
4. TITLE ANDSUBTITLE
User's Instructions for the SHORTZ and LONGZ
Computer ProgramsVolume I
5. REPORT DATE
March 1982
6. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION CODE
7. AUTHORIS)
Jay R. Bjorklund and James F. Bowers
8. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION REPORT NO.
TR-82-131-01
9. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION NAME AND ADDRESS
H. E. Cramer Company, Inc.
P. 0. Box 8049
Salt Lake City, Utah 84108
10. PROGRAM ELEMENT NO.
11. CONTRACT/GRANT NO.
Contract No. 68-02-2547,
Task Order No. 1
12. SPONSORING AGENCY NAME AND ADDRESS
U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region
6th and Walnut Streets
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19106
III
13. TYPE OF REPORT AND PERIOD COVERED
Final
14. SPONSORING AGENCY CODE
15. SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES
16. ABSTRACT
The SHORTZ and LONGZ computer programs are designed to calculate the short-
term and long-term ground-level pollutant concentrations produced at a large
number of receptors by emissions from multiple stack, building and area sources.
SHORTZ and LONGZ are applicable in either rural or urban areas of both flat and
complex terrain. SHORTZ and LONGZ are written in FORTRAN and are specifically
designed for use on a UNIVAC 1110 (or other UNIVAC 1100 series) computer. Both
programs require a random-access mass storage device. SHORTZ requires approxi-
mately 55K words of core and LONGZ requires approximately 50K words of core.
Volume I of the User's Instructions contains a detailed technical discussion of
the dispersion-model equations implemented by SHORTZ and LONGZ and detailed user's
instructions for the two programs. Volume II contains appendices which include:
(1) complete listings of the SHORTZ and LONGZ programs, (2) example SHORTZ and
LONGZ problems, (3) coding forms for card input to SHORTZ and LONGZ, (4) discus-
sions of the development and testing of the stack-tip downwash and complex
terrain algorithms used by SHORTZ and LONGZ, and (5) a SHORTZ meteorological
preprocessor program for use with National Weather Service (NWS) surface and
upper-air meteorological data.
17.
KEY WORDS AND DOCUMENT ANALYSIS
DESCRIPTORS
b. IDENTIFIERS/OPEN ENDED TERMS
c. COSATl Field/Group
Air pollution
Turbulent diffusion
Meteorology
Mathematical models
Computer models
Dispersion
Complex terrain
Downwas h
13 DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT
Release Unlimited
19. SECURITY CLASS (Tins Report}
Unclassified
21. NO. OF PAGES
20 SECURITY CLASS (This page)
Unclassified
22. PRICE
EPA Form 2220-1 (9-73)
-------
------- | |